Skip to main content

Full text of "War diary : German Naval Staff Operations Division"

See other formats


HIM  DIMy 


" 


Saj.  fi-2. 


* 


■  ■ 


..GERMAN   NAVAL  STAFF 
OPERATIONS  DIVISION 


PART    A 


VOLUME    8 


rmcr 

DEC 


>J-Wi1 


APRIL  1 940 


-i  t\ 


<g> 


MAY  297?     w  ^<* 


t-ii 


Q^«ry  numl»r 


///- 


*w 


*w 


\- 


:  I 


CONFIDENTIAL 


WAR  DIARY 
GERMAN  NAVAL  STAFF 
OPERATIONS  DIVISION 


Part  A  Volume  8 


April   1940 


DECLA  JORDS 


- 


WAR  DIARY  OF  THE  GERMAN  NAVAL  STAFF 
(Operations  Division) 


PART  A 
April  1940 


Chief,  Naval  Staff:  Grand  Admiral  Raeder,  Dr.h.c. 

Chief  of  Staff,  Naval  Staff;  Vice  Admiral  Schniewind 

Chief,  Operations  Division,  Naval  Staff:  Rear  Admiral  Fricke 


Volume  8 

begun:    1  April  1940 
closed:   30  April  1940 


I, 


t     'I 

'I 

CONFIDENTIAL 


,  ill 


V5: 


OFFICE  OF  NAVAL  INTELLIGENCE 


Washington,  D.  C. 


Foreword 


1.  The  Office  of  Naval  Intelligence  has  undertaken  to 
translate  important  parts  of  the  War  Diary  of  the  German  Naval 
Staff.   The  present  volume,  entitled  War  Diary  of  the  German 
Naval  Staff ,  operations  Division  Part  A,  Volume  8  is  the  twenty- 
fifth  one  of  the  series  to  appear.   Other  volumes  will  follow 
shortly. 

2.  The  War  Diaries,  Part  A,  are  important  because  they 
contain  a  day  by  day  summary  of  the  information  available  to  the 
German  Naval  Staff  and  the  decisions  reached  on  the  basis  thereof. 
Together  with  the  Fuehrer  Conferences  on  Matters  Dealing  with  the 
German  Navy,  1939-1945.,  which  have  been  published  by  this  office, 
the  War  Diaries  should  provide  valuable  material  for  the  study  of 
naval  problems  arising  from  total  war.   The  War  Diary,  Part  A, 

is  also  a  useful  index  to  the  German  Naval  Archives  of  World  War 
II;   references  may  be  found  in  the  microfilm  library  of  Naval 
Records  and  ■  Library \^i 


3.        Due  to  the  cost  of  publication,  only  a  limited 
number  of  copies  could  be  made;   it  is  therefore  desirable  that 
the  copies  which  have  been  distributed  are  made  available  to  other 
offices  which  may  be  interested. 


Washington,  D.  C. 
1949 

CONFIDENTIAL 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Notes: 


Documents,  instructions,  special  orders  and 
minutes:   see  "Reference  Pile  Weseruebung"  in  War  Diary, 
Part  B,  Vol.  V,  page  120  (Special  volume). 


> 


CONFIDENTIAL 


<* 


- 


1  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

1.  Norway 

According  to  repeated  reports  from  agents,  differences 
of  opinion  are  said  to  exist  between  Great  Britain  and  France. 
France  is  said  to  desire  immediate  action  and  to  demand 
increased  pressure  on  neutrals,  while  Great  Britain  is  more 
inclined  to  delay.   Great  Britain  allegedly  hopes  to  be  able 
to  effect  an  estrangement  between  Russia  and  Germany, 

With  regard  to  Norway,  it  is  expected  in  London  that  the 
Western  Powers  will  take  stronger  action,  at  first  in  that 
German  merchantmen  can  no  longer  be  permitted  passage  through 
Norwegian  territorial  waters  and  Norway  is  forced  to  stop  this 
traffic  by  means  of  political  pressure  from  the  Allies. 

Reuter  states  that  Great  Britain  will  not  penetrate  by 
force  into  neutral  territorial  waters  or  take  similar  illegal 
steps.    "United  Press"  reports  that  in  London  it  is  being 
semi-officially  denied  that  Great  Britain  is  planning  to  patrol 
Scandinavian  territorial  waters,  land  troops  in  Norway  or 
occupy  ports  there. 

Reports  from  Norway  and  Great  Britain  express  opinions 
on  the  subject  of  ore  shipments  via  Narvik  and  come  to  the 
conclusion  that  exports  of  Swedish  iron  ore  to  Germany  via 
Narvik  have  sunk  to  a  fraction  of  what  they  were  in  peacetime, 
while  ore  shipments  to  Great  Britain  show  a  marked  upward  trend. 

The  Swiss  Ambassador  in  Stockholm  reports  to  his  Government: 

German  and  British  landings  on  the  Norwegian  coast 
are  directly  imminent.    (See  also  Foreign  Press 
and  Foreign  Press  (Naval  news)). 

2.  The  German  publication  of  documents  is  still  being 
discussed  with  unusual  excitement  in  the  U.S.A.   Roosevelt 
and  Hull  have  described  the  documents  as  unauthenticated  and 
as  a  transparent  German  propaganda  maneuver.    The  general 


-1- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


1  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


opinion  in  neutral  countries  is  that  Germany  has  abandoned 
hope  of  improving  her  relations  with  the  U.S., A.,  and  wishes 
to  prevent  Roosevelt's  re-election  through  the  publication 
of  the  documents. 

3.     The  Norwegian  Government  has  protested  to  Berlin  about 
the  torpedoing  of  the  steamer  STEINSTAD  off  the  Irish  coast 
on  15  Feb.  while  en  route  from  Turkey  to  Norway.    The  ship 
was  sailing  between  two  neutral  countries  with  freight  for  a 
Norwegian  firm.   There  was  a  Government  guarantee  that  the 
cargo  would  not  be  re-exported  from  Norway. 

(For  further  particulars  see  War  Diary,  Part  C,  VIII.) 


r 


Afternoon: 

The  Commander  of  the  LUETZOW,  Captain  Thiele,  reported  to 
Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  to  give  notice  of  departure  and  for 
final  conferences  with  Naval  Staff.    The  ship  will  be  ready 
to  sail  for  the  Atlantic  in  a  few  days  after  the  period  in 
dock  necessary  for  completion  of  remaining  work. 

During  numerous  conferences  held  lately  complete  agreement 
has  been  established  between  Naval  Staff  and  the  Captain  -  who 
has  adapted  himself  and  his  ideas  to  his  cruiser  warfare 
assignment  in  an  excellent  manner  -  on  all  questions  of 
operations  in  the  Atlantic,  on  interpretation  of  the  operational 
order  and  on  all  individual  military  and  political  questions 
and  those  of  International  Law. 


-2- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


1  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic; 

Great  Britain: 

According  to  radio  monitoring,  the  old  battleship  RODNEY  is  to 
go  into  dock.    The  agent's  report  about  damage  to  the  RODNEY 
by  a  bomb  hit  on  16  March  is  thus  confirmed  to  a  certain  degree. 

France: 

According   to   an  agent's   report   a  British  convoy  is    said   to 
have   left  Dunkirk  today,   destination  unknown. 

No    items   about  naval   forces. 

North  Sea: 

No  alterations  of  note  in  the  movements  of  the  Home  Fleet. 

A  report  from  Great  Britain  mentions  the  rumor  that  the 
battleship  NELSON  was  also  damaged  by  a  bomb  hit  on  16  March. 

Intelligence  Center,  Belgium  reports  that  in  the  air  attack 
on  the  convoy  east  of  the  Shetlands  on  28  March  one  ship 
(EARL  CASTLE)  was  sunk,  five  damaged  and  one  escort  cruiser 
("D11  class)  likewise  damaged. 

A  convoy  seems  to  have  l.eft  the  Norwegian  coast  on  31  March. 


Own  Situation 

Order  from  High  Command,  Navy: 

Summer  time  from  1  April. 

1.     Summer  time  is  to  be  used  in  home  waters  in  orders  and 
reports,  also  in  communications  for  the  duration  of 
summer  time. 


-3- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


1  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


2.  G.M.T.  still  applies  in  foreign  waters. 

3.  Submarines  are  all  to  use  German  summer  time  in 
foreign  and  home  waters. 

4.  If  other  times  are  used  in  exceptional  cases,  these 
are  to  be  explained  by  a  footnote,  e.g.  1400  "C.E.T. ". 

Atlantic: 

Nothing  to  report. 

North  Sea : 

No  reports  from  Ship  "16n  and  Ship  "11",  so  that  operstions 
may  be  presumed  to  be  proceeding  according  to  plan.    The 
air  reconnaissance  scheduled  for  Ship  "16   as  far  as  the 
Shetlands-Norway  channel  had  to  be  recalled  because  fog  came 
down  in  the  central  North  Sea. 

The  11th  Patrol  Boat  Flotilla  was  unsuccessfully  attacked  by  sis 
Wellington  bombers  on  route  "Blau". 

One  Blenheim  was  shot  down  by  a  fighter  over  the  North  Sea, 

According  to  observations  made  on  31  March,  the  Air  Force 
reports  that  we  must  count  on  the  possibility  of  the  enemy 
using  camouflaged  planes  with  an  Iron  Cross  (He  111)  for 
reconnaissance  over  the  Heligoland  Bight  and  to  provoke 
incidents  over  neutral  territory.    (They  are  possibly  planes 
which  the  enemy  has  purchased  from  Turkey. ) 

Baltic  Sea; 

Shipping  possible  from  Kiel-Swinemuende-Pillau  except  for 
local  hindrance  from  drift  ice;   conditions  good  off  Pillau. 
Ice  difficulties  between  Sassnitz  and  Trelleborg.   Route 
through  the  Sound  blocked  by  heavy  pack  ice.   Passage  through 
the  Great  Belt  only  slightly  impeded  by  ice. 

2  submarine  chasers  in  the  Skagen  area, 
2  on  return  passage. 

Investigation  of  the  barrage  situation  in  the  Great  Belt  and 
repair  work  in  the  Gjedser  Channel  continue.    Group  Baltic 
reports  that  there  is  no  longer  any  objection  to  passage 
through  the  Great  Belt. 


-4- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


1  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


A  plane  on  air  reconnaissance  accidentally  flew  over 
Danish  territory  in  bad  visibility  and  was  fired  on. 


The  survey  vessel  METEOR  was  commissioned  as  command  ship 
for  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  in  "Weseruebung" 

Submarine  Situation 


Atlantic/Northern  Waters; 

Off  Narvik: 
Off  Trondheim: 
Proceeding  as  Ship  "16M,s 
escort: 

North  Sea: 

Peterhead  area: 

East  of  the  Orkneys: 

?: 

On  passage: 


U  "46". 

U  "51". 

U  "37". 


U  "22". 

U  "38",  "43",  "52" 

U  "44". 

U  "13",  "58",  "59" 


Merchant  Shipping 

Disposition  of  German  merchant  shipping  on  1  April: 

1.     In  home  waters: 

(Ships  over  1,600  GRT)  578  ships   = 

Of  these  - 

On  Scandinavian  run: 

7.5  ships,  totaling  250,603  GRT. 

(16  under  1,600  GRT) 

of  which  51  ships  in  Norway. 


68, 


-5- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


1  April*  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

On  Holland  run:  m 

3  ships,  totaling  4,504  GRT. 

2.  In  neutral  ports;  218  ships  a  25.6$ 
of  these  anchored:  26. 

The  following  cannot  return: 

a)  Because  of  unfavorable 
situation  of  their 
anchorages,  (Mediterranean, 
Black  Sea,  Red  Sea, 
Persian  Gulf) 

73  ships 
(f  5  without  radio). 

b)  Scheduled  for  special  duties: 

40  ships. 

3.  At  sea,  homeward  bound: 
Returned  home  to  date: 

115  ships  =  13.5$ 

4.  Lost:  53  ships  -   6.2$ 

(+  2  without  radio  and 
1  trawler) 


849  ships  •  100$ 


A  review  of  German  ships  which  have  put  out,  homeward  bound, 
from  ports  overseas  and  have  arrived  during  the  war  shows 
the  position  to  be  as  follows: 

Sailed  in  January  1940: 

5  ships,  of  which  lost:         1  ship   =  20$ 
returned  successfully   4  ships  =  80% 


-6- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


1  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Sailed  in  February  1940: 

11  ships,  of  which  lost: 

returned  successfully 

Sailed  in  March  1940: 

4   ships,  of  which  lost: 

returned  successfully 


8  ships  •  72.7$ 
3  ships  ■  27.3$ 


3  ships 
1  ship 


75$ 
25$. 


The  motor  vess-el  SEATTLE,  coming  from  Curacao,  arrived 
in  Tromsoe  with  a  valuable  cargo. 

The  Ministry  of  Transportation  has  informed  us  that  following 
elimination  of  the  ships  held  In  the  Dutch  East  Indies,  the 
ships  in  Japan  will  now  also  not  be  sent  through  the  north- 
eastern route  this  year,  since  no  cargo  can  be  obtained  for 
these  ships. 


It  would  be  extremely  re 
cargoes  at  all  were  to  s 
eastern  route  from  East 
the  necessary  cargoes  fo 
to  sail  could  have  been 
planning.  According  to 
the  cargoes  so  far  avail 
oil  are  so  small  and  the 
transported  by  the  safe 


grettable  if  no  ships  and  valuable 
ucceed  in  reaching  home  by  the  north- 
Asia  this  year.   In  Naval  Staff's  opinion 
r  the  ships  lying  in  Japan  in  readiness 
obtained  by  prompt  and  large-scale 

the  Ministry  of  Economics1  statement, 
able  of  soya  beans  (40,000  tons)  and 
refore  so  valuable  that  they  are  to  be 
railroad  route. 


1330  -  1800: 

At  1330,  after  breakfasting  in  the  Chancellery  of  the  Reich 
with  the  Fuehrer  and  Supreme  Commander  of  the  Armed  Forces, 
the  commanders  of  the  individual  landing  groups  and  Commander, 
31st  Corps  also  the  Commanding  Admirals  and  commanders  of  the 
individual  naval  task  forces  and  the  Air  Force  commanders 
reported  on  the  arrangement  and  execution  of  their  operations 
during  "Weseruebung". 

The  Fuehrer  demanded  most  exhaustive  reports  from  all  the 
officers  and  asked  many  questions.    In  conclusion  he  stated 
his  complete  agreement  with  the  preparations  made  ana  expressea 
his  thanks  for  and  recognition  of  the  work  performed  during  the 
preparations • 


-7- 


CONFILENTIAL 


1  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


(For  minutes  of  the  Fuehrer' 3  address  then  given  to  the 
officers  present  see  reference  file  "Weseruebung" ,  War 
Diary,  Part  B,  V,  120.) 

See  also  individual  questions,  2  April. 


-3- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


2   April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

1.     Norway 

Reuter  announces:   The  possibility  of  a  significant 
intensification  of  the  blockade  cannot  be  denied,  but  the 
Allied  Cabinets  and  the  Supreme  War  Council  have  so  far 
announced  nothing. 

The  British  press  goes  into  detail  on  the  problem  of  Norway 
and  on  the  subject  of  the  imminent  intensification  of  warfare. 
Although  8ny  out  of  the  ordinary  or  illegal  action  by  the 
Western  Powers  against  the  neutrality  of  a  neutral  country  is 
denied,  "the  Allies  would  take  such  action  that  neutral 
territories  are  no  longer  used  by  the  Germans  in  order  to 
break  the  blockade." 

The  Norwegian  Foreign  Minister,  Koht,  states  in  an  interview 
with  the  press: 

"Norway  protests  with  the  same  energy  against  the  German  as 
against  the  British  violations  of  Norwegian  neutrality. 
The  material  harm  caused  to  Norway  by  Germany  is  deeply 
regrettable;   Britain's  violations  of  neutrality  are,  however, 
different  and  often  did  not  affect  Norwegian  material  interests 
so  much  as  her  honor  and  independence." 

Norwegian  political  circles  appear  to  be  expecting  Great 
Britain  to  send  a  note  to  the  Norwegian  Government  within  a 
short  time,  demanding  that  Norway  forbid  ore  shipments  from 
Narvik  to  Germany. 


2.     The  German  publication  of  documents  is  still  dominating 
the  entire  U.S.  press.   In  the  House  of  Representatives, 
Republican  Fish  demanded  the  appointment  of  a  committee  of 
five  within  30  days  to  examine  the  documents. 

It  cannot  yet  be  foreseen  how  the  publication  of  the  White 
Paper,  which  has  caused  noticeable  unrest  among  the  American 
people  and  has  undoubtedly  rendered  Roosevelt's  position  more 
difficult,  will  affect  the  presidential  elections  and  the 
U.S.A. 's  attitude  to  Germany  in  the  weeks  ahead. 


-9- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


2  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


3. 


According  to  a  communication  from  Copenhagen,  the 
Danish  Government  has  established  that  the  steamer  EDMUND 
HUGO  STINNES  was  definitely  inside  territorial  waters  when 
she  was  sunk.   It  is  intended  to  protest  to  London,  demanding 
the  release  of  the  Captain  and  compensation. 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 

Special  Items; 

1.    "Weseruebung": 

During  yesterday's  conference  with  the  individual 
commanders  of  the  task  forces,  the  Fuehrer  reconsidered  whether 
it  was  possible  to  send  the  destroyers  alone  to  "Nlenburg" 
and  to  refrain  from  using  the  battleships  in  the  northern  area, 
since  it  is  feared  that  the  British  Fleet  will  be  prematurely 
alerted  by  them. 

The  question  of  holding  the  battleships  back  was  also  discussed 
by  individual  group  commanders  on  the  basis  that  it  might  possibly 
be  better  that  the  battleships  should  first  advance  with  the 
"Bremen"  Group,  and  should  appear  rather  in  the  central  North 
Sea,  i.e.  south  of  the  operational  area,  in  order  to  avoid  a 
general  advance  alarm  in  a  northerly  direction  already  two  days 
before  "Woserday",  and  in  order  to  concentrate  the  enemy's  main 
attention  on  the  battleship  group  in  the  south  for  the  purpose 
of  relieving  the  northern  groups. 

Naval  Staff  thinks  otherwise  and  is  of  opinion  that  the 
previous  plan  of  operations  must  be  adhered  to  under  all 
circumstances. 

The  aim  of  the  first  operation  for  the  success  of  "Weseruebung" 
is  to  bring  the  destroyers  safely  through  to  "Nienburg"  and 
the  2nd  Group  to  "Detmold".   In  order  to  carry  out  this 
movement  it  may  be  necessary  for  the  northern  groups  to  fight 
their  way  through  the  light  forces  and  perhaps  also  heavy 
cruisers  in  this  area.   The  destroyers,  limited  in  freedom 
of  movement  and  readiness  for  action  by  the  numerous  troops 
on  board,  are  as  good  as  delivered  defenseless  into  the  hands 
of  a  superior  enemy  if  they  come  up  against  light  forces. 


-10- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


2  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Naval  Staff  therefore  regards  the  advance  by  the  battleships 
into  the  northern  area  as  a  necessary  condition  for  successful 
operations  by  Groups  "Nienburg"  and  "Detmold" •   If  the  battle- 
ships are  retained  in  the  south  and  the  enemy  is  therefore 
forced  to  concentrate  on  the  southern  area,  Naval  Staff 
considers  that  the  prospects  of  a  battle  with  a  superior  enemy 
are  increased.   This,  however,  is  just  what  is  to  be  avoided. 
There  are,  on  the  other  hand,  good  chances  of  gaining  effective 
successes  if  the  battleships  clash  with  light  forces  or  heavy 
cruisers  in  the  northern  North  Sea  and  the  northern  area.   Even 
the  destruction  of  one  enemy  cruiser  might  have  consequences 
which  would  decisively  influence  the  course  of  "Weseruebung". 

There  is  undoubtedly  the  possibility  -  and  Naval  Staff  must 
take  it  into  consideration  -  that  the  enemy  will  detect  the 
battleships'  departure  with  the  1st  and  2nd  operational  groups 
on  "Weserday"  -  2  and  that  enemy  forces  will  be  given  the 
alert.   It  may,  however,  be  expected  that  the  enemy  will  not 
draw  any  conclusions  as  to  such  a  significant  and  comprehensive 
operation  as  "Weseruebung".   On  the  contrary  there  is  the 
possibility,  if  further  air  reconnaissance  takes  place  on  our 
movements  towards  the  northern  area,  that  the  enemy  will 
conclude  it  to  be  a  break-through  by  Atlantic  merchant  raiders 
and  will  concentrate  his  countermeasures  in  the  area  Iceland- 
Shetlands,  with  a  special  view  to  the  area  north  of  the 
Shetlands.    The  focal  point  of  countermeasures  may  thus  possibly 
be  diverted  from  an  area  in  which  Naval  Staff  considers  danger 
to  the  light  German  forces  operating  there  specially  undesirable, 
i.e.  in  the  Bergen/Southern  Norway  area,  where  the  "Bremen" 
Group  would  be  particularly  exposed  to  enemy  measures. 

Naval  Staff  adheres  to  its  previous  operational  considerations 
for  the  reasons  given  above:   The  battleships  will  protect  the 
advance  of  Group  "Nienburg"  and  Group  "Detmold"  as  per  directives 
already  issued. 


2.     The  Fuehrer  has  ordered  that  the  question  of  a  surprise 
operation  to  secure  the  bridge  near  Vordingborg  over  the 
Storstroem  be  examined,  since  the  maintenance  of  the  bridge  is 
of  great  importance  for  Army  transport. 

Naval  Staff  objects  strongly  to  such  an  operation  from  the  sea. 
It  is  not  possible  to  approach  the  bridge  from  the  east  because 

-11- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


2  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


of  the  Danish  Groensund  barrage.   Motor  fishing  vessels 
could  approach  from  the  west  and  transport  roughly  one 
reinforced  company.    The  main  difficulty,  however,  lies 
in  the  necessary  very  premature  use  of  the  inner  Danish 
channels  which  are  normally  closed  to  any  foreign  traffic 
by  the  Danes.   Advance  warning  by  several  hours  (8bout  five) 
is  hereby  unavoidable.   Naval  Staff  therefore  urgently 
advises  Armed  Forces  High  Command  against  the  execution  of 
such  an  operation. 

3.  The  Fuehrer  has  also  ordered  an  examination  into  the 
question  of  despatching  an  old  battleship  to  "Kassel".    (For 
list  of  cover-names  see  reference  file  "Weseruebung"),  to  attain 
an  expressly  demonstrative  effect  and  to  prevent  the  departure 
of  forces  lying  in  the  harbor  and  also  the  Government's 
escape. 

Naval  Staff  must  reject  such  an  operation  for  military  and 
navigational  reasons.    Putting-in  of  an  old  battleship  drawing 
8  m.  would  involve  great  difficulties;   the  ship  would  be 
within  range  of  the  strong  coastal  fortifications  both  during 
and  after  putting-in.    If,  however,  she  remained  outside  the 
range  of  these  guns,  the  desired  political  and  demonstrative 
effect  would  not  be  achieved.   Further,  the  premature  alarm  - 
which  would  be  given  at  latest  during  passage  through  the 
Helsingborg/Helslngoer  Channel  -  is  also  of  decisive  importance 
in  this  question. 

On  Naval  Staff's  advice,  Armed  Forces  High  Command  will  refrain 
from  despatching  an  old  battleship.    The  HANSESTADT  DANZIG 
transport  operation  previously  planned  will,  therefore,  be 
adhered  to. 

4.  Group  West's  request  that  a  torpedo  boat  flotilla  be 
withdrawn  from  "Weseruebung"  for  use  in  Operation  "Gelb"  is 
refused,  since  "Weseruebung"  requires  the  use  of  all  available 
combat  forces. 

5.  In  view  of  the  Fuehrer's  decision,  Naval  Staff  has  given 
Group  West  permission  to  use  aerial  mines,  effective  immediately. 

6.  The  Swedish  Foreign  Minister,  in  a  confidential 
conversation  with  the  German  Ambassador,  requested  that  the 
German  Naval  Attache,  Rear  Admiral  Steffan,  be  recalled  speedily, 
as  he  considers  him  seriously  compromized  in  connection  with 
various  Swedish  investigations  into  cases  of  trade  espionage. 


-12- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


2  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  German  Ambassador  expressly  repudiated  the  accusation 
of  espionage. 

Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  orders  the  recall  of  Rear  Admiral 
Steffan  in  order  to  avoid  further  undesirable  discussions. 


Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic : 

Great  Britain: 

The  following  are  at  present  suspected  to  be  in  the  Northern 
Patrol:   BERWICK,  GLASGOW  and  SOUTHAMPTON.    The  YORK  seems 
to  have  been  relieved  and  to  have  put  in  to  port. 

Daventry  produces  a  report  according  to  which  the  crew  of  the 
British  tanker  EL  CIERVO,  which  has  arrived  in  Halifax, 
believe  they  sank  a  German  submarine  by  gunfire  on  4  March 
off  Trinidad.   This  must  be  regarded  as  a  political  report 
for  the  purpose  of  influencing  the  South  American  States  by 
propaganda. 

France: 

Nothing  special  to  report. 

North  Sea: 

The  cruisers  GALATEA,  SHEFFIELD,  CAIRO,  CALCUTTA  and  a  number 
of  TRIBAL  class  destroyers  are  at  sea  on  convoy  duty.    (The 
GALATEA  was  50  miles  east  of  Pentland  Firth  in  the  morning.) 

British  preparations  for  troop  transports  to  Norway?: 

For  result  of  investigations  regarding  a  number  of  ships 
lying  in  readiness  in  Glasgow,  apparently  to  transport  troops, 
see  Appendix  to  War  Diary,  B,  Vol.V,  128. 

Own  Situation 

Atlantic: 

Nothing  to  report. 

3"  CONFIDENTIAL 


2  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


North  Sea: 

In  order  to  protect  Ship  "16"Ts  break-through  one  Do  26  of  the 
Transocean  squadron  took  off  from  Travemuende  on  special 
reconnaissance.    The  flight  lasted  more  than  18  hours,  as 
far  as  roughly  65°  N,  but  no  vessels  were  sighted  apart  from 
some  neutral  merchantmen  at  about  62°  oOf  N.   No  reports 
from  Ship  "16"  so  it  can  be  assumed  that  she  is  proceeding  as 
planned. 

One  of  the  special  trawlers  disposed  for  reconnaissance  off 
Iceland  transmitted  a  weather  report;  strong  east  wind  and 
showers • 

Ship  "11"  has  carried  out  her  assignment  (mlnelaying  east  of 
Smith's  Knoll  lightship).   Not  possible  to  penetrate  to 
convoy  route  because  of  patrols.   Mines  (90  EMC's  and  84 
explosive  floats,  type  C)  were  laid  as  planned  in  the  alternative 
area  east  of  Smith's  Knoll.    (See  brief  report  on  Ship  "11" 's 
operation,  War  Diary,  Part  B,  Vol.  V.,  page  127.) 

Commander,  Naval  Air's  reconnaissance  sighted  destroyers  east 
of  Lowestoft  and  had  a  brush  with  enemy  fighters.   One  damaged 
He  115  was  sunk  after  a  forced  landing.    The  crew  was  picked 
up  by  another  He  115. 

The  10th  Air  Corps  sent  out  during  the  afternoon  10  planes  of 

the  30th  Bomber  Wing  to  Scapa  and  11  planes  of  the  100th 

Bomber  Wing  against  convoy  traffic  east  of  the  Orkneys/Snetlands. 

Three  light  cruisers,  destroyers  and  auxiliary  vessels  were 
observed  in  Scapa.    The  presence  of  a  balloon  barrage  at  200  m. 
was  detected  for  the  first  time. 

Bomb  hits  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  sides  of  two 
destroyers  were  scored  in  attacks.   Success  doubtful,  especially 
since  several  planes  experienced  technical  trouble  with  their 
bomb-release  gear.   Light  and  heavy  anti-aircraft  defense. 

Own  Losses: 

1  plane  shot  down,  1  missing  over  Germany. 

The  planes  of  the  100th  Bomber  V/ing  encountered  several  convoys 
east  of  the  Orkneys.   Attacks  unsuccessful. 


-14- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


2  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Baltic  Sea: 

Ice  Situation; 

Shipping  unimpeded  from  Kiel  to  Pllleu;   southern  part  of 
the  route  through  the  Sound  still  very  difficult,  Great  Belt 
passable •   Passage  possible  through  the  Little  Belt. 
After  new  barrage  markings  are  laid  It  is  expected  that  the 
difficulties  in  the  barrage  gaps  will  be  eliminated  in  the 
next  few  days. 

The  1st  Patrol  Boat  Flotilla  has  taken  over  barrage  patrol 
in  the  Little  Belt. 


Submarine  Situation 


Atlantic: 


Unchanged. 

North  Sea: 

U  u43",  "38",  "52",  "44"  (?)  received  orders  to  return. 

U  "13"  is  proceeding  Into  the  operational  area  east  of 
Pentland  Firth.   U  "22"  is  south  of  the  latitude  of  the 
Pentland  Skerries.   U  "58",  "59"  are  on  passage  west  of 
the  Orkneys. 


Merchant  Shipping 

Losses : 

According  to  a  British  announcement,  the  MIMI  HORN  was 
stopped  last  week  by  a  British  warship  in  northern  waters, 
set  on  fire  and  scuttled  by  her  own  crew,  all  of  whom  were 
saved.    (Ship  sailed  from  Curacao  on  4  Mffrch.) 


-15- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


2  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  steamer  LUISE  LEONHARDT  reports  from  Oslo  that  on  20  March 
she  was  attacked  by  British  bombers  west  of  Esbjerg,  outside 
Danish  territorial  waters.   No  hits* 

Mediterranean; 

Armed  Forces  High  Command,  Foreign  Affairs/intelligence 
Division  has  received  a  report  that  British  control  ships 
have  put  into  the  Adriatic  in  order  to  capture  the  German 
steamer  ANKARA  (put  in  to  Dubrovnik  at  the  end  of  last  week) 
when  she  leaves  Jugoslavian  waters.   The  report  sounds 
untrustworthy,  even  though  we  must  expect  the  ANKARA  to  be 
under  constant  observation  in  view  of  the  enemy's  excellent 
agent  network.   The  report  is  being  investigated. 


Afternoon 

Decision  of  the  Fuehrer  and  Supreme  Commander  of  the 
Armed  Forces : 

The  execution  of  wWeseruebungM  is  ordered.   The  special 
importance  of  keeping  the  coming  measures  secret  is  pointed 
out.   "Weserday":  9  April.   *Wesertimew:  0515. 

(For  Fuehrer's  order  see  "Weseruebung"  file.) 

On  the  basis  of  this  order  Naval  Staff  issues  the  following 
instructions  on  the  evening  of  2  April: 

1.     To  Group  West,  Group  Baltic,  Commanding  Admiral, 
Submarines  and  Fleet  Command: 

Subject:   "Weseruebung" 

1.  "Weserday"  is  9  April. 

2.  When  issuing  further  orders  and  taking  other 
measures  avoid  unusual  volume  in  the  interests 
of  secrecy. 

(Ski.  I  op.  616/40.) 


-16- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


* 


* 


2  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


2.  Naval  Staff,  Service  Division,  Transport  Branch  has 
been  ordered  to  send  off  the  first  steamers  of  the 
"export"  unit  as  scheduled.   These  are,  to  begin 
with,  the  steamers  for  "Nienburg"? 

BAERENFELS 

RAUENFELS 

ALSTER  and  the  tanker 

KATTEGAT . 

3.  The  Naval  Attache  in  Moscow  is  Instructed  to 
despatch  the  tanker  JAN  WELLEM  from  Base  North  to 
"Nienburg". 

4.  Instructions  to  Group  West,  Group  Baltic  and  Fleet, 
based  on  a  directive  from  Armed  Forces  High  Command: 
Swastika  flag  to  be  painted  on  the  foredeck  and 
after  upper  deck  in  addition  to  markings  already 
ordered. 

5.  With  regard  to  the  cruiser  LUETZOW,  Chief,  Naval 
Staff  reports  to  the  Fuehrer  on  Naval  Staff's  pl8n 
to  despatch  her  into  the  Atlantic  in  the  course  of 
"Weseruebung"  and  requests  permission  for  this. 

At  tbe  request  of  Armed  Forces  High  Command,  the 
Fuehrer  decides  that  the  LUETZOW  ia  to  embark  a 
contingent  of  400  men  for  "Detmold"  and  be  incorporated 
in  the  2nd  Group.   After  the  troops  have  disembarked 
at  "Detmold"  she  is  to  put  out  into  the  Atlantic. 

Orders  to  this  effect  are  issued  to  the  sections 
concerned.   Embarkation  of  the  troops  is  ordered 
in  Wilhelmshaven.   The  Commander  of  the  "Detmold" 
Group  will  still  be  the  Commander  of  the  "HIPPER", 
as  previously  scheduled.   The  supply  ship  NORDMARK 
is  to  be  sent  out  within  the  Bergen  Group. 


"Weseruebung"  has  begun  with  the  Fuehrer's  order  snd  Nav8l 
Staff's  executive  orders.   Thus  commences  an  operation 
ranking  as  one  of  the  boldest  in  the  history  of  modern 
warfare.   Its  execution  proved  to  be  necessary  to  protect 


-17- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


2  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


vital  German  interests  and  to  ward  off  attempts  by  enemy 
powers  to  exclude  Germany  from  sources  of  raw  material. 
The  fulfillment  of  the  task  entrusted  to  the  Armed  Forces 
in  the  execution  of  "We se rue bung"  North  and  South  is  of 
decisive  importance  in  the  war. 

Within  the  whole  operation  demands  involving  great 
responsibility  are  made  especially  on  the  Navy.   The 
success  of  the  whole  operation  will  depend  on  the  efficiency 
and  readiness  of  all  naval  forces  participating  and  also  on 
the  determination  of  each  individual  naval  officer  entrusted 
with  command.   Execution  and  protection  of  the  landing 
operation  by  the  Navy  will  take  place  nrinclpally  in  an  area 
where  not  Germany,  but  Great  Britain  is  in  a  position  to 
exercise  naval  supremacy  with  superior  forces. 

It  is  of  decisive  importance  for  the  successful  execution  of 
the  whole  operation  that  the  enemy  and  the  countries  to  be 
occupied  be  taken  by  surprise. 

The  success  of  the  operation  will  therefore  depend  on  the 
degree  to  which  secrecy  has  been  and  will  be  maintained 
during  the  next  few  days  until  "Wesertime" •   Naval  Staff 
has  constantly  expressed  objections  and  endeavored  to  have 
the  first  transport  operation  limited  to  naval  forces  and 
not  to  have  "export"  units  and  sea  transport  units  operate  if 
possible  before  "Wesertime".   Despite  this,  the  number  of 
merchant  transport  steamers  with  material,  personnel,  horses, 
vehicles,  etc.,  which  have  been  assembled  and  in  readiness 
for  a  long  time  and  are  to  be  sent  out  before  "Weserday",  has 
reached  such  a  proportion  that  the  slightest  incidents  may 
cause  previous  warning  and  endanger  the  surprise  execution 
of  the  operation. 

With  regard  to  naval  measures,  thanks  to  the  careful 
preparations  made  by  all  the  naval  offices  concerned  for 
"Weseruebung",  Naval  Staff  awaits  the  operation  with 
confidence.   The  fulfillment  of  our  operational  task  will 
and  must  succeed  if  every  commander  is  determined  to  reach 
the  goal  set  him.   Chief,  Naval  Staff  again  summarizes  the 
importance  of  the  operation  and  the  necessary  factors  for 
success  in  a  directive  to  all  Commanding  Admirals,  Commanders 
and  Flotilla  Commanders  and  expresses  his  reliance  on  the 
resolute  will  to  fight  8nd  win  of  all  naval  units  taking 
part. 

(For  directive  see  reference  file  "Weseruebung".) 


-18- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


3  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Items  of  Political  Importance 

1.  Change  in  the  British  Cabinet  (according  to  Reuter, 
to  coordinate  more  closely  the  work  of  the  different 
Ministries).   Lord  Chatfield,  the  Minister  for  Coordination 
and  Defense  has  resigned.   Churchill  becomes  Senior  Minister 
for  the  three  Armed  Services.   Air  Minister  Kingsley  Wood 
has  been  replaced  by  Sir  Samuel  Hoare. 

These  slight  alterations  in  the  British  Cabinet  are  on  the 
whole  unimportant*   The  resignation  of  Lord  Chatfield, 
acknowledged  to  be  a  particularly  sound  man,  indicates 
differences  of  opinion  within  the  Government. 

2.  For  Chamberlain's  speech  about  the  intensification 
of  economic  warfare  and  increased  pressure  on  neutrals,  see 
Foreign  Press.   Great  attention  and  anxiety  among  the  neutrals. 
It  is  assumed  that  very  soon  Great  Britain  will  ration  severely 
or  stop  altogether  all  imports  of  raw  materials  from  overseas 

to  neutrals,  unless  they  pledge  themselves  to  cease  trading 
with  Germany.   Special  mention  is  made  in  this  connection  of 
the  cutting-off  of  ore  and  oil  imports  and  the  suppression  of 
Russian  transit  traffic. 

Shortly  before  the  speech  "Havas"  reports  that  Great  Britain 
and  France  will  probably  give  the  neutral  countries  a  final 
warning  before  taking  draconic  steps  towards  protecting 
Norwegian  territorial  waters.   Great  Britain  would  allegedly 
first  exhaust  all  diplomatic  means  of  pressure  before  she 
undertook  naval  action  to  cripple  Norwegian  iron  ore  shipments 
to  Germany.   Appropriate  British  notes  to  Norway  and  Sweden 
are  said  to  be  in  course  of  preparation. 

3.  Report  from  the  German  Embassy  in  Oslo  regarding  the 
Norwegian  Government's  diplomatic  step  on  2  April  against 
the  Western  Powers.   Protest  against  continuance  of  the 
threat  to  Norwegian  territorial  waters  by  France  and  Great 
Britain.   For  extract  from  the  interview  between  Norwegian 
Foreign  Minister,  Koht,  and  Reuter' s  representative  see 
War  Diary,  Part  B,  V,  129. 

4.  An  agent  in  Denmark  reports  being  informed  by  a 
Danish  officer  that  in  case  of  a  German  attack  resistance 
will  be  offered  under  all  circumstances;  military  measures 
have  been  taken  for  this  purpose  on  the  southern  frontier. 
Contrary  to  their  views  of  some  months  ago,  military  circles 
are  now  of  the  opinion  that  Germany  is  in  a  more  favorable 
military  position  than  Great  Britain. 


-19- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


3  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


5.     The  German  Embassy  reports  that  Roosevelt,  by-passing 
the  War  Minister,  has  accomplished  deliveries  of  planes  for 
the  Western  Powers.    In  spite  of  the  exasperation  of  public 
opinion  over  Great  Britain's  blockade  measures,  Roosevelt  is 
determined  to  extend  the  U.S.A. 's  war  economy  efforts  on 
behalf  of  the  Western  Powers  in  such  a  way  that  an  Interest 
for  Allied  victory  arises  in  the  U.S.A.  for  economic  reasons. 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 

1.     Report  by  Chief,  Operations  Branch  on  the  state  of 
"Weseruebung" : 

a)  For  readiness  of  forces  see  reference  file 
"Weseruebung". 

b)  The  first  three  steamers  of  the  camouflaged 
"export"  unit  and  the  tanker  KATTEGAT  for 
Narvik  sailed  during  the  night  of  2  April. 
Chief,  Operations  Division  again  points  out 
the  fact  that  the  use  of  steamers  of  the 
"export"  and  1st  Sea  Transport  Units  represents 
an  extremely  undesirable  risk  (for  the  execution 
of  the  whole  operation),  since  the  enemy  and  the 
Norwegians  will  be  given  previous  warning  in  case 
of  the  slightest  incidents.   Naval  Staff's  great 
objections  to  the  use  of  these  steamers,  which 
will  make  their  appearance  several  days  before 
"Weserday",  have  already  been  pointed  out  several 
times  to  Armed  Forces  High  Command,  Group  21. 

In  spite  of  this,  Armed  Forces  High  Command,  Group 
21  Insists  on  its  demand  for  these  steamers. 

c)  Boehm's  Staff  (Commanding  Admiral,  Norway)  has 

set  out  its  proposals  for  subsequent  defense  of  the 
coastal  route,  (see  "Weseruebung"  file).   Chief, 
Naval  Staff  agrees  in  principle  to  the  requests 
made  for  provision  of  defense  forces  (4  patrol 
boat  flotillas,  2  PT  boat  flotillas,  2  torpedo 
boat  flotillas,  8  small  submarines).   The  date  when 
they  will  be  provided  however,  cannot  be  promised, 


-20- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


i' 


\ 


3  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


as  It  will  depend  on  the  situation. 

d)  Naval  Staff  consents  to  Group  West's  proposal 
to  extend  the  Skagerrak  barrage  by  further 
sections.    (See  letter  in  "Weseruebung"  file.) 

2.     Report  on  request  from  Group  West  (North  Sea  Station) 
regarding  different  measures  in  Operation  "Gelb". 

(Occupation  of  Rot turn,  shock  attack  on  Delfzyl  by  motor 
minesweepers  and  PT  boats.   Penetration  into  the  canals. 
For  particulars  see  Group  West's  letter.)   Naval  Staff  is 
of  the  opinion  that  special  naval  warfare  in  this  area  can 
on  no  account  be  considered.    The  available  units  of  small 
boats  must  moreover  be  used  in  "?/ese  rue  bung".    Only  the 
occupation  of  Rottum  Is  therefore  agreed  to. 


Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy; 

Atlantic; 

Great  Britain; 

Disposition  of  forces; 

The  battle  cruiser  HOOD  appeared  in  the  Gibraltar  area  on 
28  March.    The  ARK  ROYAL  Is  in  the  Eastern  Mediterranean. 
The  cruiser  CALEDON  stopped  an  Italian  tanker  west  of  Cephalonia 
on  1  April. 

It  may  be  concluded  from  the  fact  that  Port  "A"  (Loch  Ewe) 
has,  for  some  time  been  appearing  repeatedly  in  radio  traffic 
that  the  heavy  forces  are  staying  in  this  base  more  frequently. 

France; 

Nothing  special  to  report,  apart  from  some  convoys  detected. 

North/Sea  Channel; 

Commander  in  Chief,  Home  Fleet  and  the  WARSPITE,  also  the 


-21- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


3  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


BIRMINGHAM,  appear  to  be  at  sea,  apart  from  the  vessels  at 
sea  on  convoy  duties  or  in  the  Northern  Patrol  named  several 
times. 

"Weseruebunjft 

According  to  reports  from  Kirkenes  and  Aalesund,  enemy  naval 
vessels  have  not  appeared  there  for  the  past  few  days* 

A  report  from  Narvik  states  that  the  two  armed  coastal  vessels 
EIDVOLD  and  NORGA  have  put  in  to  defend  Narvik  and  that  two 
submarines  are  still  expected. 

Opera tion  "Gelb": 

A  merchant  captain  reports  from  Delfzyl  that  a  steamer  loaded 
with  sand  is  lying  there  in  readiness  to  block  the  harbor 
entrance. 

Own  Situation; 

Atlantic: 

Nothing  to  report. 

North  Sea; 

No  surface  force  activities.   Air  reconnaissance  as  far  as 
61°  was  carried  out  as  planned;  it  spotted  a  convoy  north 
of  Viking  Bank. 

(Escorted  by  1  cruiser,  6  destroyers.) 

The  10th  Air  Corps  sent  out  15  planes  of  the  100th  Bomber  Wing 
and  the  50th  Bomber  Wing  against  the  convoy  reported;   17 
planes  of  the  26th  Bomber  Wing  also  took  off  for  an  offensive 
sortie  in  the  direction  of  the  Orkneys.   According  to  the 
Air  Force  report,  the  following  successes  were  scored: 

Severely  damaged  or  sunk: 

2  patrol  boats  off  the  east  coast  of  Britain. 
2  patrol  boats  northeast  of  the  Shetlands. 

2  steamers  from  the  convoy. 

1  destroyer  (1  hit  on  the  deck,  2  hits  directly 
beside  the  ship). 

3  more  steamers  and  1  patrol  b'oat  were  damaged. 


-22- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


3  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Own  Losses: 

2  Ju  88,  1  He  111  (forced  landing). 

Air  reconnaissance  by  the  4th  Squadron  of  the  122nd  Group 
over  Le  Havre  end  Cherbourg  produced  valuable  information; 
the  following  were  detected  in  Cherbourg  hsrbor: 

4  destroyers  of  the  BGURRASQUE  class, 

2  large  destroyers, 

4  submarine -chasers  and  several  submarines,  etc. 

Anti-submarine  net  barrage  in  the  western  entrance 
of  the  outer  mole,  one  passage  open. 


Baltic  Sea; 

Shipping  unimpeded  in  the  entire  Baltic. 

After  4  April  the  pilot  service  through  the  Great  Belt  will 
be  operating  again.    Traffic  through  the  gap  in  the  Sound 
barrage  will  be  resumed  within  the  next  few  days  J  southern 
entrance  to  the  Little  Belt  still  impassable  because  of 
uncertain  mine  situation.    100  per  cent  searching  sweep 
of  the  passege  through  the  Gre8t  Belt  is  being  continued. 


Submarine  Situation 


Atlantic: 


Unchanged. 
North  Sea: 

U  "7",  "10",  "19",  "25",  "30",  "47",  "48"  and  "49"  are 
on  passage  to  their  positions  for  "Weseruebung". 
U  "22",  "46",  "51"  are  in  the  operational  area. 


-23- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


3  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Disposition  as  per  orders  of  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines 
for  "Weseruebung".    (See  "Weseruebung"  file.) 


Merchant  Shipping; 

After  3  April  shipping  to  Scandinavia  will  be  routed  through 
the  Baltic.   Orders  to  this  effect  have  been  issued. 
Review  of  quantity  of  ore  shipped  via  Narvik  in 
1939  and  comparison  with  ore  shipments  to  Great 
(see  War  Diary,  Part  B,  V,  130.). 


1938  and 

Britain 


r 


( 


-24- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


4  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Items  of  Political  Importance 

1.     Chamberlain  before  the  Conservative  party; 

"This  is  a  war  of  will  power,  and  the  will  to 
win  must  place  us  in  a  position  to  resist 
intensified  warfare  or  even  to  hold  out  against 
a  long  and  exhausting  war." 


2. 


is  being 
fresh  demarche 
is  expected  to 


be 


) 


Norway: 

a)  The  British  assurance  that  the  planned 
intensification  of  the  blockade  in  the  north 
will  in  no  way  lead  to  direct  action  in 
Norwegian  territorial  waters, 
discussed  in  Sweden.   Here  a 
by  the  Western  Powers  in  Oslo 
directly  imminent.   It  is  stated  that  Great 
Britain  has  no  right  to  exercise  any  pressure 
whatsoever  on  Norway  and  Sweden  on  account  of 
ore  transports,  especially  since  these  transports 
were  expressly  recognized  in  the  British-Swedish 
trade  agreement. 

b)  Great  Britain's  strikingly  worded  statements  and 
assurances  that  no  military  action  in  Scandinavian 
territorial  waters  and  no  landing  of  troops  in 
Norway  are  planned,  strengthen  Naval  Staff's 
conviction  that  in  reality  just  such  a  British 
action  against  Scandinavia  is  directly  imminent. 
The  previous  handing  of  notes  to  Norway,  and  perhaps 
also  to  Sweden,  can  be  expected.    "Weseruebung 
Nord"  is  beginning  to  develop  into  a  "race"  between 
Great  Britain  and  Germany  for  Scandinavia. 


3.     According  to  the  B.B.C.,  Great  Britain  is  engaged 
in  forming  a  trading  company  with  the  aim  of  buying  up  raw 
materials  in  neutral  countries.   The  chief  problem  is  first 
to  draw  In  the  Balkans  8nd  Turkey. 


-25- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


4  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief ,   Naval  Staff 

Special  Items; 

1.     Weseruebung; 

a)  Conference  between  Col.  Piekenbrock  of  the 
General  Staff  and  Minister  of  State  Quisling 
in  Copenhagen  provides  nothing  new  for  the 
Navy's  operations,  but  some  valuable  data  for 
the  Army  and  Air  Force  about  troop  strength, 
position  of  airfields,  ground  readiness,  etc. 
With  regard  to  the  defensive  readiness  of  the 
coastal  fortifications,  Quisling  believes  that 
the  coastal  batteries  would  hardly  fire  without 
previously  asking  permission  from  the  Government 
again. 

Six  divisions  are  considered  necessary  for  a 
total  occupation. 

Quisling  generally  gave  evasive  answers  to 
precise  questions. 

b)  Group  West  requests  that  an  order  be  issued  that 
any  soldier  engaged  in  "We se rue bung"  who  is 
captured  before  "Wesertime"  is  to  state  when 
questioned  that  the  formation  is  proceeding 

to  Iceland. 

c)  An  order  is  issued  at  the  direction  of  Armed 
Forces  High  Command,  Group  21,  that  prisoners 
taken  before  "Wesertime"  are  to  refuse  to  make 
a  statement.   If  pressure  is  exercised  Ireland 
(not  Iceland)  is  to  be  given  as  the  target  of  the 
operation. 

d)  Group  West  is  instructed  that  the  BREMSE  is  to  be 
used  in  Bergen  for  transport  assignments  in  the 
skerries  between  Stavanger  and  Bergen.   Requests 
for  troops  to  be  transferred  from  Stavanger  to 
Bergen  will  be  arranged  by  the  Commander  of  the 
troops  landed  at  Trondheim  with  Admiral,  West 
Norwegian  Coast.    (See  directive  in  reference 
file  "Weseruebung".) 


-26- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


4  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Special  Reports  on  the  Rnem% 

For  disposition  of  enemy  forces  and  activities  of  the  main 
units  during  the  last  week  of  March  according  to  radio 
intelligence,  see  Radio  Monitoring  Report  13/40. 


Atlantic; 

Supplementary  to  the  observations  reported  on  3  April,  air 
reconnaissance  in  the  Channel  also  spotted  several  columns 
as  well  as  troops  and  vehicles  at  the  quays  in  Cherbourg*, 
(Could  not  be  ascertained  whether  disembarking  or  embarking.) 

Otherwise  nothing  special  to  report* 

North  Sea: 

Commander  in  Chief,  Home  Fleet  who  was  reported  at  sea, 
might  also  be  in  Loch  Ewe  according  to  radio  intelligence 
observations.   Commanders,  1st  and  2nd  Cruiser  Squadrons 
and  the  cruisers  SHEFFIELD,  PENELOPE,  AURORA  and  CAIRO, 
also  destroyers  of  the  2nd  and  3rd  Flotillas,  are  at  sea* 


Radio  traffic  generally  very  quiet  (almost  strikingly  so), 


so  that  there  is  an  extraordinarily 
messages  available  for  deciphering, 
to  gain  an  insight  into  the  enemy's 
and  with  difficulty,  a  circumstance 
very  disadvantageous  in  view  of  the 

Own  Situation: 


small  quantity  of  radio 
We  are  thus  only  able 
measures  very  slowly 
which  is  felt  to  be 
imminence  of  "Weseruebung". 


Atlantic: 

The  KOENIGSBERG  (Buenos  Aires),  scheduled  as  supply  ship  for 
the  cruiser  LUETZOW,  received  a  preliminary  order  about  routes 


-27- 


CONFIDENTXAL 


4  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


and  code  words  via  the  Navsl  Attache  in  Buenos  Aires. 
Sailing  order  to  the  KOENIGSBERG  is  to  be  issued  from 
Trondheim  after  the  LUETZOW  sails. 

(The  KOENIGSBERG  is  proceeding  at  9  knots  and  has  600 
tons  of  heavy  Diesel  oil.) 

(For  order  see  War  Diary,  Part  C,  Vol.1  Atlantic.) 
North  Sea: 


No  reports  from  Ship  "16". 

U  "37"  is  directed  to  report  Ship  "16"' s  last  position 

24  hours  after  she  is  dismissed.   Ship  "16"  is  directed  by 

Group  West  to  dismiss  U  "37"  by  6  April,  if  the  situation 

permits • 

Ship  "36" fs  sailing  had  to  be  postponed  for  another  day 
because  of  the  weather,  which  promised  unfavorable  visibility. 

No  air  reconnaissance  by  us. 

Enemy  bomber  flights  as  far  as  the  estuaries  in  the  morning 
and  afternoon.    Bombs  were  dropped  off  Brunsbuettel  and  in 
the  Jade,  but  fell  in  the  water  and  did  not  explode,  so  that 
possibly  mines  or  drift  mines  were  dropped. 

We  must  count  on  the  possibility  of  the  transport 
preparations  in  Hamburg  and  Stettin  not  having  remained  secret 
from  the  British  and  that  the  air  reconnaissance  and  bombing 
attacks  on  Brunsbuettel  were  also  directed  against  these 
preparations. 

With  regard  to  the  provision  of  the  steamers  of  the  1st 
Sea  Transport  Tfait  (see  "Weseruebung"  file),  Naval  Staff 
learns  that  some  of  these  steamers  in  Stettin  are  just  lying 
at  the  Hakenterrasse  (Quay  on  the  Oder,  Tr.N.)*and  are 
exposed  here  to  the  unimpeded  view  of  interested  spectators. 
The  Swedish  consulate  lies  in  the  immediate  vicinity.   Some 
of  the  steamers  are  flying  the  State  Service  Flag.    The  cargo 
is  unmistakably  Army  gear.   Place  and  circumstances  of 
loading  must  be  regarded  as  most  unfavorable  for  the  secrecy 
of  the  whole  operation.   High  Command,  Navy/Naval  Staff, 
Service  Division  instigates  suitable  changes  at  Naval  Staff's 
request. 


-28- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


4  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


i 


Trondheim  "export"  unit  (steamers  SAO  PAULO,  LEV ANTE, 
MAIN  and  the  tanker  SKAGERRAK)  sailed  from  Brunsbuettel 
on  4  April, 


Group  West  instructs  Commander,  Naval  Air,  West  about 
aerial  minelaying  operations  over  the  Thames,  Humber, 
Dover  and  Tyne  estuary,  as  soon  as  the  situation 
permits. 


Baltic  Sea: 


Nothing  to  report 


Ice  Situation: 

Shipping  along  the  German  coast  unimpeded  everywhere. 
At  present  only  possible  to  leave  the  Baltic  by  day 
through  the  Great  Belt.   Still  heavy  drift  ice  in  the 
southern  part  of  the  Sound.   Heavy  breaking  up  and 
floating  of  the  ice  to  the  north  in  the  Little  Belt. 


Submarine  Situation 


Number  of  submarines  on  3  April I 


-29- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


4  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


a) 


b) 


c) 


d) 


e) 


2. 


U  "56",  "57",  "58",  "59f  , 
"61",  "62",  "19" 

Submarine  School: 

U   "1",   "2",   "3",   "4",   "5", 
"6",   "7",  "10",  "13",  "20", 
"22",  "23"  = 

Submarine  mralning  Flotilla,  Warnemuende ; 

TT  »IO"  »»1/l"  fMr7ft  »MqN  »»Oyltt 


>rch 


23  boats. 


8  boats. 


12  boats. 
5  boats. 


U   "9",  "14",  "17",  "18",  "24 

Anti-Submarine  School  and  Resea 
Purposes: 

U   "8",  "11" 

Total  number  of  submarines 

The  following  are  to  be  used  in 

a)  All  submarines  under  Commanding  Admiral, 
Submarines  and  Commander,  Submarines  which 
are  ready. 

b)  All  submarines  of  the  Submarine  School  and 
Submarine  Training  Flotilla,  Warnemuende. 
(17  boats. ) 


n         2  boats. 

s        50  boats. 
"fo'eseruebuna;" : 


Atlantic: 


Unchanged, 


-30- 


CONPIDENTIAL 


4  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Worth  Sea: 

Pour  submarines  east  of  the  Orkneys/Peterhead; 
19  on  passage  to  positions  for  "Weseruebung". 


\    ) 


Merchant  Shipping 

The  steamer  ANTONIO  DELFINO  put  into  Gothenburg  on  3  April. 

"Weseruebung?  transports: 

See  "Weseruebung"  file. 

The  following  order  is  issued  in  addition  to  those  previously 
given  to  the  supercargoes  of  transports  which  have  not  yet 
sailed: 

"Neither  enemy  nor  neutral  may  gain  an  insight 
into  the  camouflaged  cargo. 

If  the  Norwegians  should  take  a  special  interest 
in  the  steamer  and  insist  on  examining  the  holds, 
the  Captain  of  the  ship  is  first  to  protest  strongly 
and  demand  that  the  German  representative  (the 
nearest  consulate  (German  citizen)  and  the  Embassy 
in  Oslo)  be  acquainted.   Also  communicate  with  them 
independently.   Presume  upon  the  fact  that  papers 
are  in  order. 

Do  everything  possible  to  gain  time. 
If,  however,  the  deck  cargo  should  have  to  be 
unloaded,  any  offer  of  help  is  to  be  declined  and 
not  until  the  last  minute,  when  investigation  of 
the  holds  is  directly  imminent,  is  the  German 
representative  to  inform  the  Norwegians  that  the 
cargo  is  bound  for  Russia  within  German  agreed 
deliveries.   Since  Leningrad  is  ice-bound  at 
present  the  cargo  must,  however,  go  to  Murmansk. 
It  was  camouflaged  so  as  not  to  violate  Norwegian 
neutrality.   Clearance  to  Norwegian  ports  was 
effected  since  the  development  of  British  attacks 
in  Norwegian  waters  might  have  had  to  be  awaited 
here." 


-31- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


5  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 
1.     Norway 

a)  It  Is  reported  from  Norway  that  British  and 
French  officers  of  the  General  Staff  have  been 
engaged  for  a  long  time  in  investigating  the 
possibility  of  landing  an  expeditionary  corps 
in  Norway. 

b)  Intensified  British  propaganda  -  obviously  to 
prepare  the  way  for  British  designs  on  the 
Scandinavian  area  -  has  begun  in  neutral 
countries  in  order  to  work  on  the  attitude  to 
the  Norwegian  problem.    Strong  emphasis  Is 
laid  on  the  necessity  for  an  alteration  in  the 
situation  regarding  respect  for  Norwegian 
territorial  waters. 

A  comparison  drawn  between  the  British  and 
German  actions  states  that  the  Norwegian 
Government's  attitude  "in  its  helplessness 
regarding  the  ruthless  sinking  of  Norwegian 
ships  and  the  brutal  murder  of  Norwegian 
seamen  is  in  extraordinary  contrast  to  its 
vigorous  protests  against  technical  violations 
of  the  three-mile  zone  by  British  warships, 
which  caused  neither  loss  of  life  nor  property 
to  Norway." 

c)  The  following  is  said  to  be  the  Dutch  Admiralty's 
opinion  about  the  British  action  in  Scandinavian 
waters : 

The  movement  of  British  destroyers  in 
Scandinavian  waters  is  aimed  at  provoking 
Germany  to  take  counter-measures.    Great 
Britain  expects  that  Germany  will  then  occupy 
Norwegian  ports,  which  could  effect  the  desired 
extension  of  the  front  at  one  blow.   The 
British  press  would  then  lay  the  breach  of 
neutrality  at  Germany's  door. 

The  headlines  of  the  Swedish  press  are  mostly 
concerned  with  an  article  in  the  "Dally  Telegraph" 
In  which  it  is  maintained  that  Germany  has  stopped 
all  ore  transports  via  Narvik.    She  is  concentrating 


-32- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


5  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


a  fleet  in  her  Baltic  ports  with  400,000  men 
in  readiness  to  be  shipped  to  the  Baltic  zone 
Immediately. 

It  is  assumed  in  the  North  that  at  the- same 
moment  as  Great  Britain  changes  her  plans 
for  cessation  of  the  Swedish  ore  supplies  in- 
to action,  Germany  would  land  in  southern 
Norway. 

A  Swedish  statement  on  the  subject  of  an 
immediate  German  counterblow  if  Great  Britain 
violates  Norwegian  territorial  waters  is  worthy 
of  note  and  perhaps  significant  as  regards  the 
Swedish  attitude  to  coming  events. 

The  present  -slight  operational  possibilities 
for  the  German  Navy  and  Air  Force  would  be 
materially  improved  by  an  occupation  of 
southern  Norway,   Germany  would  be  in  a 
position  to  carry  out  such  an  operation  speedily. 
The  reason  for  it  would  obviously  lie  in  the 
violation  of  Norway's  neutrality  by  Britain  and 
Norway's  complete  inability  to  repulse  this 
violation. 


rn 


e)  A  most  important  and  credible  report  has  been 
received  from  Intelligence  Center,  Belgium: 

British  submarine  blockade  lines  from  the 
Lofotens  to  the  Norwegian  coast  are  said  to 
have  been  formed  or  to  be  in  process  of 
formation.    Blockade  duties  will  be  performed 
by  five  British  and  two  French  submarines. 
The  island  of  Varoe  will  be  cut  off  in  Norwegian 
waters  by  mines.    The  Norwegian  island  of 
Vigten  will  be  cut  off  by  mines  and  submarines. 
Sule  will  likewise  be  cut  off  from  Vigten. 
Constant  patrol  by  seven  destroyers  will  be 
instituted  in  the  Skagerrak.   Measures  are  to 
be  carried  out  on  5  April. 

Definite  confirmation  of  this  report  is  not  possible 
at  present.    Naval  Staff,  hov.rever,  considers  it 
likely  that  Great  Britain  is  planning  such  a  measure 
within  a  very  short  time.    This  view  is  strengthened 
by  a  report  from  radio  intelligence  about  the  despatch 
or  disposition  of  15-20  British  submarines  (see 
North  Sea) . 

CONFIDENTIAL 


5  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items; 

1.  Letter  from  Armed  Forces  High  Command  (WFA  22131 
Gkdos  Chefs) ; 

a)  The  Fuehrer  has  ordered  that  the  cruiser  LUETZOW 
is  to  be  drown  in  to  transport  about  one  battalion 
to  Trondheim,  independent  of  her  further  assignment. 

b)  The  Navy  is  responsible  for  the  protection  of  the 
landing  parties  carried  on  warships,  even  after 
their  disembarkation,  against  Norwegian  and  Danish 
forces.    It  may  be  necessary  for  this  purpose  to 
leave  single  naval  vessels,  not  scheduled  to 
remain  permanently,  in  Norwegian  ports  until  the 
Army  troops  landed  can  no  longer  be  impeded  in  the 
fulfillment  of  their  assignment  by  Norwegian 
naval  forces. 

2.  Fuehrer's  directive  about  operational  cooperation 
with  Italy; 

Discussions  with  Italy  on  strategic  and  operational 
subjects  are  to  be  resumed.   Conducted  by  Armed 
Forces  High  Command.    The  High  Commands  of  the 
Services  are  not  to  commence  discussions  until  the 
result  of  Armed  Forces  High  Command's  investigation 
is  available. 

3.  Report  by  Chief,  Naval  Intelligence  Division  on  an 
Armed  Forces  High  Command  political  and  military  memorandum 
on  the  situation  in  southeastern  Europe. 

4.  The  Naval  Attache  in  Moscow  reports  that  the  Russians 
are  raising  difficulties  with  regard  to  departure  of  the 

JAN  WELLEM  and  do  not  desire  the  supply  ship  to  return  to  the 
base  again. 

The  Russian  attitude  cannot  be  understood.    Since  Naval  Staff, 
however,  attaches  the  greatest  importance  to  the  immediate 
despatch  of  the  JAN  WELLEM,  the  Attache'  is  instructed  to  give 
the  Russians  suitable  assurances. 

(The  Naval  Attache  reports  on  6  April  "that  the  Russian  attitude 
is  apparently  motivated  by  political  considerations  and  by  a 
high  degree  of  nervousness  about  the  future  Franco-British 


-34- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


) 


5  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


attitude  to  the  U.S.S.R.    They  are  therefore  8t  pains  to 
avoid  any  action  in  the  slightest  degree  non-neutral,  -which 
the  enemy  could  use  as  a  pretext  for  action.    It  appears 
that  the  Russians  have  therefore  become  over-anxious  on 
account  of  Base  North,  and  this  means  that  its  usefulness 
is  decreased  at  present.    This  does  not  imply  complete  and 
final  uselessness.    As  soon  as  the  political  situation  is 
clarified  for  the  Russians  the  Base  can  again  be  used  to  the 
full" ) . 

5.     The  Field  Marshal  of  the  Air  Force  has  ordered  that 
Scapa  is  to  be  attacked  by  one  group  each  of  bombers  and 
aerial  minelaying  planes  as  soon  es  the  weather  permits. 


Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic : 

Great  Britain: 

Disposition  of  forces: 

The  WARSPITE  was  at  sea  on  the  afternoon  of  4  April,  probably 
en  route  for  the  Clyde.    The  repair  ship  RESOURCE,  escorted 
by  the  DECOY  and  DEFENDER  left  Freetown  on  4  April  for 
Gibraltar. 

The  submarine  depot  ship  MEDWAY  and  a  number  of  submarines 
will  be  transferred  from  East  Asia  to  the  Mediterranean  in  the 
near  future. 

France : 

Various  convoys  observed. 

A  Brazilian  steamer  reported: 

On  19  March  the  steamer  was  stopped  by  a  British 
auxiliary  cruiser  ("Blue  Star  Line")  55  miles 
northeast  of  Gran  Canariaj   on  20  March  she  met 
a  French  convoy  escorted  by  a  French  auxiliary 
cruiser  (FLORIDA)  150  miles  north  of  the  island. 
According  to  information  from  the  ship's  officers, 


-35- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


5  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


the  convoys  at  present  haul  off  far  to  the  west 
between  Gibraltar  and  Great  Britain, 

Neutrals ; 

According  to  an  Italian  report,  the  following  arrived  in 
Istanbul  on  3  April:   the  steamer  SAGITmAIRE  (7,706  tons) 
coming  from  Marseilles  with  miscellaneous  war  material,  the 
U.S.  steamers  EXPLORER  (6,700  tons)  and  EXKOUTH  (4,979  tons) 
coming  from  New  York  with  planes  and  miscellaneous  material. 

North  Sea: 

British  planes  over  Norderney  and  the  Eastern  Ems  about  noon; 
flights  into  the  Heligoland  Bight  at  night. 

The  PENELOPE,  CAIRO  and  some  destroyers  are  at  see  in  the 
northern  Scottish  area. 

The  submarine  SUNFISH,  SEALION,  SWORDFISH  and-  SHARK  are 
operating  in  the  North  Sea. 

Radio  intelligence  intercepts  a  British  radiogram  containing 
the  order  for  submarine  operation.   Because  of  our  inability 
to  decipher  much,  only  the  position  of  one  boat,  the  TRITON, 
at  57°. • . .10°. • . ,E  can  be  partially  deduced.    In  the  opinion 
of  the  Radio  Monitoring  Service  it  may  be  concluded  from  the 
length  of  the  radiogram  (188  groups)  that  it  deals  with 
operations  by  15-20  boats.    Some  boats  were  possibly  allocated 
special  assignments. 

Operations  by  so  many  boats  and  the  length  of  this  radiogram 
are  In  striking  contrast  to  previous  British  submarine  measures 
and  lead  us  to  conclude  that  there  are  very  special  plans 
afoot. 

Following  possibilities: 

1.  The  enemy  has  knowledge  of  the  German  operational 
plans  and  his  submarine  measures  are  of  a  purely 
defensive  character. 

2.  The  enemy  has  his  own  offensive  plans  against  Norway 
and  is  sending  out  his  boats  in  order  to  suppress 
German  ore  traffic  from  Narvik,  to  lay  mine  barrages 
in  Norwegian  territorial  waters  (see  also  report  from 
Intelligence  Center,  Belgium)  and  as  protection  against 
German  counterblows. 


-36- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


5  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


In  both  cases  we  must  reckon  on  danger  from  submarines  off 
the  Norwegian  coast,  off  the  ports  and  especially  in  the 
Skagerrak. 

Group  Baltic  is  informed  of  Naval  Staff's  viewpoint  and  plans 
to  put  submarine-chaser  units  into  operation  in  the  Kattegat 
and  Skagerrak  in  good  time  to  protect  the  sea  transport  units 
and  to  have  air  patrol  carried  out. 

The  trawler  GORSPEN  (208  tons)  is  admitted  as  sunk  during  the 
air  attack  on  3  April. 


Own  Situation: 

Atlantic: 

Nothing  to  report. 

North  Sea: 

"Weseruebung" : 

Readiness  of  forces  for  "Weseruebung" • 

All  forces  are  ready  to  sail  except  the  destroyers  THIELE 
and  SCHOEMANN  (engine  repairs),  FALKE  (remaining  work  by 
8  April),  and  two  torpedo  training  boats  (dock  work). 

(See  list  of  forces  in  readiness  dated  5  April,  reference 
file  "Weseruebung") . 

The  first  three  steamers  of  the  "export"  unit  and  the 
tanker  KATTEGAT  appeared  in  Norwegian  waters  today  off  the 
south  coast  of  Norway. 


Nothing  special  to  report  in  the  North  Sea.   Enemy  air 
raids  on  Norderney  and  the  Eastern  Ems  unsuccessful. 


-37- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


5  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Baltic  Sea; 

Great  Belt  navigable  with  day  and  night  pilot  service. 
Pilot  service  not  yet  instituted  in  the  Sound  end  Little 
Belt, 

Our  air  reconnaissance  reports  a  Danish  armed  coastal 
vessel  with  two  torpedoboats  off  Frederlk  s  ha  vn  and  one 
Danish  armed  coastal  vessel  north  of  the  Danish  Great  Eelt 
barrage*    Lightships  have  not  yet  been  put  out  on  the 
Great  Belt  barrage;   Instead  the  northern  pilot  position 
is  occupied  by  the  Danish  vessel  INGOLF. 


Submarine  Situation 

Atlantic: 

Unchanged. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters; 

In  the  operational  area:       U  "13",  "22",  "46",  "51", 

"58",  "59",  "25",  "30", 
"34",  "47",  "48",  "49". 

On  passage:                   U   "2",  "4",  "5",  "6", 

"7",  "9",  "10",  "14", 

"19",  "56",  "57",  "60", 
"62". 

Supporting  Ship  "16":  U  "37". 

On  return  passage:  U  "43". 

Boats  disposed  as  per  orders  for  " We se rue bung" . 


-38- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


5  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


U  "52M,s  brief  report  shows  no  successes  but  produces 
much  reconnaissance  data  regarding  air  and  sea  patrol 
in  the  Orkneys-Faroes  area  and  off  the  Norwegian  coast. 

(See  War  Diary,  Part  B,  IV.) 


Merchant  Shipping; 

Returning  home  from  overseas: 

According  to  a  report  from  the  Consulate  8t  Trondheim  the 
motor  vessel  SEATTLE  (left  Curacao  on  5  March,  reached 
Tromsoe  on  31  March)  passed  north  of  Iceland,  apparently 
without  any  difficulty. 

Norwegian  run: 

A  German  Captain  of  a  steamer  coming  from  Bergen  reports  as 
a  striking  fact  that  considerably  more  Norwegian  patrol  boats 
have  lately  been  encountered  along  the  Norwegian  coast. 
These  escort  the  German  ships. 

Adriatic: 

The  B.B.C.  reports  from  Ragusa  that  the  German  steamer  ANKARA 
has  postponed  her  departure  to  ^rieste  because  British 
warships  are  cruising  in  the  Adriatic. 

The  information  is  correct.    The  supply  shio  ANKARA  has 
postponed  her  passage  for  the  present  on  account  of  reports 
of  enemy  forces.    The  ship  is  instructed  via  the  Naval 
Attache"  in  Rome  to  continue  on  her  way.    The  Attache'  is  to 
endeavor  to  obtain  confirmation  of  the  report  that  there  are 
enemy  forces  in  the  Adriatic,  since  it  seems  untrustworthy. 


-39- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


6  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

Norway: 

British  and  French  notes  handed  to  Norway  and  Sweden. 
Contents  not  yet  known;   probably  on  the  subject  of  the 
Intensification  of  the  blockade. 

In  Swedish  opinion  the  notes  give  no  cause  to  suppose  that 
the  Western  Powers  are  contemplating  direct  measures, 
particularly  against  Norwegian  ore  shipments.    Sweden 
and  Norway  are  not  required  to  reply  immediately.    The 
notes  did  not  contain  an  ultimatum. 

Speech  by  the  Norwegian  Foreign  Minister,  Koht,  before  the 
Storthing,  in  which  he  emphasizes  that  "the  maintenance  of 
complete  neutrality  is  the  aim  of  Norwegian  policy". 
(For  particulars  see  Foreign  Press  (Naval  News)No.  83.) 

Increased  tension  in  all  countries  about  further  developments 
regarding  Norway;   according  to  press  statements  at  home  and 
abroad, this  will  be  settled  in  the  immediate  future. 

Although  it  cannot  be  expected  that  the  enemy  is  completely 
in  the  dark  about  "Weseruebung",  there  are  all  the  same  no 
definite  indications  that  the  Western  Powers  have  recognized 
Germany's  strategic  plans.    At  least  they  are  unaware  of  the 
great  extent  of  the  whole  operation.   Naval  Staff's  judgment 
of  the  enemy's  actions  is  that  he  is  just  about  to  take 
steps  himself  in  Norwegian  waters  or  on  Norwegian  territory. 
Since,  undoubtedly  aware  of  German  preparatory  measures,  he 
must  expect  immediate  counter  blows  in  any  operations,  his 
measure  will  take  defense  against  German  counter-operations 
into  account.    It  cannot  be  ascertained  how  far  advanced  the 
enemy  operations  are  or  whether  they  are  already  in  process 
of  execution.   Naval  Staff,  hov/ever,  is  of  opinion  that  the 
greatest  haste  is  necessary  for  the  execution  of  "Weseruebung". 

9  April  appears  to  be  the  latest  possible  date.   It  would  be 
desirable  to  advance  this  date,  but  that  is  no  longer  possible. 

With  regard  to  the  present  state  of  general  political  unrest 
in  Scandinavia  we  must  reckon  on  the  possibility  of  the 
Western  Powers  and  Norway  being  warned  in  advance  when  the 
naval  forces  commence  their  operations  today. 


-40- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


6  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items: 

1.  State  of  "V/eserubimg"  : 

For  readiness  see  review  in  reference  file  "Weseruebung" 

Fifteen  destroyers  in  operational  readiness  (the  SCHOEMANN 
is  not  ready) . 

For  state  of  "export"  and  sea  transport  units  see  sketch 
of  6  April:    The  Narvik  Group  (the  ALSTER,  RAUENFELS, 
BAERENFELS,  tanker  KATTEGAT)  is  assumed  to  he  between 
Trondheim  and  Bergen,  the  Trondheim  Group  (the  MAIN, 
LEV ANTE,  SAO  PAULO,  tanker  SKAGERRAK)  off  the  south  coast 
of  Norway.    The  1st  Sea  Transport  Unit  for  Bergen  (the 
steamers" MARIE  LEONHARDT,  KURITYBA  and  RIO  DE  JANEIRO)  is 
in  the  central  Baltic.    The  Stavanger  Unit  sails  from 
Swinemuende  today  (the  TUEBINGEN,  TIJUCA,  MENDOZA). 

The  Bergen  Sea  Transport  Unit  comprises  roughly  650  men, 
1B4  horses,  vehicles,  etc,  the  Stavanger  Unit  roughly  750 
men,  125  horses,  also  vehicles.    The  Kristiansand  Unit 
follows  this  evening  with  4  steamers  (the  V/IEGAND,  WESTSEE, 
KRETA,  AUGUST  LEONHARDT)  and,  tomorrow  morning,  the  Oslo 
Unit  with  5  steamers  (the  ANTARES,  IONIA,  MUANSA,  ITAURI, 
NEIDENFELS ) . 

The  1st  Sea  Transport  Unit  thus  comprises  a  total  of  15 
steamers  carrying  roughly  3,900  men,  742  horses,  942 
vehicles  and  4  tanks. 

The  starting  up  of  this  whole  transport  operation  cannot 
be  kept  secret.    It  will  be  an  extraordinary  stroke  of 
luck  if  the  immense  transport  set-up  reaches  its  ports  of 
destination  without  disturbance  and  incidents  via  the 
narrow  passages  of  the  entrances  to  the  Baltic  and  the 
Kattegat  and  Skagerrak,  and  without  the  enemy  receiving 
previous  warning. 

2.  Group  West  proposes  that  minelaying  operation 
"Skagerrak"  should  be  carried  out  during  the  night  of 
"Weserday"  minus  1,  and  sees  the  following  advantages  in 
this  connection: 


-41- 

CONFICENTIAL 


6  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


a)  Danger  from  the  enemy,  alarmed  by  the 
appearance  of  the  Narvik  and  Trondheim 
Groups,  is  eliminated. 

b)  All  Groups  proceeding  northwards  will 
be  able  to  withdraw  if  necessary. 

c)  Possible  to  lay  further  barrage  sections 
earlier. 

The  Group  regards  the  disadvantage  of  isolated  merchant 
ships  striking  the  barrage  as  negligible. 

Naval  Staff  declines  Group  West's  proposal  for  the 
following  reasons: 

I.  Execution  is  scheduled  for  the  night  before 
"Weserday". 

a)  Possible  detection  of  the  mine laying 
unit  in  the  Skagerrak  on  the  evening 
of  wW-2"  endangers  the  Bergen  and 
Kristiansand  Groups  on  outward  passage 
if  the  enemy  attacks.    The  risk  to  the 
minelaying  unit  must  take  second  place  to 
this. 

b)  As  long  as  the  barrage  is  not  known,  its 
deterrent  effect  is  doubtful. 

II.  Any  alteration  in  operations  already  fixed  is 
if  possible  to  be  avoided. 

3.     Report  by  Chief,  Operations  Branch  on  the  projected 
ruling  about  the  subordination  of  the  naval,  air  and 
submarine  forces  remaining  or  operating  off  the  Norwegian 
coast. 

The  principle  that  there  should  be  only  one  independent 
operational  headquarters  in  one  theater  of  war  is  adhered 
to . 

a)  Admirals,  West  and  South  Norwegian  Coasts  are 
subordinate  to  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway 
regarding  defense  in  ports  and  coastal  waters. 


-42- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


6  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


b)  Destroyers  and  supply  ships  in  Trondheim 
come  under  Group  West. 

c)  The  BREMSE,  CARL  PETERS,  PT  boats  in  Bergen 
under  Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast.. 

d)  Torpedo  and  PT  boats  in  Kristiansand  at 
first  under  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses, 
Baltic;   later,  after  the  Skagerrak  has  been 
secured  against  surface  forces,  operationally 
under  Group  West.    Subordination  to  Admiral, 
West  Norwegian  Coast  may  be  considered. 

e)  No  naval  forces  subordinate  to  Admiral,  South 
Norwegian  Coast.    Assignments  in  this  coastal 
area  will  be  taken  over  by  Commanding  Admiral, 
Defenses,  Baltic. 

f)  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  will  control 
all  submarine  assignments.    Commanding 
Admirals  to  make  requests  to  Group  West. 

g)  Commander,  Naval  Air's  units  at  first  under 
the  10th  Air  Corps,  later  control  of  all 
reconnaissance  by  Commander,  Naval  Air,  West. 

Chief,  Naval  Staff  agrees.   For  directive  to  Commanding 
Admirals  and  Commanders  (1.  Ski.  I  op  715/40)  see 
reference  file  "Weseruebung". 

4.     Report  by  Chief,  Operations  Branch  on  Naval  Staff's 
directive  on  the  conduct  of  submarine  warfare  after  the 
conclusion  of  "Weseruebung".    (1.  Ski.  I  op  713/40)  see 
reference  file  "We se rue bung" . 


Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic : 

Nothing  special  to  report. 


-43- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


6  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

North  Sea: 

According  to  radio  intelligence:   apart  from  Commander  in  Chief, 
Home  Fleet  and  destroyers,  Commander,  Battle  Cruiser  Squadron 
(probably  aboard  the  REPULSE)  was  in  the  outer  Scapa  area  and 
the  battle  cruiser  RENOWN  in  the  inner  Scapa  area. 

The  old  battleship  WARSPITE  is  going  into  dock  (possible  bomb 
damage?) 

The  cruiser  GALATEA  is  on  escort  duty  with  destroyers.    Commander, 
1st  Destroyer  Flotilla  is  ordered  to  return  to  Scapa  with  a  convoy. 

Reason  unknown.    This  step  appears  extraordinary  but  may  not 
necessarily  be  connected  with  any  operations. 


Own  Situation 

Atlantic:   Nothing  special  to  report. 

North  Sea: 

Command :    On  his  return  from  convalescent  leave  Admiral 
Saalwaechter  resumes  command  of  Group  West  on  6  April.    Admiral 
Carls  returns  to  his  post  as  Commanding  Admiral,  Group  Baltic. 

Ship  "36"  (Lieut.  Cdr.  Weyher)  sails  according  to  plan  as  the 
second  auxiliary  cruiser. 

For  operational  order  see  War  Diary,  Part  C,  Vol.  I.    The  supply 
ship  NORDMARK  leaves  for  the  Atlantic  and  proceeds  via  Route  II. 


"Weseruebung" : 

6  April,  "Weserday"  minus  5: 

Naval  operations  commence  as  planned.    Groups  I  and  II  (Narvik 
and  Trondheim)  sail  at  £300  on  6  April  under  the  comma nd  of 
Commanding  Admiral,  Fleet. 

The  cruiser  LUETZOW  dropped  out  of  the  Trondheim  Group  at  the 
last  moment. 

In  the  afternoon  the  report  is  received  from  the  LUETZOW  about 
breakdowns  caused  by  cracks  in  the  auxiliary  engine  casings. 
Complete  repairs  will  take  several  days.   Provisional  repair 

-44- 

CONFIDEN^IAL 


6  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Is  being  carried  out.   Sailing  for  operations  in  the  Atlantic 
is  out  of  the  question  until  full  repairs  are  completed.   The 
ship  must  therefore  be  restored  as  quickly  as  possible,  since 
Naval  Staff  attaches  the  greatest  importance  to  operations  in 
the  Atlantic  in  order  to  effect  a  strong  diversion  as  soon  as 
possible  after  " We se rue bung". 

It  is  agreed  with  the  21st  Army  Group  that  the  LUETZOW  is  not 
to  operate  to  Trondhelm  because  of  her  breakdown,  but  is  assigned 
to  the  Oslo  Group.   The  LUETZOW  is  ordered  to  proceed  through 
the  Kiel  Canal  and  join  the  Oslo  Group. 

Composition  of  the  units  sailing  today: 

Commanding  Admiral,  Fleet:   Vice  Admiral  Luetjens 

Battleship  GNEISENAU 
Battleship  SCHARNHORST 

Group  I:     (Narvik) 

Commander:    Commodore  Bonte 

Destroyers: 

WILHELM  HEIDKAMP  DIETER  VON  ROEDER 

GEORGE  THIELE  WOLFGANG  ZENKER 

HANS  LUEDEMANN  ERICH  GIESE 

ANTON  SCHMIDT  ERICH  KOELLNER 

HERMAN  KUENNE      BERND  VON  ARNIM 

» 

Embarked  on  the  destroyers : 

2,000  men  of  the  3rd  Mountain  Division.    (1  regiment). 

Group  II:    (Trondheim) 

Commander:    The  Commander  of  the  HIPPER,  Captain  Heye. 

Cruiser: 

HIPPER 

Destroyers: 

FRIEDRICH  ECKOLDT  BRUNO  HEINEMANN 
THEODOR  RIEDEL     PAUL  JACOBI 

Embarked  on  the  HIPPER:   900  men; 

On  the  destroyers:   800  men  of  the  3rd  Mountain  Division. 

(1  regiment).   (For  operational  orders  see  "Weseruebung"  file.) 

-45- 

GONFIPENTIAL 


6  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Weather  prospects; 

Northern  North  Sea:  wind  south  to  southwest,  5-7, 
freshening  to  8  off  the  Norwegian  coast,  mostly  cloudy 
with  frequent  rain,  ceiling  400-600  m,  visibility  3-5 
miles,  about  10  miles  on  the  south  coast  of  Norway, 
deterioration  in  visibility  setting  in  from  the  northwest. 

The  prevailing  winds  will  permit  the  advance  as  planned, 
even  for  the  destroyers.   With  following  wind  and  sea  the 
advance  will,  however,  probably  just  be  possible  still  off 
the  Norwegian  coast.   Action,  however,  will  be  greatly 
restricted,  especially  for  the  destroyers.   We  must  expect 
enemy  reconnaissance  with  the  present  good  visibility. 
The  dull  weather  setting  in  from  the  west,  with  visibility 
dropping  to  two  miles,  will  be  in  favor  of  the  Groups1 
unmolested  advance. 

It  is  possible  that  the  advance  will  be  impeded  in  northern 
waters  by  a  further  freshening  of  the  wind. 


Naval  Staff  views  with  great  confidence  the  operations  of 
the  units  putting  to  sea.   The  readiness  of  the  destroyers 
has  reached  the  required  standard  by  thorough  overhauls 
of  the  engines  and  boilers.   The  thorough  preparations  made 
for  the  operation  and  the  excellent  spirit  of  the  destroyer 
crews  give  assurance  of  a  resolute  and  successful  execution 
of  the  particularly  difficult  Narvik  operation. 

The  Groups  are  led  by  excellent  Commanders. 


Baltic  Sea: 


Shipping: 


The  Great  Belt  is  the  only  navigable  entrance  to  the  Baltic. 

No  pilot  service  has  yet  been  instituted  in  the  Sound  and 

Little  Belt,  but  the  Sound  can  be  navigated  by  all  ships  with  aid 


-46- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


6  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


from  mine- exploding  vessels. 

Check  sweeping  in  the  Great  and  Little  Belts  proceeded 

as  planned.   Check  sweeping  of  the  gap  in  the  Sound 

barrage  is  scheduled  for  7  April.   The  pilot  service  in 

the  Great  Belt  is  carried  out  in  both  directions  during 

the  day,  at  night  only  from  south  to  north  at  present. 

The  Danes  have  placed  a  torpedo  boat  at  the  southern  entrance 

of  the  barrage  as  a  pilot  boat. 

Submarine  Situation; 

Atlantic: 

Unchanged. 

North  Sea; 

After  her  return,  U  "38"  reports  heavy  patrol  in  the 
Shetlands-Hebrides  area  and  in  Pair  Passage.   The  boat 
sank  about  19,000  tons  on  her  return  passage.   U  "43" 
suffered  greatly  from  bad  weather  in  the  North  Minch  area 
and  west  of  Fair  Passage.   No  successes. 

For  brief  reports  see  Part  B,  Vol.  IV. 


22  submarines  are  in  position  as  per  operational  orders 
for  " We se rue bung". 

Also  on  passage:   U  "1",  "50",  "25",  "57". 

U  "37"  is  with  Ship  "16". 

Merchant  Shipping 

On  6  April   there  were  altogether  579   ships  over  1,600  GRT, 
»   68.3%,    in  home   waters,   of  which  100   ships   totaling 
301,372    GRT  are   on  the  Scandinavian  run;      57  of  these 
ships   are   in  Norway. 


-47- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


7  April  1940  C0NFID5NTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

1.  Norway: 

Reuter  states  that  the  notes  to  Norway  and  Sweden 
contain  no  Intimidating  clauses,  but  that  Great  Britain 
reserves  the  right  to  take  action  against  German  attempts 
to  use  Scandinavian  waters  as  a  protected  route  in  order  to 
avoid  the  blockade* 

The  German  Military  Attache'  wires  from  Finland  that 
Swedish  and  Finnish  circles  are  greatly  perturbed  about  the 
ships  concentrated  in  Pomeranian  ports.   It  is  concluded 
that  Germany  has  hostile  intentions  against  Sweden. 

Telephone  tapping  intercepts  telephone  conversations  .- 

between  the  Danish  Naval  Attache  and  the  Danish  and  Norwegian 
Ambassadors,  in  which  he  requests  an  immediate  audience  since 
he  has  communications  to  make  of  the  highest  political 
importance  and  bearing. 

The  Danish  Naval  Attache  has  possibly  gained  some  knowledge 
of  the  coming  "Weseruebung"  operation. 

For  further  information  see  Foreign  Press  Report. 

2.  According  to  reports  from  German  Consulates,  a 
large  number  of  reservists  (all  reservists  according  to  some 
reports)  have  been  called  up  to  the  Italian  Navy  for  1 
April. 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 

Special  Items; 

1.  Letter  from  the  Naval  Attache'  in  Oslo  stating  that 
60$  of  all  Norwegian  shipping  has  been  chartered  to  Great 
Britain  since  November  1939. 

The  Attache  reports  that  this  statement  can  be  taken  as  a 
fact. 

a.     Report  by  Chief,  Operations  Branch  on  the  progress  of 


AJrK 

CONFIDENTIAL 


7  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


"Weseruebung"  and  movements  to  date. 


Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic; 

Great  Britain: 

Disposition  of  forces:  The  WARSPITE  is  suspected  to  be 
proceeding  to  Portsmouth  (?)  because  of  damage,  the  NELSON 
and  BARHAM  to  be  still  in  southern  England. 

The  RENOWN,  REPULSE,  VALIANT  and  RODNEY  can  be  assumed  to  be 
in  Scottish  waters. 

On  7  April  the  cruiser  SHROPSHIRE  is  to  proceed  to  Capetown; 
the  GLOUCESTER  is  to  proceed  to  Simonstown. 

Task  Force  "H"  and  the  auxiliary  cruiser  ALCANZARA  put  in  to 
Freetown  on  6  April. 

Radio  monitoring  also  intercepts  convoy  movements. 
Convoy"HS  25",  comprising  23  steamers,  is  proceeding  north 
from  Gibraltar,  150  miles  from  the  coast. 

France: 

A  French  destroyer  or  flotilla  leader  (large  destroyer) 
has  been  drifting  about  300  miles  west  of  St .Vincent  since 
6  April. 

Otherwise  nothing  special  to  report. 

North  Sea: 

At  0948  (German  Summer  Time)  enemy  air  reconnaissance  reported 
1  cruiser,  6  destroyers,  8  planes  on  bearing  90°  3  miles  from 
55°  30'N,  6°  37'E,  course  350°  (cruiser  HIPPER).   On  the 
basis  of  this  report  the  cruisers  GALATEA  and  ARETHUSA  with 
destroyers  were  sent  out  in  an  unknown  direction.   Further 
afternoon  reconnaissance  resulted  in  priority  radiograms 
from  1630  from  the  Admiralty  to  Commander  in  Chief,  Home  Fleet 


-49- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


7  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

and  other  Commanders  (1st  Battle  Cruiser  Squadron,  1st  and 
2nd  Cruiser  Squadrons)  as  well  as  to  the  submarines  at  sea. 

It  can  be  seen  from  the  Admiralty's  radiograms  that  at  least 
1  battleship  of  the  SCHARNHORST  type,  d   cruisers  -  one 
possibly  a  pocket  battleship  -  and  10  destroyers  are  assumed. 

The  enemy  has  thus  identified  the  operation  directed  north- 
ward and  has  ordered  corresponding  operational  measures. 

It  may  be  assumed  that  the  Admiralty  has  not  yet  drawn 
conclusions  about  a  large-scale  German  action  within 
"Weseruebung"  from  the  air  reconnaissance  information,  but 
rather  expects  a  break-through  to  the  Atlantic  by  a  pocket 
battleship.   In  any  case,  as  Naval  Staff  expected,  the 
German  movement  has  warned  the  enemy. 

c 


The  cruisers  SHEFFIELD,  PENELOPE  and  CAIRO  put  in  to  Scapa 
on  6  April. 

Enemy  submarines  are  detected  in  the  eastern  Skagerrak  and 
Kattegat,  also  near  Utsire.   Further  submarine  positions 
cannot  yet  be  ascertained. 


Own  Situation: 


North  Sea: 


The  movements  of  the  battleships  and  Narvik  and  Trondheim  Groups 
continue  as  planned.   Deterioration  in  weather  and  visibility 
in  the  area  of  advance.   The  destroyers  can  still  just  advance 
in  the  prevailing  weather.   The  south  to  southwest  winds  are 
still  blowing  strength  7-8  in  the  northern  North  Sea.   Action 
will  be  severely  restricted  in  this  weather.   Rainfall  and  bad 
visibility  will  greatly  hinder  enemy  air  reconnaissance 
according  to  the  weather  forecast;   southwest  winds,  strength 
6-8  can  oe  expected  in  the  southern  part  of  northern  waters, 
decreasing  to  strength  4  to  the  north,  so  that  conditions  during 
the  northern  part  of  the  advance  will  be  more  favorable. 


-50- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


7  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


i 


In  connection  with  the  battleship  movements  24  Wellington 
bombers  had  an  engagement  with  heavy  German  fighters  at 
1500  northeast  of  our  declared  area.   Two  British  bombers 
were  shot  down  in  aerial  combat  in  between  two  cloud  covers 
at  2,000  ra.  altitude. 


At  noon  a  plane  of  Commander,  Naval  Air  attacked  an  enemy 

submarine  of  the  GRAMPUS  class  with  two  250  kg. bombs, 

apparently  successfully,  30  miles  north  of  the  northeastern 
corner  of  the  declared  area. 


Air  reconnaissance  off  the  Norwegian  coast  detected  nothing 
special. 

The  movements  of  the  "Weseruebung"  "export"  units  seem 

to  have  proceeded  according  to  plan  so  far.   According  to 

Naval  Staff's  calculations  the  Narvik  "export"  Unit  must 

already  be  in  the  area  off  Trondheim,  the  Trondheim  Unit 

a  little  to  the  north  of  Bergen.   Since  the  ships-  appear  to 

have  passed  the  Haugesund  "cliff"  without  Incident,  it  may 

be  assumed  that  the  Norwegians  are  so  far  unsuspecting. 

Today  the  sea  transport  units  are  in  the  following  areas: 


Bergen  Unit 
Stavanger  Unit 


(3  steamers) 
(3  steamers) 


Krlstlansand  Unit  (4  steamers) 
Oslo  Unit         (5  steamers) 

(See  also  Situation,  Baltic.) 


)  north  of  the  Great 
)  Belt. 

)  in  the  central 
)  Baltic. 


The  tanker  JAN  WELLEM,  which  is  particularly  important 
for  Narvik1 s  supplies,  left  Base  North  on  6  April.   She  is 
expected  to  arrive  promptly  in  Narvik. 


-51- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


7  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Atlantic: 

Nothing  special  to  report. 

Baltic  Sea/Kattegat: 

Shipping; 

Unimpeded  in  the  Baltic.   Great  Belt  passable  by  day  and 
night.   Still  ice  difficulties  north  of  the  German  barrage 
when  passing  through  the  Sound. 


"We se rue bung 


it . 


The  17th  Submarine  Chaser  Flotilla  left  for  an  operation  in 
the  area  east  of  Skagen. 

The  Oslo  Group,  which  embarkea  forces  on  the  evening  of 
6  April,  sailed  as  planned  from  Swinemuende  on  the  evening 
of  7  April. 

Composition: 

Commander:   Rear  Admiral  Kummetz 

Cruisers: 

BLUECHER 

LUETZOW 

EMDEN 

Torpedo  boats: 


( 


KOHDOR 

MOEWE 

FALKE 


2,000  men  embarked,  parts  of  the  163rd  Division. 


During  the  night  of  7  April  there  also  put  to  sea  as 
planned  (at  present  in  waiting  positions): 


-52- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


7  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


a)  Schleswlg  Holstein  Group 

with  Training  Flotilla  of  Commanding  Admiral, 
Defenses,  Baltic  (with  1,840  men  for  the 
operation  against  Korsoer). 

b)  Rugard  Group 

with  submarine  chasers  (with  400  men  for  the 
operation  against  the  bridge  over  the  Belt  at 
Middelfahrt). 

c)  HAKSESTABT  DANZIG 

■   ■   1 1 1 

(with  1  reinforced  battalion  for  Copenhagen). 


Air  reconnaissance  was  flown  over  the  Kattegat  as  far 
as  the  line  Ska gen-Paternoster.   No  enemy  forces  or 
submarines  were  sighted. 

The  steamer  KURITYBA,  belonging  to  the  1st  Sea  Transport 
Unit  (Bergen  Group)  ran  aground  four  miles  north  of 
Helsingborg  and  requires  help  from  tugs.   The  17th 
Submarine  Chaser  Flotilla  and  the  tugs  PREUSSEN  and  WOTAN 
have  been  sent  out  to  help  her. 

The  fact  that  the  steamer  ran  aground  at  the  border  of 
Swedish  territorial  waters  gives  rise  to  the  danger  of  the 
enemy  being  warned  in  advance  if  the  camouflage  of  the 
vessel  carrying  material,  horses  and  men  is  not  maintained 
successfully.   Naval  Staff's  objections  to  the  sea  transp.ort 
units  appearing  before  "Wesertime"  have  already  been 
confirmed.   It  can  also  be  stated  that  the  steamers  of  the 
1st  Transport  Unit  should  have  been  better  camouflaged  and 
that  the  soldiers  and  men  in  charge  of  the  horses  on  board 
should  have  worn  civilian  clothes. 


-53- 


CONFIDETCTIAL 


7  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Submarine  Situation: 

Atlantic: 

U  "37"  reports,  time  of  origin  1950: 

"Left  Ship  "16M  in  grid  square  AD  2957 
(Denmark  Strait)  in  northeasterly  storm. 
Hove  to.   Cannot  reach  post  "Nero" 
(Narvik)  in  time." 

The  break-through  of  the  first  auxiliary  cruiser  (Ship  "16", 
Captain  Rogge)  can  thus  be  regarded  as  successful. 


North  Sea/Northern  Waters: 

Unchanged;   26  submarines  in  position  or  on  passage,  also 

U  "37"  in  the  Denmark  Strait.   U  "64"  with  Ship  "36"  as  escort 


Merchant  Shipping 

Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic,  reports: 
Minesweeping  started  in  the  Sound  barrsge  gap.   Will 
probably  be  finished  by  noon  on  8  April;   barrage  gap 
ice-free.   Great  Belt:  Danish  barrage  gaps  -  lightships 
North  and  South  in  position. 


-54- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

"Weserday"  minus  1 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

1.     Norway: 

Statements  from  the  British  and  French  Governments 
to  Norway  about  Allied  minelaying  in  Norwegian  territorial 
waters. 

"The  Allied  Governments  have  decided  to  exclude 
their  enemy  from  the  unimpeded  use  of  parts  of 
Norwegian  territorial  waters  which  are  obviously 
of  the  greatest  use  to  him.   They  have  thus 
resolved  to  prevent  the  unhinderea  passage  of 
ships  carrying  contraband  through  Norwegian 
territorial  waters.   They  therefore  announce: 

"Some  parts  of  Norwegian  territorial  waters 
have  become  unnavigable  because  of  mines. 
Ships  which  traverse  these  areas  do  so  at  their 
own  risk.   It  is  quite  clear  from  the  list 
already  published  that  the  free  approach  of 
Norwegian  ships  to  their  own  ports  and  villages 
is  in  no  way  impeded  by  minelaying.   In  order 
to  avoid  the  slightest  possibility  of  Norwegian 
and  other  ships  unintentionally  traversing  the 
areas  before  it  is  possible  to  warn  them  against 
mines,  arrangements  have  been  made  that  the  limits 
of  these  areas  are  patrolled  by  British  ships  until 
48  hours  after  the  first  mines  have  been  laid  in 
the  areas  concerned*   The  safety  of  shipping  is 
guaranteed  by  this  measure,  together  with  the 
warning  given  on  the  radio*"   (For  position  of 
barrages  see  under  "North  Sea"). 

The  Western  Powers  have  now  flagrantly  violated  Norwegian 
neutrality  officially  by  laying  mines  inside  Norwegian 
waters.   The  Fuehrer  is  of  the  opinion  that  these  measures 
are  only  the  first  step  in  the  Allies'  strategic  plan  to 
gain  a  footing  in  the  Scandinavian  area,  suppress  supplies 
of  ore  from  Norway,  exercise  pressure  on  Sweden  to  stop 
deliveries  of  ore  to  Germany,  dominate  the  Shetlands-Norway 
passage  and  extend  the  war  to  Scandinavia. 

The  necessity  of  carrying  out  the  German  "Weseruebung" 
operation  is  confirmed  by  the  Franco-British  measures* 


-55— 

CONFIDENTIAL 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Today1 s  statement  by  the  Western  Powers  is  politically 
welcome  since  it  gives  excellent  grounds  to  the  outside 
world  for  German  action  as  a  counter-blow  to  the  British 
violation  of  neutrality. 

On  the  afternoon  of  8  April  the  Norwegian  Government  lodged 
a  protest,  referring  to  the  Norwegian-British  agreement  of 
11  March  1940,  which  permits  exports  to  Germany  even  of 
contraband,  and  demanded  the  removal  of  the  mine  barrages 
and  the  withdrawal  of  Allied  forces  from  Norwegian  waters. 
In  spite  of  .the  protest,  which  is  not  very  vigorous,  it  is 
quite  possible  that  far-reaching  secret  verbal  agreements 
have  been  reached  between  the  Norwegian  and  British  Governments 

The  U.S.  Naval  Attache  (Commander  Schrader)  visited  High 
Command,  Navy  (Naval  Attache')  in  the  afternoon  and  informed 
us  that  he  listened  to  the  British  announcement  about  mine- 
laying  in  Norwegian  waters  at  noon  today.   He  considers  this 
an  extraordinarily  serious  incident  and  asked  for  High  Command, 
Navy's  comments. 

He  was  informed  that  no  statements  can  be  made  yet  but  that 
the  events  are  regarded  in  a  most  serious  light. 

2.  Reuter  report; 

The  Allied  offensive  is  divided  into  three  parts? 

1*  The  notes  to  Norway  and  Sweden  about  intensification 
of  the  blockade j 

2.  the  conferences  between  Ministers  Monnet  (Blockade 
Minister)  and  Cross  on  the  same  subject; 

3.  the  conferences  beginning  on  8  April  between  Lord 
Halifax  and  the  British  Ambassadors  in  the  Balkans, 
probably  with  reference  to  the  Norwegian  and  Swedish 
answers  to  the  British  note. 

3.  The  "General  Netherlands  Import  Center"  has  started 
work  officially.   It  is  a  Government  control,  standing 
surety  to  the  Western  Powers  that  certain  export  and  import 
goods  will  be  for  Dutch  use  only  and  will  not  reach  other 
countries.   Great  Britain  requested  this  and  gave  assurances 
in  return  that  Dutch  ships  would  be  less  strictly  searched. 


-56- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


! 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


4.     The  German  Ambassador  in  Tokio  reports: 

Japanese  naval  spokesman  gave  notice  of  suitable 
severe  counte measures  if  Great  Britain  undertakes 
blockade  measures  in  the  Sea  of  Japan.   On  the 
other  hand  the  Naval  Staff  let  it  be  known  most 
confidentially  that  the  Navy  would  greatly  welcome 
the  appearence  of  German  naval  forces,  especially 
submarines,  in  Japanese  waters,  would  suffer 
operations  by  them  from  Russian  ports  and  would 
afford  them  every  possible  support  (ports  in  the 
South  Sea),   The  people  would  be  most  enthusiastic 
about  any  successes, 

(The  Naval  Staff1 s  opinion,  but  hardly  that  of  the  Admiralty.) 


1100 

Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Stsff 

Special  Items 

1«     Report  on  the  movements  of  the  individual  groups  and 
on  the  situation  in  Norwegian  waters  after  the  declaration 
of  the  British  mined  areas. 

Naval  Staff  is  not  yet  assured  of  the  fact  that  mines  have 
actually  been  laid.    It  is  considered  possible  that  this  is 
a  bluff  to  scare  away  German  merchant  shipping.   On  the  other 
hand,  it  is  quite  certain  that  British  forces,  (destroyers 
and  submarines)  -  as  per  the  British  declaration  -  are  at  the 
positions  indicated  within  or  at  Norwegian  territorial  limits 
in  order  to  capture  or  sink  passing  German  steamers,  thus 
violating  Norwegian  waters.   German  steamers  proceeding  on 
the  former  route  will,  therefore,  undoubtedly  run  into  the  arms 
of  the  British  patrols  even  if  mines  have  not  yet  been  laid. 

From  a  military  point  of  view,  therefore,  this  anticipatory 
step  by  the  Western  Powers  creates  very  unfavorable  and 
difficult  conditions  for  the  execution  of  the  operation,  which 


-57- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


primarily  involve  severe  risk  for  the  "export"  unit  steamers 
carrying  guns,  material,  supplies,  anti-aircraft  guns, 
ammunition  and  food  supplies  which  are  urgently  required  in 
the  northern  bases  of  Narvik  and  Tronaheim. 

Immediate  re-routing  of  the  "export"  steamers  therefore 
appears  desirable.   Retention  in  southern  ports  or  fjords, 
the  only  safe  step  at  present,  is  not  possible  since  every 
endeavor  must  be  made  to  get  the  steamers  to  their  ports  of 
destination  to  time.   Putting  into  port  later,  after  "Weserday", 
would  be  hopeless  because  enemy  countermeasures  would  then 
definitely  be  in  force  off  the  ports. 

Naval  Staff  therefore  orders  the  "export"  steamers  and 

tankers  to  avoid  the  areas  endangered  by  mines  but  otherwise 

still  to  make  for  their  ports  of  destination.  m 


00 


For  orders  to  other  shipping  see  under  "Merchant  Shipping". 

2.  Question  of  flag  to  be  set  when  entering  Norwegian 
ports: 

Naval  Staff  decides  that  the  German  flag  should 
be  flown  or  none,  according  to  the  situation. 
The  previous  order  is  canceled;   the  British 
ensign  is  not  to  be  flown  since  the  advantages 
of  flying  the  British  flag  are  not  seen  and 
are  at  least  doubtful. 

Order  to  this  effect  is  issued. 

3.  The  Naval  Attache  in  Oslo  has  suggested  that  if 
Norwegian  patrols  delay  passage,  the  following  Morse  signal 
in  Norwegian  should  be  transmitted: 

"Am  putting  in  with  permission  of  the  Norwegian 
Government,  have  an  escort  officer  on  board." 

The  proposal  is  agreed  to.   Order  is  issued  to  Groups  for 
further  transmission. 


-58- 

CONFIDBNTIAL 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Situation  8  April 

Weather 

Northern  North  Sea/Northern  Waters: 

The  south  to  southwesterly  winds,  strength  6-8,  which 
rise  to  9  in  places  along  the  Norwegian  coast,  will  gradually 
decrease  to  strength  5-6,  as  the  wind  veers  northwest,  beginning 
gradually  from  the  west  so  that  the  advance  of  the  units  as 
planned  down  to  torpedo  boats  will  be  possible.   Advance  of 
PT  boat  flotillas  is  doubtful.   Visibility  of  only  3  miles 
at  present  is  having  a  prejudicial  effect  on  air  reconnaissance 
by  both  sides.   An  improvement  in  visibility  up  to  10  miles 
can  be  expected  when  the  wind  veers. 

North  of  65°  the  wind  will  drop  to  strength  3-4  ana  will 
no  longer  be  an  obstacle. 

In  the  Baltic  Sea,  southerly  winds  3-4,  apparently  freshening 
to  5;   advance  as  planned  can  therefore  be  expected. 

Enemy  Situation 

Reports  on  the  enemy  received  during  the  course  of  the  day 
show  the  following  picture  as  a  whole  in  the  evening: 

Light  British  forces  off  West  Fjord  (including 
1  heavy  cruiser),  south  of  Trondheim  and  near  Stadlandet 
in  order  to  carry  out  the  minelaying  operations  announced 
and  in  order  to  control  shipping  off  the  Norwegian  coast. 
Various  merchantmen  have  already  been  stopped  ana  had  to 
turn  about. 

The  reports  about  mine  barrages  laid  are  confirmed  in  the 
afternoon  by  telephone  calls  from  Norway.    The  mines  are 
said  to  have  been  laid  during  the  night  of  7  April  at  the 
places  indicated,  possibly  also  near  Karmoey  (south  of 
Haugesund)  ana  near  Halten  (entrance  to  Trondheim).    (Near 
Halten  seems  improbable.) 

Part  of  an  enemy  main  force,  consisting  of  2   battleships, 
1  heavy  cruiser  and  several  destroyers,  on  northerly  course 
about  noon  off  Romsdals. 


-59- 


CONFIDMTIAL 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Battle  cruiser  squadron  and  other  cruisers  at  sea 
protecting  light  enemy  forces.   Position  unknown.   Light 
forces  between  Shetlands  and  Norway. 

Strong  submarine  disposition  in  the  Skagerrak  and  Kattegat 
and  off  the  coasts  of  southern  Norway  and  Denmark. 

French  forces  (minelaying  cruiser  EMILE  BERTIN  and  two 
large  destroyers)  detected  in  the  North  Sea  in  the  Scapa 
area. 

(For  details  see  special  appendix,  radiogram  file  of 
8  April.) 

Own  Situation 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters; 

Groups  Narvik,  Trondheim,  Bergen,  Kristlansand  and  Oslo 
proceeding  to  their  operational  targets  as  planned. 

The  enemy  is  aware  that  the  battleships  are  included 
in  the  Narvik  and  Trondheim  Groups.   Our  own  plans  are  not 
yet  revealed,  but  it  is  possible  that  increased  steamer 
traffic  through  the  entrances  to  the  Baltic  may  appear  a 
most  striking  measure  both  to  neutral  Scandinavian  countries 
and  to  the  enemy  in  connection  with  the  known  concentration  of 
transports  in  Hamburg,  Stettin  and  Gdynia  which  took  place 
some  time  ago.   It  cannot  be  ascertained  how  far  the  enemy 
has  actually  been  warned  or  is  acting  on  supposition. 

Destroyers  were  reported  west  of  Trondheim  this  morning 
by  the  enemy.   Engagement  between  the  destroyer  BERNDT  v. 
ARNIM  and  the  British  destroyer  GLOWWORM.   Result  still 
unknown. 

The  enemy  possibly  concludes  German  operations  against 
his  measures  in  Norwegian  waters.   He  may  expect  a  pocket 
battleship  sortie. 

We  fear  that  the  British  minelaying  operations  will  affect 
our  military  operation  unfavorably. 

Naval  Staff  forsees  danger  in  bringing  the  "export"  unit 
and  the  tankers  through.   Re-routing  to  avoid  encounters 
with  British  patrols  has  been  ordered,  but  is  made  difficult 


-60- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


as  the  actual  positions  of  the  steamers  are  not  known. 

The  operations  by  our  forces  in  the  northern  area  run 

great  risks  from  the  superior  enemy  who,  in  pursuance  of  his 

own  plans,  is  now  in  our  operational  areas  at  the  same  time  to 

our  disadvantage.    The  necessity  of  despatching  battleships 

to  protect  our  destroyers  is  fully  confirmed  by  the  enemy 

situation. 

The  1st  Sea  Transport  Unit  is  at  sea  comprising  15  steamers  as 
planned;   at  noon  the  Bergen  and  Stavanger  Groups  were  in  the 
Skagerrak  off  the  Norwegian  coast,  the  Kristiansand  Group 
roughly  off  Skagen,  the  Oslo  Group  in  the  Kattegat  near  the 
Danis"h  coast.    The  steamer  KURITYBA  is  still  aground  north 
of  Helsingborg. 

Great  danger  from  submarines  in  the  Kattegat  and  Skagerrak. 
The  steamers  are  sailing  alone,  as  merchant  steamers,  along 
the  border  of  territorial  waters. 


During  the  afternoon  the  first  news  was  received  of  steamers 
torpedoed  in  the  Skagerrak.   At  1815  the  German  Ambassador 
in  Oslo  reported  that  the  steamer  RIO  DE  JANEIRO  of  the 
1st  Sea  Transport  Unit  (Bergen)  was  torpedoed  and  sank  at 
1420  near  Lillesand  between  Grimstad  and  Risoer.    Shortly 
afterwards  the  torpedoing  of  the  steamer  KRETA  (of  the 
Kristiansand  Group)  was  asserted.   She  sent  an  SOS  at  noon. 
(Report  is  not  confirmed  later.    The  steamer  was  not 
torpedoed,  but  apparently  managed  to  evade  the  enemy  submarine 
in  time. ) 

At  1815  the  torpedoing  of  the  tanker  POSIDOUIA  (present  name 
STEDINGEN,  naval  supply  ship)  off  Stave rne  by  the  submarine 
TRIDENT  was  reported. 

The  enemy  submarines  were  apparently  directed  today  to 
proceed  without  warning  against  all  German  merchantmen  In 
and  outside  neutral  territorial  waters.   Under  these 
circumstances  it  would  have  been  better  to  camouflage  the 
steamers  of  the  1st  Sea  Transport  Unit  as  neutrals  (Swedes, 
Norwegians,  Esthonians). 


-61- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Naval  Staff's  objections  to  a  premature  appearance  of 
the  Sea  Transport  Unit  In  Norwegian  waters  are  thus 
confirmed.    The  torpedoing  of  the  RIO  DE  JANEIRO,  the 
landing  of  the  survivors  and  the  dead  in  German  uniforms 
must  of  necessity  lead  to  a  complete  revelation  of  the 
German  operation  and  to  an  advance  warning  of  the  Norwegians, 
precluding  the  lement  of  surprise. 

At  2030  Rueter  was  already  reporting  from  Oslo: 

"German  troopship  RIO  DE  JANEIRO  with  300 
men  on  board  torpedoed  in  the  vicinity  of 
Kristiansand.n 

The  movements  of  the  naval  forces  have,  however,  also  become 
known  now  and  are  leading  to  swiftly  increasing  unrest  and 
tension  in  the  Scandinavian  and  enemy  countries  in  connection 
with  the  German  transport  movements.   It  is  reported  from 
Stockholm  at  1400  that  the  Swedish  Foreign  Minister  has 
information  that  a  strong  German  fleet  and  transport  unit 
passed  northwards  through  the  entrances  to  the  Baltic.   A 
Danish  lightship  reports  isolated  German  forces.   At  1800 
Reuter  gave  out  that  80-100  German  naval  vessels  were 
proceeding  through  the  Great  Belt  and  Kattegat,  escorted  by 
auxiliary  vessels  and  trawlers. 

Operation  "Weseruebung"  has  left  the  stage  of  secrecy 

and  camouflage  according  to  the  Impression  prevalent  in  the 

evening.   Our  enemies  have  been  warned.   Since  the  element 

of  surprise  is  lost  we  must  now  expect  engagements  at  all 

points, 


Attack  by  the  10th  Air  Division  on  Scapa  on  the  evening 
of  8  April. 

Results  as  follows  according  to  the  Air  Force  report: 

Hits: 

1  battleship  from  1,300  nw  altitude, 

1  hit  SC  250  amidships,  1  SC  250  close  to  the  bow. 


-62- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


1  cruiser  from  5,000  m.  altitude, 
1  hit  SC  250  on  the  stern,  2  SC  500 
between  2  cruisers  lying  only  a  slight 
distance  apart. 

1  battle  cruiser,  1  SC  500  10-20  m.  from 
the  ship's  side. 

1  single-engined  plane  shot  down. 

Forces  identified: 

1  aircraft  carrier  with  superstructure, 
5  or  more  heavy  and  light  cruisers, 
also  destroyers  and  auxiliary  vessels. 


Own  losses: 


2  planes  shot  down. 


Baltic  Sea: 

Advance  by  naval  forces  according  to  plan  to  their 
operational  objectives  in  "V/eseruebung"  • 

Atlantic : 

Naval  Staff  assumes  command  of  Ship  "16"  at  2400  on  8  April, 
(9)       The  NORDMARK  is  assigned  a  rendezvous  within  the  scope  of 

the  North  Sea  operation.   U  "37"  is  to  relieve  U  "64"  with 
Ship  "36"  and  then  proceed  as  was  ordered  for  Ship  "16". 


Submarine  Situation 

The  defensive  disposition  of  the  submarines  for  "Weseruebung" 
has  been  taken  up  as  per  operational  order  of  Commanding 
Admiral,  Submarines;   codeword  "Hartmuth": 


-63- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  disposition  of  submarine  groups  is  as  follows: 

I.  Submarine  group  in  the  Narvik  area: 

U  "25",  "46",  "51";   U  "37"  is  approaching 
from  Iceland  as  the  fourth  boat. 

II.  Submarine  group  in  the  area  off  Trondheim: 
U  "30",  "34". 

III.  Submarine  group  in  the  area  off  Bergen: 
U  "9",  "14%  "56",  "60",  "62". 

IV.  Submarine  group  in  the  Stavanger  area: 
U  "1",  "4". 

V.  Submarine  group  in  attacking  disposition 
north  and  northeast  of  the  Shetlands: 

U  "47",  "48",  "49"  and  "50".    U  "52"  and 
"38"  are  to  continue  operations  in  this 
area. 

VI.  Submarine  group  attacking  disposition  east 
and  west  of  Pentland  Firth: 

U  "13",  "57",  "58"  and  "59". 

VII.  Submarine  group:   Disposition  in  the 
southern  North  Sea  only  in  case  of  need. 

VIII.  Submarine  group:   Protective  disposition 
west  of  Lindesnes:   U  "2",  "5",  "6". 

IX.  Submarine  group  attacking  disposition  east 
of  the  Shetlands:   U  "7",  "10",  "19". 


Merchant  Shipping 

The  following  directive  is  issued  to  the  steamers  off  the 
Norwegian  coast  not  engaged  in  "We se rue bung" : 

"British  mine  barrages  off  Norway  probably 
misleading.   Probable  however  that  positions 
concerned  are  patrolled.   Therefore  remain 


-64- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


north  of  Haugesund  in  fjords  and  ports* 

Signed  Naval  Control." 

The  following  is  also  wired  to  the  Embassy  in  Oslo  via 
the  Foreign  Office  for  all  German  Consulates  (German 
citizens)  in  Norway  for  immediate  transmission  to  all 
German  merchantmen: 

"Merchantmen  to  remain  north  of  Stadlandet  in 
fjords  or  ports  "because  of  British  mine  barrages 
in  Norwegian  territorial  waters  and  probable  patrols 
there.   Merchantmen  between  Stadlandet  and 
Kristiansand  to  return  home  on  the  former  route." 

The  Ministry  of  Transportation  has  ordered  that  the 
merchantmen  under  its  control  which  are  bound  for  Norway 
west  of  Kristiansand  may  no  longer  sail  from  German  ports. 

The  announcement  by  the  French  and  British  Governments  of 

the  mined  areas  in  Norway  was  broadcast  as  a  warning  to  mariners 

by  the  Deutschlandsender,  coastal  radio  stations  and  by 

Plan  A  distribution.    The  following  was  announced  towards 

the  evening  by  radio  message  in  clear: 

"The  possibility  of  British  mines  near  Halten  must 

be  reckoned  with." 

(Ha It en/Norway,  near  Trondheim.) 

The  following  further  orders  were  radioed  to  shios  in  Norway 
(in  code) : 

"Ships  off  the  south  coast  of  Norway  keep  a 
safe  distance  from  the  coast,  since  the  enemy 
is  attacking  ships  in  territorial  waters. 

Signed  Naval  Control." 

"Ships  outside  the  skerries  are  to  be  camouflaged 
if  possible  immediately." 

Regarding  steamers  of  the  "export"  unit  see  under  Situation 
8  April. 


-65- 

CONFIDBNTIAL 


8  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  steamers  MAIN  and  BAERENFELS  which,  according  to  the 
Consul  at  Haugesund  are  still  lying  in  Koppervik  owing 
to  lack  of  pilots,  are  ordered  to  proceed  on  to  Bergen 
at  once.   The  steamer  SAO  PAULO  is  likewise  to  put  in  to 

Bergen. 


-66- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


9  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


"WESERDAY" 


Items  of  Political  Importance 

0500: 

The  German  Ambassador  in  Oslo  informed  the  Norwegian 
Government  in  writing  and  verbally  that  Germany  requests 
Norway  to  place  herself  under  German  military  protection. 
A  similar  note  was  handed  to  Denmark  at  the  same  time. 
Assurances  were  given  that  the  political  independence  and 
territorial  integrity  of  the  Kingdom  of  Denmark  would  be 
respected  now  and  in  future. 

After  thorough  deliberation  the  Norwegian  Government  refused 
the  German  demand,  since  it  signifies  an  attempt  on  her 
sovereign  rights.    The  Danish  Government  decided  to  accept 
German  military  protection  under  protest. 

At  0515: 

German  naval  forces  arrived  in  Norwegian  and  Danish  bases, 
forces  disembarked,  the  Danish  frontiers  were  crossed. 
Denmark  prohibited  firing.   The  Norwegian  Government, 
which  ordered  increased  alert  for  Air  Force  flying  and 
maintenance  personnel  and  coastal  defenses  yesterday, 
states  that  Norway  will  offer  resolute  resistance. 

According  to  a  Reuter  report,  at  1300  the  (British)  Foreign 
Office  stated  officially  that  the  British  and  French  Governments 
have  decided  to  give  Norway  full  help  at  once  with  land,  sea 
and  air  forces;   the  necessary  steps  are  being  taken. 

During  the  day  a  second  Government  was  formed  in  Norway  under 
Vidkum  Quisling  (former  secretary  to  Nansen,  then  leader  of 
the  Norwegian  National  Unity  Party  and  from  1931-32  Minister 
for  Defense) . 

The  old  Nyggardsvold  Government  has  not  resigned,  however, 
but  is  issuing  orders  for  mobilization  and  calling  for 
utmost  resistance  and  sabotage. 

At  0800  the  German  Government  handed  a  note  to  Sweden 
containing  Armed,  Forces  High  Command's  definite  demands 
(see  "V/eseruebung"  file).    A  verbal  assurance  was  given 


-67- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


9  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


that  Germany's  measures  were  in  no  way  directed  against 
Sweden.    The  Swedish  Government  has  accepted  the  German 
proposals. 

Chamberlain  has  attempted  to  prove  in  the  House  of  Commons 
that  the  German  action  against  Norway  and  Denmark  cannot 
be  regarded  a s  an  answer  to  the  laying  of  the  British  mine 
barrages,  since  the  German  forces  must  have  sailed  much  earlier. 
He  emphasized  that  a  state  of  war  exists  between  Norway  and 
Germany  and  that  Great  Britain  regards  herself  as  Norway's 
ally. 

(For  further  particulars  and  impression  made  abroad  by  the 
German  action,  see  Foreign  Press  and  Political  Review.) 


Situation  9  April 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

forth  Sea/Northern  Waters: 


IN 


At  0500  there  was  an  engagement  between  heavy  British  forces 
and  our  battleships  west  of  the  Lofotens.    No  information  as 
to  type  and  composition  of  the  enemy  task  force;   probably  a 
battle  cruiser  of  the  REPULSE  class  with  other  heavy  vessels 
and  destroyers. 

In  the  Shetlsnds/Norway  area  and  off  the  Norwegian  coast 

4-5  heavy  ships  (possibly  including  heavy  French  forces), 

about  8  cruisers  and  several  destroyer  flotillas  are  operating 

on  varying,  latterly  northerly  courses.  £r 

The  aircraft  carrier  FURIOUS  left  Scapa  during  the  day, 
obviously  to  join  Commander  in  Chief,  Home  Fleet. 

A  submarine  reported  enemy  destroyers  on  southwesterly  course 
in  West  Fjord  in  the  afternoon. 

A  foreign  submarine  was  sighted  in  Trondheim  Fjord. 

During  the  night  of  9  April  enemy  cruisers  and  destroyers 
were  40-50  miles  west  of  Bergen  on  southerly  courses. 

(For  particulars  see  list  in  radiogram  file  of  9  April.) 


-68- 

CONFIDFNTIAL 


9  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Own  Situation 

Naval  Staff  reviews  the  situation  as  follows  on  the  evening 
of  9  April: 

I.     Norway: 

The  Norwegian  Admiralty  ordered  increased  readiness 
during  the  night  of  8  April  and  the  extinguishing  of  all 
radio  and  coastal  beacons  on  the  Norwegian  coast  from 
Lister  to  Narvik.    In  spite  of  this  our  forces  advanced 
as  planned. 

Battleship  Group: 

At  0530  Commanding  Admiral,  Fleet  reported  an  engagement 
with  heavy  enemy  forces  west  of  the  Lofotens  (67"  40'N, 
9°  50'E).   He  apparently  succeeded  in  shaking  off  the 
superior  enemy  after  a  short  action. 

The  enemy  was  probably  one  REPULSE  class  and  another 
battleship.   Commanding  Admiral,  Fleet  reported  at  2017: 

"Can  only  proceed  at  25  knots,  two  heavy  gun 
turrets  out  of  action." 

Naval  Staff  suspects  that  the  damage  resulted  from  heavy 
seaway.   No  action  report  has  been  received  from  Commanding 
Admiral,  Fleet.   A  Reuter  report  on  a  great  naval  battle 
and  the  sinking  of  the  GNEISENAU  appears  very  unreliable. 

Narvik  Group: 

Put  in  as  planned  except  for  the  destroyer  GIESE  which 
did  not  arrive  until  some  hours  later.    Landing  accomplished 
without  difficulty,  resistance  slight.    The  Commodore's 
action  in  sinking  the  armored  coastal  ships  NORGE  and 
EIDSVOLD  is  fully  approved  in  view  of  the  general  Norwegian 
resistance.    The  JAN  WELLEM  is  in  harbor.    The  "export" 
unit  and  the  tanker  KATTEGAT,  however,  have  not  arrived. 
This  has  caused  a  difficult  situation  as  regards  supplies; 
ammunition  is  scarce. 

Fuel  supplies  for  the  destroyers  are  assured  by  the  JAN  WELLEM. 
Refuelling  will  take  until  the  evening  of  10  April  according 
to  Commander,  Destroyers'  report,  since  the  second  tanker  is 
not  available. 


-69- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


9  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Enemy  destroyers  sighted  in  West  Fjord;   the  Narvik 
Group  must  sail  as  soon  as  possible.   Assumed  that 
Commander,  Destroyers  will  himself  make  every  effort  to 
hasten  departure. 

Enquiry  to  Group  West  about  number  of  destroyers  ready  to 
sail  today  has  not  been  answered  yet. 

Narvik  submarines  are  assumed  to  be  in  inner  positions. 

Trondheim  Group: 

Put  in  as  planned;   slight  resistance  offered  by  coastal 
batteries.   Disembarkation  carried  out.   Situation 
regarding  coastal  defense  guns  not  yet  clarified,  so  that 
stronger  submarine  protection  is  requested.    The  Norwegians 
attempted  to  reinforce  the  crew  of  the  battery  at  Hysnes 
by  landing  troops.   "Export"  unit  has  not  yet  arrived 
in  Trondheim,  causing  difficult  supply  situation.   The 
HIPPER1 s  stock  of  fuel  is  only  enough  for  her  return  without 
any  detours.   Two  destroyers  will  not  be  ready  to  sail 
until  tomorrow.   Naval  air  squadron  which  has  arrived  is  still 
without  fuel.   Airfield  is  heavily  iced-over  and  probably 
unserviceable. 

The  HIPPER  reports  sinking  the  destroyer  GLOWWORM  by  gunfire 
and  ramming  on  the  morning  of  8  April  while  on  passage. 

Submarines  are  assumed  to  be  in  position. 

Bergen  Group: 

Entry  and  disembarkation  as  planned;   resistance  slight. 
The  KOENIGSBERG  and  BREMSE  sustained  damage  in  action. 
Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  reports  that  troops  are 
concentrating  in  the  hinterland,  situation  therefore  still 
not  clear.   Attacks  from  the  sea  feared.   Population 
passive. 

The  KOENIGSBERG,  BREMSE,  CARL  PETERS  and  PT  boats  will 
remain  in  Bergen.   The  KOELN  and  two  torpedo  boats  will 
try  to  put  out  tonight. 

Submarines  at  inner  positions. 


-70- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


9  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Egersund  Group: 

Assignment  carried  out  as  planned;   forces  then  put  out  to 
join  the  KARLSRUHE.    Bicycle  troops  ashore. 

Kri3tiansand  Group: 

Operation  made  difficult  by  fog.    Strong  resistance  from 
coastal  defenses  was  broken  by  ships'  guns  and  bombing  attacks. 
At  1130  the  KARLSRUHE  put  in  and  disembarked  the  troops. 
When  putting  out  at  2245  the  KARLSRUHE  was  hit  by  a  torpedo 
and  severely  damaged.   Endeavors  made  to  tow  her  in.    The 
TSINGTAU  ana  PT  boat  flotilla  remained  in  Kristiansand. 

Arendal  assignment: 

Delayed  by  fog;   carried  out  as  planned  about  noon. 

Bicycle  troops  ashore;   destroyed  the  cable  to  Great  Britain. 

Oslo  Group: 

Strong  resistance  from  coastal  batteries  near  Horten  and 
in  the  Droebak  Channel.    Impossible  to  force  the  Channel. 
One  motor  minesweeper  sank  near  Horten.   Severe  hits  on 
the  BLUECHER  caused  both  engines  to  break  down.    The 
BLUECHER  unable  to  move,  sank  near  Askholmen  north  of  the 
Droebak  Channel  at  1530  because  of  explosion  inside  or  hits 
from  mines  or  torpedoes.    Troops  disembarked  in  wioss  end 
Sonsbugden.    Resistance  of  coastal  fortifications  broken  by 
bombing  attack.    At  1920  Droebak  Channel  was  surrendered 
without  a  fight. 

The  LUETZOW  and  EMDEN  have  not  yet  put  in  because  the  mine 
situation  is  not  clarified. 

II.    Denmark: 


plan. 


No  resistance.    Operations  proceeded  smoothly  to 


Troops  landed  in  Copenhagen  by  the  HANSESTADT  DANZIG. 
Ship  sailed  for  V/arnemuenae. 

Group  "Rugard"  landed  troops  near  Middelfahrt  to  protect 
the  bridge  over  the  Little  Belt. 


-71- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


9  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Gjedser,  Nyborg  and  Korsoer  assignments  carried  out  as 
planned •   The  SCHLESWIG  HOLSTEIN  ran  aground  near  Vengeance 
Gruns  but  was  refloated  in  the  afternoon.   The  Nyborg  Group 
was  disembarked  as  planned. 

(See  also  evening  report  from  Group  Baltic,  radiogram  file 
of  9  April,  1800.) 

"Export"  unit; 

So  far  no  ships  have  arrived  at  their  ports  of  destination. 
Positions  unknown.   Motor  vessel  RODA  sunk  by  a  Norwegian 
torpedo  boat. 

1st  Sea  Transport  Unit: 

Complete  reports  still  outstanding.   So  "far  the  steamer 
RIO  DE  JANEIRO  of  the  Bergen  Group  has  been  lost.   The  steamer 
MARIE  LEONHARD  was  stopped  by  a  Norwegian  torpedo  boat.   No 
report  yet  about  the  Oslo  Group. 

2nd  Sea  Transport  Unit; 

In  the  Great  Belt  on  the  evening  of  9  April.   Escort 
increased #as  planned.   Scheduled  to  advance  from  Anholt 
close  to  the  Swedish  coast. 


Air  Situation; 

See  Air  Force  report  on  the  day!s  events.   (Radiogram  file 
of  9  April,  2200.) 

On  the  basis  of  reconnaissance  and  shadower  reports,  strong 
forces  of  the  30th  and  26th  Bomber  Wings  (Ju  88  and  He  111) 
were  sent  out  against  forces  of  Commander  in  Chief,  Home 
Fleet  sighted.   According  to  an  Air  Force  report  the  following 
definite  hits  can  be  assumed; 

1  battleship  3  x  500  kg. 
1  battleship  3  x  250  kg. 
1  battle  cruiser   1  x  500  kg. 


-72- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


9  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


1  heavy  cruiser 
1  troopship 
1  troopship 
1  cruiser  or 

large  destroyer 
1  cruiser 


1  x  250  kg. 
1  x  500  kg. 

1  x  50  kg. 

2  x  500  kg.)  stopped,  dense  smoke,  list 
1  x  500  kg.) 


In  conclusion  it  can  be  stated:   The  passage  of  the  naval 
forces  into  their  target  areas  and  the  troop  landing  operations 
in  Norwegian  and  Danish  ports  have  succeeded  in  a  bold  break 
through  the  fortifications,  thanks  to  the  resolute  action  of 
the  forces  participating  and  favored  by  luck.   Taking  the 
enemy  by  surprise  could  not  be  guaranteed  as  the  result  of 
various  advance  warnings,  in  conjunction  with  a  noticeable 
stiffening  of  Norway's  attitude  for  some  days.   The  losses 
which  have  been  incurred,  especially  that  of  the  newest  heavy 
cruiser  BLUECHER,  are  grievous;    they  are,  however,  in 
proportion  to  the  risk  run  and  anticipated  and  cannot  be  called 
excessively  high. 

The  situation  for  the  operations  so  far  and  for  the  most 
difficult  part  of  the  whole  naval  operation  which  is  now 
beginning,  the  return  passage,  has  been  rendered  much  more 
difficult  by  the  enemy's  operations  (minelaying  in  Norwegian 
waters  and  planned  partial  occupation  of  Norwegian  bases) 
coinciding  with  the  German  operation.    It  must  be  concluded 
from  the  presence  of  enemy  troopships  with  the  battleship 
formation  attacked  by  the  Air  Force  that  the  enemy's 
preparations  for  a  landing  in  Norway  were  already  under  way 
and  that  the  enemy  is  resolved  even  now  to  land  troops  in 
Norway  to  combat  the  German  occupation  forces.   A  large 
number  of  strong  and  superior  British  and  French  naval  forces 
is  engaged  in  the  northern  North  Sea  up  to  the  Lofotens  and 
off  all  Norwegian  ports  in  carrying  out  the  enemy  operations. 
Danger  from  the  air  in  the  occupied  bases  must  be  regarded  as 
extremely  high  in  view  of  weak  anti-aircraft  defenses  and 
the  enemy's  probable  use  of  aircraft-carriers.    The  great 
danger  from  submarines  in  the  Kattegat  and  Skagerrak  is 
acknowledged.   It  will  render  the  task  of  protecting  the 
transport  and  supply  routes  to  Oslo  extremely  difficult. 


-73- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


9  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Naval  Staff  now  regards  the  following  assignments  as 
urgent : 

1.  Break-through  to  home  waters  by  the  battleships 
and  all  operational  forces  in  Norwegian  ports 
as  soon  as  possible. 

2.  Reinforcement  of  the  Skagerrak  mine  barrage 
in  order  to  protect  the  Skagerrak  against 
enemy  surface  forces. 

3.  Concentration  of  submarine  disposition  off 
Narvik  and  Trondheim. 

4.  Submarine  chase  with  all  available  means  in 
the  Kattegat  and  Skagerrak  to  protect  the 

supply  route  to  Oslo.  ^ 

5.  Protection  of  the  sea  transport  units. 

6.  Request  to  the  Fuehrer  that  supplies  should  be 
brought  up  via  Swedish  and  Norwegian  railroads, 
since  they  are  impossible  via  the  west 
Norwegian  ports  and  naval  supremacy  in  the 
Skagerrak  and  Kattegat  cannot  always  be 
guaranteed  owing  to  danger  from  enemy  submarines. 

Individual  Items; 

1.  Disposition  of  submarines  to  protect  the  area  off 
Oslo  is  examined  and  rejected,  since  operations  by  our 
submarines  in  an  area  where  enemy  submarines  are  suspected 
prevent  any  planned  submarine  chase. 

2.  The  question  as  to  whether  it  is  necessary  to  free         t 
Commanding  Admiral,  Fleet  from  obligation  regarding  the 
destroyers,  which  will  not  be  ready  to  sail  until  tomorrow, 

and  to  advise  him  to  have  the  battleships  return  as  soon  as 
possible  is  decided  in  the  negative.   After  consultation  with 
Group  West  there  is  no  doubt  -  because  of  the  exhaustive 
discussions  which  took  place  before  the  operation  -  that 
Commanding  Admiral,  Fleet,  who  Is  in  receipt  of  all  informatlor 
about  our  own  and  enemy  forces,  will  take  the  right  action  In 
accordance  with  the  situation. 

3.  The  request  of  Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  to  leave 
the  cruisers  already  in  Bergen  there,  with  regard  to  the 

-74- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


9  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


still  uncertain  land  situation,  is  refused.    The  damaged 
KOENIGSBERG  must  of  necessity  remain  in  Bergen  for  the 
present.    The  KOELN,  however,  must  return  home  as  soon 
as  possible. 

4.  The  appearance  of  the  French  minelaying  cruiser 
EMILE  BERTIN  and  other  French  vessels  makes  it  necessary  to 
devote  increased  attention  to  danger  from  mines  in  the 
North  Sea.    The  importance  of  the  minelaying  cruiser  is 
specially  pointed  out  to  the  Air  Force. 

5.  According  to  Coastal  Defense  Commander,  Denmark, 
the  first  discussions  with  the  Danish  Navy  progressed  very 
satisfactorily. 

Result: 

*  a)  The  German  Navy  takes  over  patrol  also  on 

the  north  side  of  the  Belt  mine  barrages. 

Technical  maintenance  of  the  barrages  is 
still  a  Danish  task. 

Naval  Staff  is  expected  to  issue  instructions  later 
about  laying  deep  barrages  in  the  barrage  gaps. 

b)  The  Danish  barrages  remain  switched  on. 

c)  Danish  naval  vessels  are  withdrawn  from  the 
neutrality  patrol,  inclusive  of  the  west 
coast  of  Jutland.   German  naval  forces 
take  over  the  assignment. 

The  Danish  Government  will  presumably  publish  a 
demobilization  law.    The  Danish  Navy  intends 
to  send  most  of  its  personnel  home.    Consent 
is  given  to  this. 

Most  Danish  warships  will  be  moved  to  the 
Arsenal  in  Copenhagen  for  this  purpose. 

d)  Dimming  lights  as  a  part  of  the  total 
blackout  ordered  has  not  been  carried  out 
yet.    The  Danes  have  been  requested  to 
submit  a  plan  for  switching  off  the  lights 
by  areas. 


-75- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


9  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


e)  The  Danes  have  made  the  following  urgent 
requests: 

1.  Resumption  of  traffic  with  Bornholm. 
(Granted) . 

2.  Permission  for  Danish  packet  steamers 
to  proceed  between  Copenhagen  and 
Aarhus.    (Granted). 

3.  Permission  for  fishing  vessels  to 

put  out.    (Granted  with  limitations.) 


Submarine  Situation 

Submarines  in  position  for  "Vveseruebung"  •    The  boats 
in  the  Shetlands  Passage  and  off  Pentland  Firth  have 
been  ordered  into  attack  groups  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
positions  of  the  heavy  enemy  forces  reported  several 
times • 

Merchant  Shipping 

Lo  s  s  e  s  : 

The  motor  vessel  SEATTLE  was  set  on  fire  and  destroyed 
by  our  own  bombs  while  breaking  down  resistance  in 
Kristiansand.    The  following  Information  Report  No.  109/40 
has  been  sent  to  all  representatives  abroad  concerned, 
except  in  Russia,  Japan,  U.S.A.  and  Italy,  for  immediate 
transmission  to  all  merchantmen ; 

1.  Danger  of  enemy  attacking  German  ships 
in  neutral  ports.  * 

2.  Be  prepared  for  destruction. 

3.  Be  ready  to  sail  on  call. 

Signed  Navy. 


-7  6- 

CONFIDEKTIAL 


10  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

Norway; 

Political  situation  in  Oslo  still  obscure.   Quisling 
Government  has  no  response  from  the  Norwegian  people. 
The  old  Government  has  not  resigned*   Hamar,  seat  of 
the  fleeing  Government,  occupied  by  German  troops. 
Further  flight  by  the  Government.   Discussion  between 
the  King  of  Norway  and  German  Ambassador  Brauer  fruitless. 
King  not  prepared  to  yield.   Nyggardsvold,  the  head  of 
the  Government,  declared  before  the  Storthing  that  Norway 
is  resolved  to  continue  the  struggle  for  her  integrity. 
Hambro,  the  President  of  the  Storthing,  gave  a  speech  over 
the  radio  in  Sweden,  calling  foi-  action,  and  is  recruiting 
volunteers. 

The  Norwegian  people's  resistance  has  been  stiffened  by 
British  propaganda  and  assurances.   Young  men  fit  for 
military  service  are  apparently  prepared  to  offer  the 
most  stubborn  resistance  and  to  commence  sniping  activities. 
The  population  is  everywhere  passive,  negative. 

Denmark; 

No  resistance,  effort  to  comprehend  the  German  action. 
Statement  by  Prime  Minister  Stauning  •••• 

"The  King  and  his  Ministers  have  resolved, 
relying  on  Germany's  assurance  that  she  does  not 
plan  to  infringe  Denmark's  integrity  and  political 
independence  by  the  steps  taken,  to  attempt  to 
order  conditions  and  the  occupation.   This  course 
has  been  selected  In  order  to  spare  land  and  people 
the  consequences  of  war.w 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic; 

The  Naval  Attache  reports  on  a  communication  from  the 


-77- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


10  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Japanese  Admiralty  that  British  naval  forces  from  Hongkong 
and  Singapore  appear  to  be  concentrating  in  the  Dutch  East 
Indies. 

France : 

The  priority  radio  traffic,  mostly  concerning  orders  to 
return  etc.,  continues.   A  fairly  large  vessel,  probably 
a  cruiser,  is  to  be  escorted  from  an  African  port  to 
Brest  by  a  large  destroyer. 

In  the  Mediterranean  an  unidentified  vessel  was  hastily 
sent  out  on  guard  duty  in  the  Strait  of  Bonifacio. 
Twelve  planes  took  off  from  Berre  (Rhone)  for  Mentone 
(Riviera);   further  transfer  to  Corsica  is  possible. 

It  is  not  out  of  the  question  that  Italy's  present  attitude  is 
occasioning  doubts  and  making  security  measures  by  Franco- 
British  forces  necessary. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters: 

During  the  day  very  little  could  be  ascertained  about  the 
exact  enemy  situation. 

The  battle  cruiser  REPULSE  and  the  zna  Destroyer  Flotilla 
are  suspected  to  be  in  the  Lofoten  area  and  the  battle 
cruiser  RENOWn  on  her  way  there. 

The  southern  Task  Force  reported  several  times  yesterday 

between  the  Shetlands  and  Norway  was  not  intercepted  again 

today.   It  remains  to  be  seen  whether  the  heavy  ships 

moved  off  westward  or  northwestward  as  the  result  of  hits  in 

yesterday's  bombing  attacks.    It  was  not  until  the  late 

afternoon,  at  1700,  that  a  battleship  with  two  heavy  and  two 

light  cruisers  was  sighted  east  of  Fair  Passage  on  southwesterly      * 

course.    Radio  intelligence  intercepted  the  arrival  reports 

of  the  cruisers  MANCHESTER,  SOUTHAMPTON  and  GLASGOW  in  Scapa. 

The  cruisers  are  possibly  putting  in  to  refuel,  if  damage  from 

yesterday's  air  attacks  does  not  render  any  repairs  necessary. 

Damage  to  the  SOUTHAMPTON  and  GLASGOW  can  be  assumed  according 

to  the  Radio  Monitoring  Service.    The  cruiser  BIRMINGHAM  was 

north  of  the  Orkneys  in  the  afternoon. 

The  2nd  Destroyer  Flotilla  and  one  heavy  cruiser  participated 
in  the  destroyer  actions  with  German  forces  of  Commander, 
Destroyers  in  West  Fjord.    The  Admiralty  reported  the 
sinking  of  the  destroyers  HARDY  and  HUNTER,  also  severe 
damage  to  the  HOTSPUR  and  another  destroyer.   At  noon  the 


-78- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


10  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


RENOWN  was  in  radio  comnunica tion  with  the  2nd  Destroyer 
Flotilla.    The  aircraft-carrier  FURIOUS  is  still  at  sea. 
The  dive-bombers  which  successfully  attacked  the  forces 
lying  in -Bergen  at  0800  probably  took  off  from  her.    Only 
destroyers  on  westerly  courses  were  reported  in  the  Shetlands 
Passage  during  the  forenoon. 

Very  great  danger  from  submarines  is  still  to  be  reckoned  with 
in  the  Skagerrak  and  Kattegat. 


Own  Situation 


Norway: 


Military  situation  outwardly  quiet  on  the  west  coast. 

The  mobilization  ordered  by  the  old  Government  is  arousing 

resistance • 

Railroad  communications  to  Bergen  and  Trondheim  destroyed, 
telephone  lines  interrupted.    Norwegian  naval  forces  hostile 
and  prepared  for  actions.    Groups  and  Commanding  Admiral, 
Submarines  therefore  ordered  to  destroy  Norwegian  forces  not 
in  our  hands  or  laid  up  in  port.    Further,  it  is  pointed  out 
to  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  (Admiral  Boehm)  that  it  is 
urgently  necessary  for  the  new  Government  at  once  to  recall 
the  Norwegian  forces  at  sea.    Appropriate  safety  measures  in 
view  of  our  submarine  positions  are  to  be  arranged  with  the 
Norwegian  Government. 

The  directive  is  issued  -  because  of  an  inquiry  from  the 
Group  -  that  all  captured  Norwegian  naval  vessels  are  to  be 
commissioned  with  German  crews. 

Situation  in  Narvik: 

At  0651  a  corrupt  "Most  Immediate"  radio  message  in  clear  was 
received  from  Narvik  about  an  attack  made  by  British  destroyers 
on  Narvik. 

Later  reports,  still  incomplete  at  first,  show  that  in  the 
early  hours  of  the  morning,  in  fog  and  drifting  snow,  enemy 
destroyers  protected  by  a  heavy  cruiser  carried  out  a  surprise 


-79- 

C0NFID3NTIAL 


10  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


attack  on  our  destroyers  lying  in  Narvik.  The  attack  was 
warded  off;  three  enemy  destroyers  were  sunk  or  destroyed 
(HUNTER,  HARDY,  HOTSPUR). 

Our  losses  the  HEIDKAaIP  and  SCHMITT.    Commander,  Destroyers, 
Commodore  Bonte,  was  killed.    The  ROEDER  sustained  severe 
damage,  LUEDEMANN,  KUENNE  and  THIELE  are  able  to  proceed  with 
limitations,  the  ARNIM  has  slight  breakdowns.    Return  passage 
for  the  ZENKER,  GIESE,  KOELLNER  and  ARNIk  appears  possible. 

Enemy  destroyers  withdrew  after  heavy  losses.   Narvik  is 
firmly  in  our  hands. 

As  a  result  of  damage  sustained  during  the  British  attack  and 
difficulties  in  oiling,  only  the  destroyers  GIESE  and  ZENKER 
are  completely  ready  to  proceed  and  put  out. 

A 

Commander,  4th  Destroyer  Flotilla  attempted  to  put  to  sea 
during  the  night  of  10  April,  but  had  to  turn  back  since  the 
five  destroyers  reported  by  U  n51"  in  Brenes  Fjord,  reinforced 
by  cruisers  in  the  rear,  are  watching  the  fjord  entrance  and 
a  break-through  appeared  hopeless  because  of  the  bright  night. 

Situation  in  Trondheim: 

Military  situation  outwardly  quiet.    Every  aspect  of  the  supply 
question  difficult.    Transport  by  rail  from  Oslo  not  possible. 
Fuel  situation  critical  for  the  1st  Naval  Air  Squadron  of  the 
506th  Group.    Seaward  defense  by  coastal  guns  not  yet  settled. 
Port  Commander  therefore  requests  reinforcement  of  the  submarine 
disposition  off  Trondheim.    Airfield  still  unserviceable  as  the 
result  of  icing. 

The  cruiser  HIPPER  and  the  destroyer  ECKHOLDT  are  in  readiness 
to  sail.    The  RIEDPJL  is  not  ready  to  proceed  and  is  being 
used  as  a  barrage  battery.    The  HIPPER  sailed  in  the  evening; 
the  ECKHOLDT  had  to  turn  about  for  en  unknown  cause. 

Assessment  and  Steps  taken: 

We  owe  it  to  the  strong  defensive  action  of  the  Narvik 
destroyers,  which  obviously  used  all  their  resources  and 
whose  regrettable  losses  can  probably  be  ascribed  to  the 
enemy's  taking  them  by  surprise  in  bad  visibility,  that  an 
enemy  landing  in  Narvik  could  be  repulsed  with  very  heavy 
losses  to  him.    The  death  of  Commodore  Bonte,  who  had  always 


-80- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


10  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


proved  himself  an  excellent  Commander,  and  especially  so  as 
Commander,  Destroyers,  is  a  heavy  loss  for  Naval  Staff  and 
the  entire  Navy,  especially  the  destroyers. 

The  destroyer  attack  on  Narvik  confirms  what  dangers  are 
entailed  for  our  forces  detained  in  the  ports  because  of 
delayed  refuelling  or  waiting  for  the  arrival  of  tankers. 
The  order  is  therefore  issued  to  all  forces  lying  in  readiness 
to  proceed  in  Narvik,  Trondheim  and  Bergen  to  commence  return 
passage  as  soon  as  possible  and  regardless  of  vessels  remaining 
behind.    If  necessary  they  may  call  at  intermediate  ports. 
The  Narvik  destroyers  under  Commander,  4th  Destroyer  Flotilla 
are,  as  per  operational  order,  to  join  the  fleet  which  is 
presumed  to  be  west  of  the  Lofotens  (radio  silence  being 
maintained). 

Independent  return  passage  is  left  to  the  discretion  of  the 
cruiser  HIPPER  with  her  force. 

The  situation  of  the  destroyers  in  Narvik  is  judged  to  be 
very  serious  in  view  of  further  expected  attacks  by  superior 
forces.    It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  break-through  from 
Narvik  with  the  destroyers  which  are  ready  to  proceed  will 
take  place  as  soon  as  possible.    Commander,  4th  Destroyer 
Flotilla  is  undoubtedly  endeavoring  to  carry  this  out  with 
all  the  means  in  his  power. 

Further  speedy  protection  of  important  positions  in  Narvik 
and  Trondheim  is  necessary.    An  attempt  must  be  made  to 
relieve  the  destroyers.   Naval  Staff  has  therefore  ordered 
Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  to  reinforce  the  submarine 
disposition  off  these  ports  and  to  increase  the  number  of 
large  boats  off  Narvik  to  8,  off  Trondheim  to  4.    The  boats 
may  be  expected  to  arrive  in  2-3  days. 

Since  the  steamers  of  the  "export"  unit  have  not  arrived  in 
Narvik  and  Trondheim,  the  troops  landed  are  facing  a  very 
difficult  situation  as  regards  equipment  with  guns  and  supplies 
of  ammunition.    The  Fuehrer  has  therefore  ordered  investigation 
into  the  possibility  of  supplies  by  submarines ,  in  addition  to 
the  immediate  supply  service  by  the  Air  Force. 

The  result  of  the  investigation  is: 

The  following  will  be  ready  to  carry  out  this  assignment 
within  a  short  period: 

U  "43"  from  the  evening  of  11  April, 
U  "26"  on  13  April, 
U  "29"  on  15  April. 

-81- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


10  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


The  weight  of  the  supplies  is  allowed  for  by  the  boats  only 
carrying  the  torpedoes  in  the  tubes .   They  can  then  carry: 


u 

"43" 

18-20 

tons 

u 

"26" 

12 

tons 

u 

ti29« 

9 

tons* 

Naval  Staff  has  sent  a  directive  to  this  effect  to  Group  21, 
Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  and  Group  West. 

The  question  of  the  use  of  the  large  boats  U  "A", 

U  "101%  U  ,,122ft,  which  will  be  ready  for  operations  in  the 

immediate  future  and  the  possibility  of  converting  the  boats 

suitable  for  transport  ("103",  "104",  "105",  "106",  "123", 

"124")  to  carry  mixed  dargoes  and  aviation  gasoline  is  under 

review. 


Naval  Staff  also  proposed  to  Armed  Forces  High  Command  and 
Commander  in  Chief,  Air  Force  the  immediate  use  of  a  Zeppelin, 
as  a  further  means  of  supply.   Investigation  revealed, 
however,  that  the  Zeppelin  is  not  in  readiness. 


' 


Because  of  the  importance 
Group  has  been  ordered  to 
available  meens. 


of  air  transports,  the  Trondheim 
make  ready  the  airfield  with  all 


Commanding  Admiral,  Fleet  has  reported  position  west  of  6°  E 
north  of  68°  N;  he  plans  to  break  through  near  the  Shetlands 
from  the  northwest  and  requests  that  the  HIPPER  may  operate 
to  the  east.   Heavy  guns  will  be  ready  for  action  again  on 
11  April,  except  for  "A"  turret  on  the  GNEISENAU. 

Commanding  Admiral,  Fleet* s  plans  are  approved.   The  speedy 
return  of  the  ships  Is  desirable.   Operations  against  light 
enemy  forces  in  order  to  gain  taotical  and  strategic  successes 
are  not  possible  as  the  enemy  situation  at  present  shows  no 
chances  of  operations  against  such  enemy  forces.   The  question 
of  battleship  operations  in  West  Fjord  in  order  to  bring  the 
destroyers  out  of  Narvik  is  rejected,  since  such  an  operation 
offers  no  prospects  of  success  in  view  of  the  presence  of 
superior  enemy  forces,  including  the  aircraft  carrier,  and  in 
view  of  the  danger  from  submarines  and  torpedoes  in  the  fjords; 


' 


-82- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


10  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


jeopardizing  the  battleships  without  prospects  of  strategic 
success  is  not  justified. 

The  maintenance  of  the  battleships  is  of  the  greatest  strategic 
importance  just  now. 


Situation  in  Bergen: 

Bergen  firmly  in  our  hands.   Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast 
reports  the  laying  of  the  planned  mine  barrages  in  both  entrances 
to  Bergen.   Dive-bomber  attack  by  enemy  planes  at  0800.    The 
cruiser  KOENIGSBERG  was  set  on  fire  by  two  bombs  and  had  to  be 
abandoned.    Ship  capsized  at  1100.    Crew  incorporated  in 
coastal  defense. 

Urgent  need  for  supplies  of  anti-aircraft  guns  and  light  anti- 
aircraft ammunition  is  reported.    Admiral,  West  Norwegian 
Coast  has  been  given  the  assignment  of  seizing  and  reporting 
all  oil  stocks  ashore  and  in  tankers. 

Commanding  Admiral,  Scouting  Force  is  scheduled  to  sail  tonight 
with  the  KOELN  and  two  torpedo  boats. 


Situation  in  Stavanger: 

Torpedo  boat  SKARV  seized. 

Stavanger  airfield  and  seaplane  base  attacked  by  British 
bombers  in  the  evening.    No  particular  damage  done. 


Situation  in  Eristiansand: 

The  torpedoed  cruiser  KARLSRUHE  could  not  be  saved.    The  ship 


-83- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


10  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


was  sunk  by  torpedo  on  the  night  of  9  April.    Nothing  special  to 
report  in  Kristiansand. 

Two  21   cm,  six  15  cm.  guns  ready  for  use  with  very  simple  fire 
control. 


Situation  in  Oslo: 

The  island  of  Bolerne,  which  was  still  firing  in  the  forenoon, 
fell  into  German  hands  in  the  afternoon.  The  last  resistance 
in  Oslo  Fjord  has  thus  been  broken. 

The  LUETZOW  and  EMDEN  put  in  to  Oslo.    The  LUETZOW  is  to 
return  to  Kiel  tonight  to  be  made  ready  for  operations  in  the 
Atlantic  as  soon  as  possible. 

The  torpedo  boat  ALEATROS  ran  aground  at  the  entrance  to 
Oslo  Fjord  and  is  probably  lost. 

Such  losses  must  be  expected  in  the  waters  off  the  Norwegian 
coast,  to  which  we  are  unaccustomed  and  which  are  difficult 
to  navigate. 

Commanding  Admiral,  Norway,  Admiral  Eoehm,  flew  to  Oslo  on 
the  afternoon  of  10  April,  and  took  up  his  duties. 

The  2nd  Sea  Transport  Unit  (troops  ana  material)  crossed  to 
Oslo  in  convoy.    In  spite  of  strong  submarine  protection  and 
sir  patrol  the  steamers  FRIEDENAU,  WIGBERT  and  patrol  boat 
"1507"  were  torpedoed  west  of  Gothenburg.    Casualties  appear 
to  be  high. 

The  steamer  ANTARES  of  the  1st  Sea  Transport  Unit  was 
torpedoed  (west  of  Uddevalla  Fjord). 

Unsuccessful  submarine  chase. 


-84- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


10  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


It  is  necessary  to  concentrate  anti-submarine  defenses  in  the 
Kattegat  and  eastern  Skagerrak  because  of  the  acute  submarine 
situation  in  these  areas.   At  the  request  of  Group  Baltic, 
the  1st  Minesweeper  Flotilla  and  Ships  "35",  "40",  "37", 
"26"  and  "47"  have  been  placed  at  its  disposal.   Group  West 
is  at  present  considering  the  transfer  of  a  further  submarine 
chaser  flotilla. 

Denmark: 

Nothing  special  to  report  in  Denmark.  (Coastal  Defense 

Commander,  Denmark,  Vice  Admiral  Mewis,  in  Copenhagen.) 

Occupation  proceeds  according  to  plan.  Good  understanding 
with  Danish  authorities. 

According  to  the  order  of  Armed  Forces  High  Command  (Operations 
Division),  command  of  the  forces  of  Staff,  31st  Special  Duties 
Corps  (General  Kaupisch)  operating  in  Denmark  will  pass  to  Commander 
in  Chief,  Army  on  conclusion  of  military  operations  in  Denmark. 
The  21st  Group,  Oslo  will  remain  directly  subordinate  to  Armed 
Forces  High  Command. 

Staff,  31st  Special  Duties  Corps  will  remain  in  Denmark. 
The  Commanding  Officer  is  the  Commander  and  representative  of 
the  German  Armed  Forces  in  Denmark.   He  is  authorized  to  issue 
orders  to  all  German  forces  in  Denmark  in  order  to  avert  dangers. 


Great  Belt: 

We  have  occupied  the  control  positions  of  the  Danish  mine 
barrages  in  the  Great  Belt. 


Bornholm: 

The  HANSESTADT  DANZIG  landed  a  battalion  at  Roenne  on  Bornholm 
in  the  afternoon. 


—  85— 

CONFIDENTIAL 


10  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


(S©e  also  situation  report  of  Group  Baltic,  radiogram 
file  1945.) 


Air  Situation: 

See  Air  Force  report  on  day's  events. 

Air  Force  Operations  Staff  asked  Naval  Staff  in  the  evening 
whether,  on  the  basis  of  the  survey  of  the  situation  in  Narvik, 
a  fresh  British  attack  there  to  wipe  out  the  destroyers  and 
capture  the  town  is  considered  probable, so  that  all-out  use 
of  a  bomber  group  on  11  April  appears  to  be  justified. 
(Planes  would  land  at  Narvik  after  the  attack  but  could  not 
fly  back  because  of  fuel  shortage.) 

Naval  Staff  considers  a  British  attempt  to  force  Narvik 
early  on  the  morning  of  11  April  possible,  perhaps  even 
probable.   All-out  use  of  a  whole  bomber  group  to  attack, 
however,  appears  too  much  to  Naval  Staff. 


A  bomber  squadron  is 
such  an  attac:.. 


considered  sufficient  to  repulse 


Naval  Staff,  however,  considers  the  use  of  a  few  long-range 
bombers  (5-6),  which  can  return,  to  be  a  better  solution. 

Air  Force  General  Staff  (Naval  Liaison  Officer)  was  informed 
to  this  effect  by  telephone. 


Naval  Staff,  in  agreement  with  Commander  in  Chief,  Air  Force, 

has  issued  regulations  to  prevent  losses  to  ourselves  caused 

by  our  own  actions.    (See  War  Diary,  Part  B,  Vol.  V,  page  131.) 


Submarine  Situation 
Nothing  special  to  report. 


-86- 


CONFIDEHTIAL 


10  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Disposition  as  per. operational  order  "Hartmuth".  At  0800 
a  directive  was  sent  to  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  and 
Group  West  based  on  the  survey  of  the  situation  in  Trondheim 

"Increase  number  of  submarines  off  Trondheim  to  4." 

The  order  was  amplified  later  by  the  following: 

"Increase  number  of  large  submarines  off  Narvik  to  8, 
off  Trondheim  to  4,  at  once  because  of  the  decisive 
importance  of  these  two  ports  for  the  whole  operation." 

Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  has  dispersed  Submarine  Group 
V  north  of  the  Shetlands  and  assigned  the  boats  as  follows: 

To  Narvik:      U  "47",  "48",  "49",  "38". 
To  Trondheim:    U  "50",  "52". 


Merchant  Shipping 

Own  Shipping: 

Stavanger  Sea  Transport  Unit  (3  steamers)  put  in;   Krlstiansand 
Unit  (3  steamers)  put  in;   steamer  KRETA  still  missing.   No 
news  to  date  from  Bergen. 

Armed  Forces  High  Command  orders  with  reference  to  the  "export" 
units : 

1.  Transport  steamers  which  have  passed  Bergen  to  the 
north  are  to  proceed  to  Trondheim  for  unloading. 

2.  If  Trondheim  has  been  passed  to  the  north,  let 
them  proceed. 

3.  Transport  steamers  in  Bergen  or  south  of  it  to 
unload  at  the  nearest  port,  regardless  of  destination 
of  cargo. 

Losses: 

The  steamer  RODA  of  the  "export"  unit  was  sunk  off  Stavanger 


-87- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


10  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


by  a  Norwegian  torpedo  boat.   According  to  a  statement  by 
Chamberlain,  the  steamer  RAUENFELS  and  five  other  German 
merchant  steamers  were  sunk  in  West  Fjord  during  the  attack 
on  Narvik. 


Foreign  Merchant  Shipping: 

With  reference  to  a  radio  monitoring  report  that  the  British 
Commanding  Admiral,  Mediterranean  has  instructed  all  Danish 
and  Norwegian  ships  in  his  area  to  put  into  British  Mediterranean 
ports,  since  the  ships  are  under  British  protection,  the 
Foreign  Office  was  requested  to  have  the  Norwegian  and  Danish 
Governments  issue  counter-orders.    The  Foreign  Office  then 
made  arrangements  in  Copenhagen  and  Oslo  for  Norwegian  and 
Danish  ships  to  receive  instructions  through  the  radio  to  put 
in  to  neutral  ports  in  the  Mediterranean,  preferably  Spanish 
or  Italian  ones,  or  to  endeavor,  as  the  situation  permits, 
otherwise  to  escape  seizure  by  the  British  and  to  return  home. 
Simultaneously  the  Embassies  in  Rome  and  Madrid  were  instructed 
to  endeavor  -  by  means  of  our  Consulates  and  by  pressure  on 
Norwegian  and  Danish  Consulates  -  to  hold  Norwegian  and  Danish 
ships  which  may  be  in  ports  there  for  the  present.   The 
Italian  and  Spanish  Governments  are  to  be  informed  of  these 
measures.   A  communication  has  also  been  sent  to  the  Ministry 
of  Propaganda  to  be  broadcast  by  the  German  foreign  radio 
service. 


At  noon  on  10  April  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  was  in  the 
Chancellery  to  report  to  the  Fuehrer.   Conference  on  the 
situation. 

(For  memorandum  of  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  see  War  Diary, 
Part  C,  Vol.  V.) 


-88- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

1.   Norway: 

Still  difficult  to  assess  the  political  situation.    The  King 
firmly  rejects  the  new  Quisling  Government.    General  impression: 
population  indifferent  around  Oslo,  resolved  to  resist  in  the 
interior  because  of  orders  from  the  old  Government  and  propaganda 
calling  for  action. 

Foreign  Minister  Koht  declared: 

"We  are  at  war  with  Germany  and  consequently  allied 
to  all  countries  which  are  at  war  with  Germany." 


2.   Denmark: 

Situation  continues  quiet.   An  audience  granted  by  the  King 
to  the  Ambassador  and  military  leaders  has  confirmed  the 
impression   that  the  King  and  Government  are  striving  to  stress 
their  wish  for  friendly  and  correct  relations. 


3.    Lord  Halifax  states  that  any  readiness  by  Norway  to 
negotiate  with  Germany  would  have  no  effect  on  the  Allies' 
decision  to  oppose  the  German  penetration  into  Norway. 
Great  Britain  could  not  possibly  suffer  an  extension  of  the 
German  strategic  position  into  the  North  Sea  and  Atlantic. 


4.   Sweden: 

Is  resolved  to  maintain  her  neutrality  and  is  determined  to 
keep  out  of  the  conflict. 


-89- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


5.   Russia,  Italy,  Spain  and  Finland  declare  their  attitude 
of  strict  neutrality  towards  the  German  advance  against  Norway 
and  Denmark. 


6.   Roosevelt  has  issued  a  proclamation  forbidding  U.S. 
ships  to  enter  all  Scandinavian  waters.    The  war  zone  laid 
down  in  the  Neutrality  Law  is  extended  by  the  decree. 
According  to  it,  U.S.  ships  may  not  traverse  Scandinavian 
territorial  waters  from  Bergen  along  the  west  coast  of  Norway 
up  to  the  point  44°  E,  77°  N.    Archangel  and  Murmansk  are 
also  included  in  this  zone. 


(For  individual  reports  on  Norway  and  speeches  by  Churchill 
and  Reynaud  on  11  April,  see  Foreign  Press  and  Political 
Review. ) 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Political  and  military  situation  in  Norway  still  unchanged. 
Our  forces  are  assembling  for  action  against  Norwegian  troops. 
Supply  situation  very  strained,  especially  for  the  equipping  of 
air  bases.   No  enemy  troops  have  landed  in  Norway  so  far, 
but  landings  are  assumed  to  be  imminent. 

(See  situation  report,  21st  Group  of  11  April.   Radiogram 
file  2225.) 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic; 

Great  Britain; 

Disposition  of  forces;    Aircraft  carriers  GLORIOUS  and  ARK  ROYAL, 

-90- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


also  1  "C"  class  cruiser  and  <J  destroyers,  left  Alexandria 
on  9  April,  in  all  probability  to  proceed  to  home  waters. 

The  RESOLUTION  has  been  detected  in  the  area  to  the  west  of 
the  Channel,  the  REVENGE  and  DISPATCH  in  the  Canada  area. 
The  HAWKINS  is  in  Montevideo,  the  HERMES  in  the  Freetown  area, 
the  RAMILLIES  still  in  Australia. 

France : 

Hasty  assembly  of  naval  forces  in  Brest  continues.   Three 
large  vessels  (cruisers  or  old  battleships)  from  Toulon  to 
Casablanca  on  11  April.    The  battleship  formation  DUNKERQUE, 
STRASSEOURG  proceeding  into  the  North  Sea?    (See  below). 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters; 

Luring  the  course  of  the  day,  U  "48"  several  times  reported  an 

enemy  task  force  west  of  Trondheim,  consisting  of  '6   battleships, 

several  heavy  cruisers,  1  light  cruiser  and  5  destroyers. 

At  2200  U  "48"  reported  a  heavy  cruiser  out  of  control  for  some 

time  60  miles  northwest  of  Trondheim  Fjord.    This  could  be 

the  cruiser  reported  by  the  Air  Force  as  twice  hit  with  50  kg. 

bombs. 

Radio  intelligence  detects  at  sea  Commander  in  Chief,  Home  Fleet, 
Commanders,  Battle  Cruiser  Squadron  and  1st  and  2nd  Cruiser 
Squadrons,  also  the  3rd,  4th  and  6th  Destroyer  Flotillas. 

The  presence  of  the  aircraft  carrier  FURIOUS  v/ith  the  main 
force  led  by  Commanaer  in  Chief,  Home  Fleet  west  ana  northwest 
of  ''•nrondheim  was  confirmed  by  our  air  report  and  by  the  Radio 
Monitoring  Service.    Planes  attacked  Trondheim  harbor  during 

the  morning. 

The  former  Polish  steamers  CHOERI  (11,500  tons)  and  BATORY 
(14,500  tons),  now  being  used  as  troopships,  have  arrived  in 
Scapa . 

An  agent's  report  from  Intelligence  Center,  Belgium,  states 
that  there  was  a  French  squadron  consisting  of  the  battleships 
STRASSEOURG  and  DUNXERQJJE  and  the  aircraft  carrier  BEARM, 
escorted  by  two  destroyer  flotillas  and  one  submarine  flotilla 
(DAUPHIN  class),  in  the  entrance  to  the  Channel  early  on  10  April 
en  route  for  the  North  Sea.   Time  and  position  are  considered 
improbable  according  to  our  radio  monitoring.    In  spite  of  this, 
the  presence  of  the  French  forces  in  the  North  Sea  or  northern 
waters  must  be  reckoned  with. 


-91- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Radio  Intelligence  intercepted  a  British  radio  message  from 
which  it  appears  that  an  operation  against  the  Norwegian 
coast  between  58°  and  59°  (area  Lindesnes  to  Skudesnes  P'jord) 
is  planned  on  12  April,  probably  in  the  afternoon  because  of 
the  weather. 

All  offices  concerned  have  been  informed. 

A  landing  at  the  points  indicated  is  not  considered  probable. 
In  Naval  Staff's  opinion,  this  is  probably  a  minelaying 
operation  off  the  south  coast  of  Norway  or  a  large  air  raid  on 
St a  vange  r/Be  r gen . 

Survev  of  our  own  Situation 

Battleships  and  HIPPER; 

The  PTIPPER  sailed  from  Trondheim  during  the  night  of  10  April. 
Movements  so  far  as  planned.    No  reports.    Forces  should  be 
roughly  off  Egersund  tomorrow  morning. 

Situation  in  Narvik: 

P'our  destroyers  are  in  complete  readiness  to  proceed, 
3  in  limited  readiness.    The  DIETER  von  ROEDER  is  not  ready. 
(ROEDER' s  radio  station  has  been  set  up  ashore  as  Narvik  Naval 
Radio  Station,  guns  are  being  dismantled  for  use  as  a  barrage 
battery.)    Commander,  4th  Destroyer  P'lotilla  reports  that  Pie 
does  not  consider  a  break-through  out  of  West  Fjord  possible 
as  long  as  there  are  superior  enemy  light  forces  (cruisers  and 
destroyers)  lying  in  West  P'jord.   He  considers  return  passage 
close  to  the  coast  to  be  unfavorable  because  of  the  joint 
British  and  Norwegian  patrol  activity. 

The  tanker  KATTEGAT  was  destroyed  in  Ofot  Fjord  by  British 
forces.    Torpedoes  were  fired  on  two  Eritish  destroyers  by 
U  "k25"  near  Baroy.    Effect  not  observed. 

Further  steps  taken  on  land  to  protect  Narvik. 

Elvenes  on  Gratanger  Fjord  was  occupied.    The  greater  part 

of  the  population  lias  left  Narvik.    Business  is  at  a  standstill. 

Narvik's  primary  requirements  from  Germany  are  supplies  of 
heavy  armament  (mountain  guns,  machine-guns,  mortars)  and 
ammunition.    Armed  Forces  High  Command  and  Commander  in  Chief, 
Air  Force  have  issued  orders  accordingly. 


-92- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Long-range  reconnaissance  planes,  type  Do  26,  are  to  operate 
as  transport  planes  for  all  goods  which  cannot  be  dropped. 
They  are  therefore  not  available  for  long-range  sea 
reconnaissance. 

Situation  in  Trondheim: 

Attacked  in  the  morning  by  land  planes  (aircraft  carrier)  with 
bombs  and  torpedoes.   No  success.    Scouting  raid  by  British 
destroyers  repulsed  by  Hysnes  Battery. 

British  landing  suspected  south  of  Storfosna  and  in  Namsos 
Fjord.   Air  reconnaissance  is  planned.   The  sighting  report 
on  the  British  battleship  and  cruiser  formation  west  and 
northwest  of  Trondheim  assumes  greater  importance  in  connection 
with  possible  British  plans  for  a  landing. 

Situation  in  Bergen: 

Commanding  Admiral,  Scouting  Force,  sailed  from  Bergen  on  the 
evening  of  10  April  with  the  KOELN,  LEOPARD  and  WOLF. 

Situation  otherwise  unchanged.   Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast, 
reports  that  the  British  dive-bombers  carrying  out  the  air 
raids  on  10  April  had  German  markings. 

The  railroad  line  from  Bergen  to  Voss  and  trunk  cable  connections 
have  been  destroyed.. 

The  Norwegian  torpedo  boat  BRAND  was  commissioned. 

Group  West  requests  the  destruction  of  Aalesund  radio 
transmitter  as  it  is  in  constant  radio  communication  with  Wick 
radio. 

Situation  in  Krlstiansand: 

Unchanged;   two  Norwegian  submarines  seized. 

Situation  in  Oslo: 

Unchanged.    The  King  declines  to  give  the  German  Ambassador 
another  audience.   No  success  yet  in  arresting  the  former 
Government*   Lines  -of  communication  and  railroad  lines  in 
the  hinterland  interrupted. 

Oslo  troops  further  reinforced  with  two  battalions  by  air  and 
by  the  main  body  of  the  2nd  Sea  Transport  Unit,  10  steamers  of 


-93- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


which  arrived  in  Oslo  in  the  forenoon.    Two  steamers 
(FRIEDENAU  and  WIG-BERT)  were  torpedoed  and  lost.    The 
steamer  IONIA  (1st  Sea  Transport  Unit)  carrying  horses 
and  ammunition  was  torpedoed  off  Oslo  Fjord.   Attempts  are 
being  made  to  tow  her  in. 

Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic,  has  put  submarine- 
chasers  into  action  to  combat  the  great  danger  from  submarines 
in  the  entrance  to  Oslo  Fjord.    At  1800  a  submarine-chaser 
reported  the  alleged  destruction  by  depth  charges  of  a  submarine 
at  the  southern  entrance  to  Oslo  Fjord..   (No  definite  'proof 
available. ) 

One  Norwegian  submarine  seized  in  Horten. 

The  cruiser  LUETZOW,  which  had  been  recalled  from  Oslo  to  be 
prepared  for  the  Atlantic,  was  torpedoed  and  severely  damaged 
east  of  Skagen  during  the  night  of  10  April.    She  is  unable 
to  move  and  is  being  picked  up  by  forces  of  Commanding  Admiral, 
Defenses,  Baltic  and  towed  off  by  tugs. 

The  fact  that  the  LUETZOW,  although  unable  to  move,  did  not 
receive  a  second  torpedo  hit,  makes  it  possible  that  she  struck 
a  mine.    Against  this  there  is  the  fact  that  the  ship  was  hit 
aft .    (Later  investigations  detected  no  mines  in  the  area 
in  question. ) 

The  torpedoing  of  the  LUETZOW  is  the  most  severe  lose  the  Navy 
could  suffer  at  the  present  moment.    The  ship's  elimination 
for  some  time  results  in  the  abandonment  of  pocket  battleship 
warfare  in  the  Atlantic  at  the  very  moment  when  a  strong 
diversion  would  have  been  most  useful.   The  ship's  incor- 
poration 'in  "Weseruebung"  and  her  despatch  to  Oslo  have  therefore 
turned  out  to  be  definite  strategic  errors.   Naval  Staff  feels 
this  all  the  more  because  it  always  recognized  the  despatch  of 
the  pocket  battleship  to  the  Atlantic  as  a  strategic  necessity 
and  indicated  it  as  such.    The  original  plan  of  sending  the 
ship  into  the  Atlantic  from  Trondheim  after  executing  her 
transport  assignment  could  not  be  carried  out  since  at  the  last 
moment  she  was  reported  not  to  be  ready  for  the  Atlantic  because 
of  trouble  with  her  auxiliary  engines.   Armed  Forces  High 
Command's  request  that  the  troops  already  en  route  be  brought 
to  Oslo  had  to  be  fulfilled  by  Naval  Staff,  although  v/ith  great 
misgivings •    The  fulfillment  of  this  demand  has  proved  a 
mistake  strategically,  from  the  point  of  view  of  naval  warfare. 
It  must  be  admitted,  with  regard  to  the  execution  of  the 
Norwegian  operation,  that  the  presence  of  the  troops  embarked 
on  the  LUETZOW  was  of  the  greatest  value  for  the  Oslo  operation 
in  view  of  the  BLUECHEH's  breakdown. 


-94- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


It  can  be  stated  in  retrospect  tha*t  both  the  use  of  the 
LUETZOW  and  of  the  latest  cruiser  BLUECHER  in  Oslo  have  led 
to  extremely  severe  losses  in  naval  fighting  strength. 
It  might  also  have  been  possible  to  carry  out  the  landing 
in  Oslo  with  a  large  number  of  small  vessels  (torpedo  boats, 
escort  boats,  etc.)  without  great  losses.   A  very  large 
number  of  such  vessels  would,  however,  have  been  necessary 
for  the  troops  to  be  transported.   In  Naval  Staff 's  opinion 
the  incorporation  of  powerful  ships  in  the  Oslo  operation  can 
on  no  account  be  judged  as  an  operational  error.   The  use  of 
heavy  ships1  guns  was  considered  a  basic  requirement  to  break 
down  resistance  in  Oslo  and  to  cover  the  landing.   Naval  Staff 
also  previously  considered  the  use  of  the  old  battleships  in 
Oslo.   Apart  from  the  fact  that  one  of  these  ships  was  limited 
regarding  maneuverability  and  ability  to  proceed  and  the  other 
was  operating  on  the  Korsoer  assignment,  their  fighting  qualities 
as  opposed  to  the  coastal  batteries  were  estimated  as  very  slight. 
(Pencilled  marginal  note  by  Chief  of  Staff,  Naval  Staff:   But 
surely  greater  than  BLUECHER  and  LUETZOW?)   Finally,  the 
question  of  the  possibility  of  intimidation  by  a  modern 
representative  ship  played  a  part  in  the  decision  to  send  the 
BLUECHER. 

Losses  had  to  be  expected  in  any  case.   They  had  to  be  taken 
into  account  in  the  interests  of  the  magnitude  of  the  assignment 
to  be  carried  out. 


Special  Questions 

1.     In  order  to  increase  the  safety  of  troop  transports  to 
Norway  and  to  avoid  further  losses  of  personnel,  Group  Baltic 
suggests  that  large  torpedo  boats  make  the  crossing  together 
with  fast  steamers.   The  boats  are  to  act  as  anti-submarine 
protection  for  the  fast  steamers  which,  for  their  part,  will 
only  cross  in  favorable  weather.   It  is  proposed  that  these 
load  in  Hamburg  as  before.   Croup  Baltic  also  considers 
mine-exploding  vessels  well  suited  for  carrying  out  transport 
and  requests  an  allocation. 

Naval  Staff  has  consented  to  the  separate  transportation 
of  men  and  material.   Because  of  trie  length  of  the  route  to 
be  protected,  Hamburg  is  considered  unsuitable  as  a  point  of 
departure. 


-95- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  question  of  further  transport  has  been  thoroughly 
discussed  with  Armed  Forces  High  Command,  whose  attention  was 
drawn  to  the  difficulties  of  protecting  transports  in  view  of 
the  great  danger  from  submarines  and  mines  in  the  Kattegat 
and  Skagerrak  and  to  the  necessity  of  transporting  troops  by 
air  as  far  as  possible.   Armed  Forces  High  Command  is  well 
aware  of  the  difficulties  but  cannot  forego  speedy  continuation 
of  transports  by  sea  in  view  of  the  urgency  of  carrying  out 
transport  assignments.   Losses  must  be  accepted. 

The  following  is  therefore  ordered  in  agreement  with  Armed 
Forces  High  Command: 

a)  Troops  to  be  transported  from  Frederikshavn  on 
fast  naval  vessels  and  small,  fast  ships 

TaTOENSBURG,  ANGELBURG  from  the  Submarine  '^ 

School,  free  minelayers). 

b)  Material  to  be  transported  as  before,  plus 
additional  ammunition,  material  and  provisions 
from  Skagen  on  drifters  and  fishing  smacks. 

The  immediate  seizure  is  ordered  of  such  vessels  in  German  and 
Danish  ports. 

The  more  the  transports  of  material  can  be  switched  over  to  the 
greatest  possible  number  of  such  vessels,  the  safer  they  will  be. 

The  Fuehrer  at  present  absolutely  declines  to  carry  out  transport 
of  troops  by  Swedish  railroads,  in  order  to  place  no  burden  on 
Sweden's  neutrality.   Only  transports  of.  clothing,  provisions 
and  medical  supplies  to  Narvik  come  into  question  for  the  present. 

(For  Naval  Staff1 s  preliminary  order  see  radiogram  file  of  / 

11  April,  1800;   for  executive  order  of  Group  Baltic  see  under 
2301.) 

2.       The  Fuehrer's  order,  which  was  received  in  the  evening, 
on  the  urgent  assignments  for  the  branches  of  the  Armed  Forces 
(see  "We s e rue bung"  file)  states,  regarding  the  Navy: 

a)  Most  important  task  is  protection  of  the 
Kattegat  and  Skagerrak  against  submarines. 


-96- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


b)  Do  26' s  of  the  Navy  are  at  once  placed 
under  the  10th  Corps  to  carry  supplies  to 
Narvik. 

c)  Narvik  to  be  supplied  by  submarines. 

d)  Transports  of  material  via  the  Trelleborg- 
Sweden  railroad  to  Narvik  can  be  expected 
within  a  few  days. 

e)  Troops  to  cross  from  east  Jutland  to  Oslo 
with  light  naval  forces. 

f)  Single  guns  etc.,  to  be  transported  on 
trawlers  and  other  small  vessels  to 
Oslo. 

Groups  receive  this  order  with  instruction  to  take  the 
necessary  steps,  if  necessary  in  agreement  with  Group  21. 

3.  Group  Baltic  has  been  ordered  to  carry  out  at  once  its 
proposed  protection  with  nets  of  the  southern  outlet  of  the 
Flint  Channel,  including  Danish  territorial  waters,  up  to  the 
border  of  Swedish  territorial  waters.    The  Group  is  also  to 
submit  suggestions  for  the  protection  of  the  northern  outlets 
of  the  Great  Belt  end  the  Sound  north  of  the  Nyborg-Korsoer 
and  Helsingoer-Helsingborg  ferries. 

4.  In  view  of  the  appearance  of  the  battleships  and  the 
HIPPER  in  the  Air  Force  operational  area,  the  Fuehrer  and  Field 
Marshal  are  very  anxious  about  the  danger  to  our  own  ships 
during  attscks  by  the  10th  Air  Corps  on  British  naval  forces. 
The  attention  of  the  Navy  and  Air  Force  is  again  particularly 
drawn  to  the  question  of  identification  and  exchange  of 
recognition  signals. 

Group  West  was  instructed  by  telephone  to  ensure  that  the  10th 
Air  Corps  is  clearly  informed  of  the  positions  and  movements  of 
the  battleships  and  the  HIPPER.    Ships  are  also  to  be  familiar 
with  German  Air  Force  formations  and  the  necessity  is  again  to 
be  pointed  out  to  them  that  the  markings  ordered  can  be  clearly 
made  out  and  that  recognition  signals  are  also  to  be  fired  at 
latest  with  "Open  fire"  (if  not  definitely  identified  as  enemy). 


-97- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Air  Situation 


Special  Items 


Armed  reconnaissance  in  the  direction  of  Narvik  by  ten  planes 
of  the  3rd  Group  of  the  26th  Bomber  Wing.   Action  against 
enemy  battleship  formation  (3  battleships,  1  aircraft  carrier, 
2  cruisers,  14  destroyers,  northeasterly  course)  about  1700 
in  the  area  off  Trondheim. 


Result : 

1  cruiser 

1  aircraft  carrier 


?  x  so  kg.)  bomb  hits# 

1  x  50  kg. ) 


Transfer  of  the  1st  Coastal  Patrol  Squadron  of  the  106th  Group 
from  Trondheim  to  Narvik  as  ordered  could  not  be  carried  out 
because  of  lack  of  fuel  supplies. 

(For  particulars  see  Air  Situation  and  results  of  reconnaissance 
over  Narvik  in  Air  Force  General  Staff  report;   radiogram  file 
of  11  April,  2330.) 

{Submarine  Situation 


Positions  on  the  evening  of  11  April: 
1.     Off  ,Narvik  and  in  West  Fjord: 
On  passage: 


2. 


3. 


Off  Trondheim: 
On  passage: 
Area  off  Bergen: 
In  Kors  Fjord: 


U   "46",    "25",    "64",    "51". 

U  "38",  "47",  "48",  "49", 
"65".  (Roughly  north  of 
Trondheim). 

U   "30",    "34". 

U   "50",    "52". 


U 

u 


"Off 


9",    "14",    "60",    "62". 


J 


Ttrrt! 


-98- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


4. 
5. 


Stavanger  area:      U  "1",  "4". 
Proceeding  to  the  following  positions: 
U  "59"  to  grid  square  7870 


U  "58" 
U  "57" 
U  "13" 
U  "37" 
U  "19" 
U  "10" 
U  "56" 


7810 
7850 
7890 
7830 
7940 
7980 
7920 


(Grid  squares  lie  north  to  northeast  of  the  Shetlands.) 

6.      Proceeding  to  the  Skagerrak:   U  "5",  "6"  to  position 
south  of  Lister,  U  "2"  south  of  Lindesnes. 

(For  order  to  Narvik  submarines  see  radiogram  file  11  April, 
2315.) 


Special  Reports  from  Submarines 

U  "25"  reports  two  destroyers  torpedoed  in  West  Fjord  near 
Baroy.   Effect  not  observed.    (May  have  been  prematures). 

At  1230,  U  "48"  reported  a  spread  of  three  which  missed  or 
failed  on  the  cruiser  CUMBERLAND;   at  2115,  a  spread  of  three 
which  missed  and  failed  (through  non-firing)  on  another  cruiser, 

U  "51"  had  two  misses,  (one  a  safety  range  detonator)  when 
firing  on  a  large  destroyer. 


Merchant  Shipping 

The  following  have  arrived  in  Bergen: 

The  steamer  BAERENFELS  of  the  "export"  unit. 
Narvik. ) 


(Was  bound  for 


-99- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


11  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  steamer  &1ARIE  LEONHARD  of  the  1st  Sea  Transport  Unit, 

The  transport  steamers  for  "Wese rue bung"  can  now  be  reviewed 
as  follows: 

1.  "Export"  Unit: 

Narvik:   No  steamers  arrived.   2  steamers 
with  material  and  1  t8nker  lost,  1  steamer  with 
material  put  in  to  Bergen. 

Trondheim:   No  steamers  arrived.   3  steamers 
and  1  tanker  probably  lost,  1  steamer  still 
en  route. 

2.  1st  Sea  Transport  Unit: 

Bergen:   1  steamer  lost,  1  arrived,  1  in  Oslo. 

Stavanger :   All  3  steamers  arrived. 

Kristiansand:   All  4  steamers  arrived. 

Oslo :   3  steamers  and  1  Bergen  steamer  arrived, 
2  lost. 

3.  2nd  Sea  Transport  Unit  to  Oslo: 
9  steamers  arrived,  2  lost. 

(For  particulars  see  review  in  reference  file  "Weseruebung". ) 


-100- 

C0NFID3NTIAL 


12  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Items  of  Political  Importance 

Situation  in  Oslo  not  yet  clarified.   The  Quisling  Government 
is  endeavoring  to  govern  but  probably  cannot  last  since  support 
from  the  people  and  Armed  Forces  is  too  slight.   Position 
rendered  very  difficult  by  the  first  Government's  continuous 
counter-orders  and  orders  to  resist. 

For  world  opinion's  reactions  to  the  German  offensive  in 
Norway,  see  Political  Review  No.  84  and  Foreign  Press. 

The  German  action  has  undoubtedly  evoked  the  greatest  consternation 
in  Holland  and  Belgium,  where  anxiety  about  a  German  invasion 
has  again  come  to  the  fore.    In  spite  of  this  there  is  no 
inclination  to  accept  the  requests  of  the  'Western  Powers  to  put 
themselves  under  their  protection. 

It  is  reported  from  the  U.S.A.  that  the  news  of  the  German  action 
was  received  calmly.   Special  importance  was  undoubtedly  attached 
here  to  the  fact  that  the  3ritish  breach  of  neutrality  by  mine- 
laying  in  Norwegian  waters  preceded  the  German  operation. 

The  publication  of  the  German  White  Paper  from  the  Polish 
documents  is  also  contributing  to  lessen  the  Government's 
inclination  to  be  biased  against  Germany.   It  is  confirmed 
that  the  European  situation  cannot  lead  America  to  deviate 
from  the  maintenance  of  her  neutrality. 


In  a  broadcast  speech  the  Swedish  Foreign  Minister  emphasized 
that  Sweden  was  still  firmly  resolved  to  pursue  a  course  of 
strict  neutrality.   Demands  from  a  belligerent  to  utilize 
Swedish  territory  for  its  operations  would  have  to  be  refused. 
Extension  of  defensive  readiness  was  necessary  for  the  purpose 
of  defending  Swedish  neutrality. 


The  Danish  Government  has  granted  Iceland  complete  independence 
for  the  duration  of  the  present  emergency.   The  Faroes  have 
been  occupied  by  Britain. 

-101- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


12  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic; 

Great  Britain: 

It  has  now  been  established  that  the  WARSPITE  was  to  proceed  to 
the  Mediterranean  at  the  beginning  of  April  as  a  reinforcement 
and  was  apparently  on  her  way  there,  but  was  recalled  again  on 
6  April.   Priority  radio  traffic  predominates  in  the  Mediterranean 
and  indicates  that  naval  forces  are  being  redeployed. 

France; 

The  Attache  in  Madrid  states  that  according  to  a  report  from 
Intelligence  Center,  Spain,  a  French  squadron  of  eight  large 
ships  passed  Gibraltar  westwards  during  the  night  of  11  April. 

Increased  patrol  activity  by  light  forces  and  patrol  vessels 
in  cooperation  with  planes  was  detected  in  the  Dunkirk  area. 


i 


North  Sea/Northern  Waters; 

The  area  off  the  Norwegian  coast  as  far  as  60  N,  4°  E  and 

the  entire  Skagerrak  and  Kattegat  are  declared  to  be  a 

mined  area.   A  passage  to  Gothenburg  has  been  left  roughly 

in  the  middle  of  the  channel.  4 

Narvik  area; 

The  blockade  position  off  Narvik  Is  being  extended;   searchlight 
barrages  were  reported  at  the  entrance  to  West  Fjord;   the 
bringing  up  of  supply  ships  (tankers)  under  destroyer  escort 
was  detected.   The  WARSPITE,  REPULSE  and  one  aircraft  carrier, 
which  sent  her  planes  to  attack  Narvik,  a^e  obviously  In  the 
area  off  Narvik. 

The  vessels  mentioned,  plus  a  number  of  destroyers,  were 
assembled  into  a  Force  "B"  and  sent  to  carry  out  an  operation 
"Attack  against  defenses". 


-102- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


12  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


According  to  a  report  intercepted  by  radio  intelligence, 

the  attack  on  Narvik  will  probably  take  place  on  the  afternoon 

of  13  April. 

Commander,  2nd  Cruiser  Squadron  detailed  two  destroyers  as 
escort  for  the  cruiser  SOUTHAMPTON,  which  is  sailing  from  Scapa 
Flow  at  noon  today  for  Vaags  Fjord  (north  of  Narvik). 

This  information,  in  conjunction  with  the  sailing  of  the 
troopships  BATORY  and  CHOBRI  on  12  April  from  Scapa,  indicates 
that  troops  will  be  landed  in  Vaags  Fjord.   According  to  a 
further  report  the  landing  is  planned  there  for  15  April. 

Trondhelm  area; 

First  British  troops  obviously  landed  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Indre  Foliar  (about  64°  50'  Nj  in  the  afternoon.    Commander, 
1st  Cruiser  Squadron  reported  operation  carried  out  and  the 
suitability  of  Namsos  and  Mosjoen  for  further  landings  according 
to  reconnaissance  by  one  destroyer. 

Stavanger-Bergen  area: 

A  destroyer  flotilla  was  given  a  minelaying  assignment  in  the 
area  of  Skudesnes  Fjord  at  about  59°  N,  5°  E.  Execution  not 
yet  detected. 

No  fresh  reports  of  the  British  battleship  formation. 

It  follows  from  the  steps  so  far  taken  by  the  enemy  that  he  is 
at  present  ignoring  ports  occupied  by  us  from  the  point  of  view 
of  landings  and  is  limiting  himself  to  alternative  points  and 
accepting  strategic  disadvantages  on  land.   From  his  almost 
undisturbed  landing  places  the  enemy  obviously  plans  to  out- 
flank the  German  strategically  important  points  of  Narvik  and 
Trondheim  and  to  attack  them  after  preliminary  raids  by  planes 
from  the  carrier.   He  plans  to  destroy  in  advance  the  naval 
forces  still  lying  in  the  harbors.   Troops  are  being  carried 
on  large,  strongly  escorted  transports. 

Simultaneously  with  the  landing,  the  blockade  of  supply  and 
approach  routes  for  our  naval  forces  will  be  commenced  on  a 
large  scale  by  the  combined  Franco-British  naval  forces. 

Own  Situation 

Battleships  and  HIPPER: 

In  the  morning  the  returning  ships  were  at  approximately  59°  N 


-103- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


12  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


and  from  0645-1040  were  continually  reported  by  British 
reconnaissance  planes.   Reports  were  passed  on  to  nine 
British  bomber  squadrons,  which  were,  however,  unable  to 
attack  because  of  deterioration  of  visibility.   The 
battleships  and  HIPPER  put  in  to  Wilhelmshaven  in  the  evening. 

For  brief  report  from  the  forces  see  War  Diary,  Part  B,  Vol.  V, 
page  132. 

Situation  in  Narvik: 

Three  destroyers  in  complete  readiness  to  proceed,  two 
destroyers  in  limited  readiness.    The  ZENKER  and  KOELLNER 
damaged  through  touching  ground;   tne  KOELLNER  is  to  be  used  as 
a  barrage  battery.   West  Fjord  is  still  blocked. 

Situation  on  land  unchanged.    The  ore  railroad  has  been 
slightly  disrupted  by  the  Norwegians.    The  troops  request 
infantry  guns  and  mortars  since  they  are  opposing  an  enemy 
with  artillery. 

Some  of  the  submarines  off  Narvik  were  assigned  dispositions 
in  Vaags  Fjord  in  view  of  a  possible  enemy  landing  there. 
They  received  permission  to  attack  all  ships  encountered. 

Situation  in  Trondheim: 

The  destroyers  ECKHOLDT  and  EEINEMANN  are  ready  to  proceed. 
The  JACOBI  and  RIEDEL  have  damaged  turbines.   Questionable 
whether  the  RIEDEL  can  be  repaired.   Destroyers  ready  to 
proceed  are  to  commence  return  passage  from  13  April. 

Blocking  of  the  harbor  entrance  near  Agdenes  has  been  commenced. 
The  Norwegian  torpedo  boat  LAKfc>  has  been  commissioned  to  guard 
the  harbor  entrance. 

Vernes  airfield  is  again  serviceable  because  of  the  frosty 
weather.    The  steamer  LEVANTE  alone  of  the  "export"  unit 
put  in  to  Trondheim  on  12  April. 

Situation  in  Bergen: 

Further  harbor  barrages  laid.   Bergen  coastal  radio  station 

put  into  service.   Dive-bomber  attack  on  Bergen  in  the  afternoon. 

Result  still  unknown. 

The  absence  of  labor  is  causing  great  difficulty  in  unloading 
the  transports  lying  in  Bergen. 


-104- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


12  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Situation  In  Stavanger    ) 

)  Nothing  special  to  report. 
Situation  in  Xristiansand) 

Situation  in  Oslo; 

Nothing  special  to  report.    Coastal  fortifications  comprising 
Battery  Rauoe  (4  x  15cm.)  and  Battery  Droebak  (2   x  21  cm.) 
are  ready  for  action.   Horten  dockyard  still  out  of  action. 
Oslo  radio  station  working. 

Anti-submarine  patrol  by  motor  minesweepers  started  in  Oslo 
Fjord. 

Transport  situation: 

Still  great  danger  from  submarines  in  the  Kattegat,  Skagerrak 
and  Oslo  Fjord,  forcing  the  use  of  all  available  forces  on 
defense  assignments.   No  submarine- chase  successes  reported 
so  far  in  spite  of  numerous  depth  charge  attacks. 

Losses  by  torpedoing: 

Tanker  MOONSUND  sank.   Ship  "40"  damaged.   The  steamer 
AUGUST  LEONHARDT  sank  on  11  April  while  returning  from 
Kristiansand.   Crew  saved. 

Group  Baltic  and  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  are  making 
the  necessary  preparations  for  the  planned  transports  of  troops 
from  Frederikshavn.   At  present  transport  is  planned  on  old 
torpedo  boats,  motor  minesweepers,  escort  boats,  the  SAAR  and 
the  steamers  ARENDSBURG  and  ANGELBURG.    Group  Baltic  requests 
allocation  of  the  small  Norwegian  torpedo  boats  (KJELL,  LOM, 
HAUK,  KVIK,  BLINK,  LYN )  as  the  2nd  Torpedo  Boat  Flotilla  and 
requests  the  immediate  seizure  of  Norwegian  trawlers  for  a 
patrol  flotilla.   Group  Baltic  also  requests  immediate  expansion 
of  air  defense.    (See  radiogram  file,  1545.) 

The  cruiser  LUETZOW,  proceeding  in  tow  through  the  Kattegat, 
was  in  the  Great  Belt  on  the  morning  of  13  April.   She  is 
being  taken  to  Kiel. 


-105- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


12  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Conference  on  the  situation  with  Chief ,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items 

1.  Report  by  Chief,  Operations  Branch  on  the  situation: 

a)  Every  endeavor  must  be  made  to  have  the 
destroyers  return.   The  necessity  for  this 

is  again  pointed  out  to  Group  West  by  telephone. 

(Group  West  issued  the  following  order  in  the 
afternoon  to  the  destroyer  commanders  in 
Narvik  and  Trondheim: 

"Destroyers  in  complete  readiness  to  proceed 
to  utilize  any  favorable  opportunity, 
especially  misty  nights.    Sub-division 
the  smallest  unit.    The  NORDMARK  and 
SKAGERRAK  are  at  known  positions".) 

b)  Battleships: 

Chief,  Naval  Staff  has  issued  an  order 
that  the  operational  readiness  of  the 
battleships  is  to  be  restored  at  top  speed, 
since  at  present  favorable  possibilities  for 
operation  are  foreseen  from  southern  Norway 
to  Stadtlandet.    Operations  Division  is  at 
once  to  consider  operational  use  in  view  of 
the  enemy  situation. 

2.  Chief,  Naval  Staff  has  drawn  attention  to  the 
necessity  for  altering  and  speeding-up  the  destroyer 
construction  program   in  view  of  destroyer  losses. 

Naval  (Ship)  Construction  Division  and  Naval  Staff,  Service 
Division  are  to  undertake  the  necessary  investigations. 

3.  Since  the  units  of  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses, 
Baltic  are  not  sufficient  to  carry  out  their  assignments, 
the  Fuehrer  is  to  be  asked  whether  Danish  naval  vessels 

may  be  taken  over  and  used  by  us  to  protect  Danish  neutrality. 

4.  Group  Baltic  has  received  instruction,  based  on  the 
Fuehrer's  order,  immediately  to  render  the  cable  from  L'arstrand 
to  Great  Britain  unserviceable  outside  territorial  waters  by 
means  of  Special  Group  vessels.    (Assignment  will  be  carried  out 
by  Ships  "26"  and  "37".) 

-106- 

CONFIDEKTIAL 


12  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Situation  In  the  Atlantic; 

No  reports  from  Ships  "16"  and  "36".    It  is  assumed  that 
both  auxiliary  cruisers  have  succeeded  in  breaking  through 
to  the  Atlantic. 

The  tanker  WINNETOU  sailed  from  Las  Palmas  on  10  April  as 
supply  ship  for  auxiliary  cruisers. 

Enemy  forces  were  informed  of  the  sailing  by  the  French 
intelligence  service,  with  an  exact  description  of  the  ship. 

The  auxiliary  cruisers  and  the  tanker  WINNETOU  have  been 
informed  that  Great  Britain  claims  the  protection  of  Danish 
and  Norwegian  shipping,  probably  also  later  of  Swedish  end 
Baltic  shipping,  so  that  camouflage  as  Scandinavians  is  therefore 
impracticable.   The  WINNETOU  was  also  instructed  to  avoid  any 
encounter  with  vessels  so  as  not  to  be  reported. 

Submarine  Situation 

The  disquieting  fact  of  numerous  torpedo  failures  in  the  past  few 
days  has  caused  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  to  issue  the 
following  order: 

1.  In  zone  zero  and  further  north  hold  ready  3  torpedoes 
with  switch-setting  A,  one  torpedo  with  magnetic- 
firing  setting. 

2.  Fire  at  ships  only  with  setting  A,  depth  -  draught  of 
target  minus  2  m. 

3.  Always  fire  a  double  shot  at  destroyers  at  first 
setting  A  depth  3m.,  then  magnetic-firing  setting, 
depth-draught  plus  1  m.  -  interval  if  possible  8 
seconds. 


Based  on  its  assessment  of  the  enemy  situation,  Naval  Staff 
has  ordered  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  immediately  to 
dispose  one  boat  each: 

1.      In  Namsen  Fjord  (railroad  line  Namsos  -  Trondheim). 


-107- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


12  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


2.  In  Romsdals  Fjord  (railroad  line  Aandalsnes-Oslo) 
to  prevent  enemy  landings, 

3.  Number  of  boats  according  to  the  situation  in 
Asta  Fjord,  north  of  Narvik,  off  Gratangen  and 
Lavangen  Fjord* 

4.  Leave  the  Trondheim  boats  where  they  are. 


Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  has  disposed  the  boats 
as  follows: 

U  "52"  Romsdals  Fjord  at  7°  20 »  E. 

U  "65"  Namsen  Fjord  at  11°  8»  E. 

U  "38"  "Taags  Fjord  northeast  of  the  island 

of   Aakeroey. 
U  "47"  Vaags  Fjord  south  of  Kjoetta. 
U  ,J49"  Vaags  Fjord  northeast  of  the  island 

of  Sandsoey. 

Eoats  in  Vaags  Fjord  are  ordered  to  make  quite  sure  that 
their  appearance  is  a  surprise.   Attack  only  warships, 
transports  and  supply  ships. 

U  "64"  reports  putting  in  to  Narvik  and  on  the  situation  in 
West  Fjord.    (See  radiogram  file,  2000.) 


Merchant  Shipping 

Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  has  received  orders  to  take  over 
and  prepare  for  speedy  departure  all  ships  in  Oslo  suitable 
for  purposes  of  transport.   High  Command,  Navy  will  8lso 
charter  suitable  shipping  in  Copenhagen  and  other  Darish  ports* 


-108- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


12  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  following  directives  regarding  neutral  merchant  shipping 
are  issued: 

Offices  are  directed  to  prevent  neutral  shipping  leaving 
German  waters  (i.e.  east  of  the  Skagerrak  barrage  and  ports 
in  the  Heligoland  Eight).   Excepted  are  the  U.S.A.,  Japan, 
Italy,  Russia  and  Spain. 

Danish  shipping  east  of  this  limit,  i.e.  inner  Danish 
traffic  with  German  ports  and  other  Baltic  States,  is 
permitted.    (Group  Baltic  orders,  in  agreement  with  Naval 
Staff,  that  Danish  ships  may  only  leave  German  Baltic  ports 
if  their  destination  lies  south  of  the  line  Aarhus  Bay- 
Sletterhage-Eesseloe-Kullen.    They  may  call  at  Aarhus.) 

Permission  for  cut-bound  Swedish  ships  to  use  the  shipping 
channel  left  by  Great  Britain  for  Swedish  shipping  in  the 
Skagerrak  inside  the  new  British  declared  area  will  not  be 
given  until  it  is  established  that  the  British  will  also 
permit  Swedish  ships  from  overseas  to  go  In  to  Sweden  by 
this  route. 


-109- 

CONFTDENTIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

Norway; 

Political  situation  unchanged.    It  can  be  stated  that  the 
manner  in  which  the  new  political  order  in  Oslo  has  been 
handled  diplomatically  and  the  early  proclamation  of  the 
Quisling  Government  have  made  the  situation  very  much  more 
difficult.    Quisling  is  regarded  as  the  leader  of  the 
Norwegian  Fascists.    His  appeal  to  the  people  to  cease  all 
resistance  against  the  German  troops  and  not  to  follow  the 
instructions  of  the  old  Nygaardsvold  Government  is  so  far 
finding  very  little  response.   Hopes  set  on  Quisling  and 
his  influence  in  Norway,  based  on  his  own  statements  in  the 
conferences  with  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy,  (see  memoranda, 
Commander  in  Chief,  Navy,  War  Diary,  Part  C,  VII)  have  so 
far  not  been  fulfilled.    It  cannot  yet  be  seen  how  far  this 
can  be  ascribed  to  the  unfavorable  development  of  political 
conditions  in  Oslo,  to  a  lack  of  skill  by  our  diplomatic  and 
military  offices  in  Norway  or  to  Quisling's  unsuitability. 


(See  Foreign  Press  for  message  from  King  George  VI  to  King 
Haakon  of  Norway.) 


The  Dutch  Government  has  issued  a  statement  in  which  it  repudiates 
expectations  expressed  abroad  that  Holland  would  be  ready  to 
enter  into  agreements  with  the  Western  Powers  about  possible 
assistance  in  the  event  of  a  German  attack,  and  describes  them 
as  completely  unfounded. 

Sweden: 

The  Embassy  in  Stockholm  reports: 

Military  Attaches  report  that  Sweden  has  ordered  no 
mobilization  measures  or  strategic  concentrations.   Military 
measures  in  progress  are  to  increase  air  and  coastal  defense, 
defensive  readiness  of  present  fortifications,  safety  of 


-110- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


bridges  and  other  installations*   The  Attaches  are  convinced 
that  Sweden  will  try  to  keep  out  of  the  Norwegian  conflict* 
Vigorous  armed  defense  against  any  violation  of  neutrality 
from  either  side  must  be  expected. 


(For  British  radio  propaganda  calling  for  the  organization  of 
Norwegian  resistance  see  radiogram  file  of  13  April,  2330.) 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Situation  on  land  assured  in  southern  Norway*   Sea  transport 
and  supply  situation  not  yet  certain  in  view  of  great  danger 
from  submarines  and  insufficient  number  of  efficient  locating 
vessels.   Trondheim-Narvik  area  threatened  with  imminent 
large-scale  enemy  landings.   Skagerrak  mine  barrage  reinforced* 
Situation  in  Denmark  still  calm  and  quite  secure. 


Particulars 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic: 

Great  Britain; 

The  Naval  Attache'  reports:  During  the  visit  of  the  cruiser 
HAWKINS  to  Montevideo  it  was  ascertained  that  the  British 
South  Atlantic  Squadron  at  present  consists  of  the  HAWKINS, 
FROBISHER,  DORSETSHIRE,  CUMBERLAND  and  two  "D"  class. 
Contrary  to  details  known  to  us,  the  HAWKINS  is  armed  with 
20.3  cm.  guns. 


-111- 

CONFIDE^TIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


France; 

Intelligence  Center,  Belgium  learns  from  a  trusty  agent: 
The  1st  French  Squadron  consisting  of  the  3rd  Light  Cruiser 
Division,  the  5th  and  7th  Destroyer  Divisions,  the  3rd  Torpedo 
Boat  Division,  7  submarines,  the  carrier  TESTE  or  BEARN  and 
4  troopships  with  parts  of  two  infantry  regiments  (65th  and 
137th  Infantry  Regiirents)  and  two  artillery  regiments  (35th 
and  355th  Artillery  Regiments)  sailed  from  Brest  during  the 
night  of  11  April.   Further  troopships  and  destroyers  are 
said  to  have  left  Cherbourg  and  Dunkirk  on  the  same  day. 

Confirmation  of  these  statements  is  impossible.   Naval  Staff, 
however,  expects  operations  in  the  Allied  Norwegian  campaign 
by  a  strong  battleship  and  transport  formation. 

Intelligence  Center,  Spain  reports  convoy  movements  near 
Gibraltar  and  San  Sebastian. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters: 

Narvik  area: 

The  attack  on  Narvik,  detected  beforehand  by  radio  intelligence, 
took  place  at  1300.   According  to  radio  monitoring,  Commander, 
Battle  Cruiser  Squadron  is  in  command  aboard  the  REPULSE. 

Forces  have  been  assembled  into  "Force  B"  and  consist  of: 
the  FURIOUS,  WARSPITE,  PENELOPE  and  nine  destroyers  of  the 
3rd  and  6th  Destroyer  Flotillas  (including  the  COSSACK,  BEDOUIN, 
PUNJABI,  FOXHOUND,  FORESTER,  HERO).    Minesweeping  gear  will 
be  used  when  putting  into  Narvik. 

British  reports  in  the  evening  mention  the  destruction  of  all 
German  destroyers  in  Ofot  Fjord,  off  Narvik  and  in  Rombakken 
Fjord;   3  British  destroyers  are  said  to  be  damaged. 

Trondheim  area: 

A  Swedish  report  mentions  the  appearance  of  British  destroyers 
in  Folda  Fjord  north  of  Trondheim. 

Increased  enemy  activity  is  to  be  seen  in  Romsdals  Fjord  south 
of  Trondheim.    In  the  afternoon  a  plane  west  of  Aandalsnes 
reported  off  Romsdals  Fjord  1  cruiser,  1  destroyer  flotilla  and 
probably  1  battleship  standing  on  and  off  on  varying  courses. 
Evening  reconnaissance  revealed  7  British  destroyers  in 
Romsdals  Fjord,  one  of  them  at  Andalsnes  quay. 


-112- 

CONFTDENTIAL 


IS  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Scapa  area; 

The  netlayer  PROTECTOR,  two  Polish  troopships  and  escort 
destroyers  have  sailed  from  Scapa, 

Cooperation  between  the  Norwegian  radio  stations  at  Aalesund 
and  the  enemy  coastal  radio  station  Wick  Radio  wa3  again 
detected  several  times. 


The  enemy  situation  now  shows  clearly  the  three  directions 
of  thrust  by  the  enemy: 

Narvik  -  Folda  Fjord  (Namsos)  - 
Romsdals  Fjord  (Andalsnes), 

of  which  the  enemy's  landing  north  and  south  of  Trondheim 
must  be  regarded  as  specially  dangerous  from  a  strategic 
point  of  view,  since  we  have  still  only  a  small  number  of 
troops  in  Trondheim  and  reinforcements  and  supplies  can 
only  be  brought  by  air,  as  long  as  the  Oslo-Dombas-Trondheim 
railroad  is  not  in  German  hands.    Since  we  do  not  possess 
naval  supremacy  in  the  whole  area  off  the  west  coast  of 
Norway,  the  landings  by  the  Western  Powers  can  be  made 
without  any  interference  from  German  surface  forces. 

Since  also  the  enemy's  landing  places  are  not  occupied  by 
German  troops,  defense  against  attempts  to  land  rests  alone 
on  the  shoulders  of  the  submarines  and  the  Air  Force. 
Submarine  torpedoes,  however,  have  so  far  not  come  up  to 
expectation  because  of  technical  failures.   Armed  Forces 
High  Command,  Operations  Staff  if  therefore  doing  its  utmost 
to  move  Air  Force  bomber  formations,  fuel  and  bombs  to  the 
air  bases  available  in  Norway  and  to  ensure  supplies  by  air 
for  them.   Bad  weather,  unfavorable  airfield  conditions, 
lack  of  anti-aircraft  defense  and  the  extraordinary  difficulties 
in  supply  resulting  from  the  lack  of  any  railroad  end  sea 
communications  are  delaying  operations  by  the  offensive 
Air  Force  and  creating  fighting  conditions  which  can  only  be 
overcome  by  the  greatest  exertion  on  the  part  of  all  forces, 
by  strain  on  personnel  and  material  to  the  limits  of  their 
capacity  and  by  strict  organization. 


-113- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Own  Situation 

Battleships  and  HIPPER: 

Wllhelmshaven  dockyard  reports  the  result  of  the  investigations 
into  the  damage  suffered  by  the  ships,    (See  radiogram  file  of 
13  April,  1625.)    The  battleships  will  be  ready  for  operations 
again  in  a  short  time;   the  HIPPER  has  a  40  m.-long  crack  on 
the  starboard  bow  caused  by  ramming  the  British  destroyer 
GLOWWORM.   Repairs  necessary;   will  probably  last  three  weeks. 

The  complete  occupation  of  Norway  and  the  holding  of  the  area 

gained  against  enemy  attacks  still  requires  operations  by  the 

entire  Navy.    The  situation  in  the  Norwegian  theater  cannot 

yet  be  regarded  as  safe.   It  may  therefore  be  necessary  at  any 

time  for  the  heavy  ships  to  go  into  action  at  short  notice  in         ^ 

order  to  weaken  enemy  pressure  from  the  sea. 

Naval  Staff  has  therefore  directed  that  the  battleships  are  to 
be  repaired  with  the  greatest  possible  speed  without  total 
interruption  of  war  readiness  and  are  to  be  kept  at  12  hours1 
notice.   Naval  Staff  considers  speedy  use  of  the  battleships 
as  a  most  urgent  operational  necessity. 


(For  brief  reports  from  Commanding  Admiral,  Fleet  and  Commanding 
Admiral,  Scouting  Force,  see  radiogram  file  of  13  April,  1750 
and  2330.) 


i 


With  regard  to  the  proposed  new  operations  by  the  battleships, 
the  supply  ship  NORDMARK  has  been  ordered  to  remain  at  the 
ordered  position  line  in  northern  waters.   The  tanker 
SKAGERRAK  is  still  at  a  position  line  200  miles  westnorthwest 
of  Trondheim  as  a  fuel  reserve  for  destroyers. 


-114- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Situation  in  Narvik: 

Narvik,  Elvegaardsmoen,  Elvenes  (on  Gratangen  Fjord)  occupied 
by  the  German  division.   Norwegians  bar  the  way  east  of 
Elvenes.   The  ore  railroad  between  Hundalen  and  the  Swedish 
frontier  has  been  interrupted  by  Norwegians. 

Message  from  the  Fuehrer  and  Supreme  Commander  to  the  Narvik 
Group,  Major  General  Dietl,  in  the  forenoon: 

"Defend  the  Narvik  area  against  attack  under  all  circumstances. 
Ensure  landing  facilities  on  the  Hartvig  See.   Aid  the  Air  Force, 
weather  permitting.   If  necessary  effectively  destroy  the 
ore  railroad  in  the  mountains." 

Adolf  Hitler. 

An  advance  to  Narvik,  planned  and  under  way  by  22  bombers 
of  the  10th  Air  Division  (26th  Bomber  Wing)  under  Colonel 
Fuchs,  unfortunately  had  to  be  broken  off  because  of  the 
weather.   One  FW  200  long-range  reconnaissance  plane  succeeded 
in  penetrating  as  far  as  Narvik  and  dropped  supplies  just  at 
the  commencement  of  the  British  attack  there. 

Reports  received  in  the  evening  provide  the  following  picture 
of  the  British  large-scale  attack,  about  the  proposed  execution 
of  which  it  was  possible  to  inform  the  Narvik  Group  in  good 
time  owing  to  the  results  of  radio  intelligence: 

About  noon  nine  British  destroyers  and  one  heavy  ship  (WARSPITE?) 
penetrated  in  to  Ofot  and  Rombaken  Fjords.   Heavy  destroyer 
engagement,  the  enemy  using  all  his  forces,  until  the  destroyers  - 
defending  themselves  and  attacking  to  the  last  -  were  put  out  of 
action.   Simultaneously  air  raids  by  carrier-borne  planes  from 
the  aircraft  carrier  lying  off  West  Fjord. 

Enemy  landing  was  prevented.   The  destroyer  COSSACK  was  set 
on  fire  and  beached.   The  destroyer  ESKIMO  severely  damaged 
(forecastle  torn  off  as  far  as  the  second  gun  by  a  torpedo), 
one  other  destroyer  damaged.   Details  of  our  losses  not  yet 
known.   The  destroyer  GIESE  aground  off  Narvik.   Commander 
requests  she  may  be  sunk  by  bombs  or  torpedo.   According  to 
available  reports  we  must,  however,  expect  the  loss  of  all  the 
destrovers  still  lving  in  Narvik.   U  "64"  was  sunk  in  Herjaenger 
Fjord  by  bombs.   All  the  crew  but  eight  ashore  in  Narvik. 
The  JAN  WELLEM  scuttled  herself  in  harbor;   not  yet  reported 
whether  cargo  was  saved  or  is  still  accessible.    (At  2000  U  "46" 


-115- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


reported  departure  from  Ofot  Fjord  of  the  enemy  battleship 
and  six  destroyers.) 

Our  submarines  in  Ofot  and  West  Fjords  have  obviously  been 
unable  to  score  any  successes  in  consequence  of  very  heavy 
defense  from  destroyers  using  hydrophones,  and  air  patrol. 

The  1st  Squadron  of  the  106th  Group,  en  route  from  Stavanger 
to  Narvik  with  four  planes,  took  part  in  the  action  in  the 
evening  despite  unfavorable  weather  conditions  and  then  landed 
in  Narvik. 

Narvik  Group  reported  in  the  evening: 

"Attack  so  far  warded  off.   No  landing.   Mountain  battery 

landed.    Hundalen  occupied.    Enemy  destroyers  off  Narvik.  *m 

Urgent  request  from  Group  Narvik  for  submarines  to  attack 

destroyers  near  Tranoy  and  Rombaken." 

(For  Admiralty  announcement  see  radiogram  file,  2345  and 
2400.) 


This  evening  a  serious  and  depressed  mood  marks  Naval  Staff's 
impression  of  events.    Ten  of  our  modern  destroyers,  half  of 
our  powerful  and  most  urgently  required  destroyer  arm,  lie 
shot  to  pieces,  damaged  or  sunk  in  Ofot  and  Rombaken  Fjords. 
Narvik  has  proved  a  "mousetrap"  for  our  forces.    The  tragic 
factors  which  have  brought  our  destroyers  to  this  fateful 
situation  are:   the  unfavorable  supply  position  caused  by  the 
absence  of  the  second  tanker  and  the  delay  in  sailing  caused 
thereby;   the  bad,  unfavorable  weather  conditions;   the  fact 
that  at  the  date  of  our  "Wese rue bung"  the  enemy's  own  operational 
plans  caused  him  to  be  already  in  the  Lofoten  area.    Further 
reports  on  the  course  of  the  action  and  losses  in  material  and 
personnel  are  to  be  awaited. 

Naval  Staff  does  not  doubt  for  a  moment  that  the  Narvik 
destroyers,  with  the  superb  spirit  of  their  commanders,  officers 
and  crews,  showed  themselves  worthy  of  their  tradition  and 
offered  the  most  stubborn  resistance  to  the  enemy  to  their  last 
shell  and  torpedo. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  action  in  the  narrow  fjords  enabled 
the  greater  part  of  the  crews  to  be  saved  after  the  battle  and 


-116- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


to  be  Incorporated  in  the  defense  of  the  occupied  area 
despite  probably  great  difficulty  regarding  armament, 
equipment  and  supply.    This  sets  the  Air  Force  supply 
service  new  tasks,  which  are  to  be  carried  out  with  all 
possible  means. 


Situation  in  Trondheim: 

The  readiness  of  almost  all  batteries,  also  of  some  searchlights, 
is  reported.   All  planes  can  land  and  take  off  from  the  airport 
north  of  the  town  (Jonsvatny). 

The  destroyers  ECKHOLDT  and  HEINEMANN  will  not  sail  before  1100 
on  14  April.   Trondheim  suspects  British  landings  near  Andalsnes. 
The  minelayer  FROEYA,  beached  off  Trondheim,  was  blown  up  by 
U  "43". 

Situation  in  Bergen: 

Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  reports  that  the  northwestern 
entrances  are  closed  by  a  double-row  mine  barrage.   Ship  "111" 
was  damaged  by  touching  ground  and  is  out  of  action.   Allocation 
of  a  motor  minesweeper  flotilla,  Ships  "37",  "47",  "7",  two 
PT  boats  and  one  submarine  is  requested. 

Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  has  been  assigned  the  task  of 
preparing  submarine  supplies  and  of  instituting  a  pilot  service 
for  putting  into  port. 

Situation  in  Stavanger  and  Kristiansand: 

Unchanged. 

Situation  in  Oslo; 

Unchanged. 

Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  reports; 

Batteries  ready  to  fire: 


-117- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


13  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Oslo: 


Rauoe : 
Horten: 
Droebak: 
Kahol: 

Kristiansand: 

Stavanger: 

Aeger 

Trondheim: 

Bettinges: 
Hejwes: 


4  x  15  cm. 

2  x  7,5  cm. 

3  x  15  cm. 

1  x  28  cm. 

2  a  21  cm.,  6  x  15  cm. 


2  x  10.5  cm. 


2  x  21  cm.,  3  x  15  cm. 
2  x  21  cm.,  2  x  15  cm. 


r 


Transport  Situation  and  Situation  Skagerrak/Kattegat ; 

Numerous  submarine  warning  and  location  reports  indicate  no 
lessening  of  danger  from  submarines.   No  success  in  submarine- 
chase. 

In  connection  with  the  expansion  of  anti-submarine  defense  in 
the  Kattegat,  Group  Baltic  has  ordered  the  laying  of  UMA  barrages 
near  Ealskor  Rev  lightship  and  in  the  deep  channel  east  of 
Friedericia.   Patrol  is  being  instituted  on  either  side  of 
Sprogoe  and  north  of  Friedericia. 


f< 


3rd 


Sea 


On  the  evening  of  13  April  the 

from  Frederikshavn  with  torpedo  boats, 

ARENDSBURG  and  ANGELBURG,  transporting  roughly  2,000  men 


Transport  Unit  set  out 
the  SAAR  and  the  steamers 


Group  Baltic  has  requested  the  allocation  of  two  destroyers  to 
transport  personnel  from  Frederikshavn  to  Oslo.   Naval  Staff 
had  to  refuse  the  request,  since  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the 
few  destroyers  in  readiness  for  immediate  action.   On  the 
other  hand,  the  Norwegian  torpedo  boats  were  allocated  for 
defense  assignments  as  requested  and  the  seizure  of  Norwegian 
trawlers  as  patrol  vessels  approved. 


-118- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  cable  from  Mars t rand  to  England  was  cut  by  Ships  "47"  and 
"26". 

The  1st  Group  of  the  1st  Dive-Bomber  Wing  and  the  100th  Bomber 
Wing  each  report  the  probable  sinking  of  a  submarine  in  the 
Kattegat.   (No  proof). 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items 

1.  Report  by  Chief,  Operations  Branch  on  the  situation 
in  Norway. 

The  British  landing  operations  make  necessary  the  definite  and 
immediate  concentration  of  submarine  operations  in  the  Romsdals 
Fjord  and  Vaags  Fjord  areas  and  in  the  Orkneys -Pent land  Firth 
area  which  is  much  traversed  by  convoys,  transports  and  naval 
forces.   For  directives  see  Submarine  Situation. 

2.  In  view  of  the  Fuehrer's  order  of  12  April  that  the 
Norwegian  Armed  Forces  are  now  to  be  treated  altogether  as 
hostile,  the  commissioning  of  all  serviceable  Norwegian  naval 
vessels  -  so  far  on^y  seized  -  has  been  ordered  with  German 
crews.   Naval  (Ship)  Construction  Division,  Naval  Ordnance 
Division  and  Naval  Staff,  Service  Division  have  received 
instructions  accordingly.   Attention  is  drawn  to  the  necessity 
for  and  the  possibility  of  seizing  materiel  and  Installations 
belonging  to  the  Norwegian  Navy. 

3.  Report  on  the  possibility  of  supplying  Narvik  and 
Trondheim  by  submarines.    (See  letter  from  Naval  Staff, 
Submarine  Division  (Technical)  dated  13  April  in  reference 

file  "We se rue bung".)   Chief,  Naval  Staff  is  definitely  resolved 
to  fulfill  the  wishes  of  Armed  Forces  High  Command,  Operations 
Staff  regarding  supply  operations.   Boats  must  be  withdrawn 
from  operations  for  the  duration  of  this  activity.   U  "43"  and 
U  "26"  are  to  carry  out  assignments  according  to  schedule, 
U  "29",  "32",  "122"  and  "A"  are  to  be  converted  as  quickly  as 
possible. 

4.  The  Fuehrer  is  to  be  asked  to  consent  to  a  request 


-119- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


to  Sweden  to  put  the  extinguished  outer  lights  on  the  Swedish 
coast  into  operation  again  immediately  and  to  have  the  radio 
beacons  work  again  in  suitable  weather  if  requested.    (Fuehrer 
agreed) . 

5.  The  Foreign  Office  is  to  be  requested  to  make  possible 
the  use  of  Danish  naval  vessels  by  the  German  Navy. 

6.  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  has  reported  that, 
according  to  reports  from  the  Commanders  of  escort  vessels, 
enemy  submarine  attacks  on  German  transports  several  times  took 
place  from  Swedish  territorial  waters.    Suitable  steps  are 
being  taken  with  the  Swedish  Government  to  ensure  respect  for 
their  rights  as  neutrals. 

7.  Groups  Baltic  and  West  have  received  the  following  order       (^ 
regarding  defense  of  the  Skagerrak  and  Kattegat: 

After  laying  the  anti-submarine  barrage  at  Skagen: 

a)  The  Skagerrak  declared  area  is  to  be  reinforced 
to  a  certain  extent. 

b)  The  southern  barrage  gap  is  to  be  protected 
by  a  deep  (-  15  m.)  anti-submarine  barrage. 

8.  For  distribution  to  date  of  military  forces  in  the 
Norwegian  and  Danish  area  see  reference  file  "Weseruebung", 

13  April.  According  to  a  new  Armed  Forces  High  Command  order, 
units  of  the  troops  stationed  in  Denmark  are  put  under  Group  21 
for  operations  in  Norway. 


r 


P.M. 

Conference  between  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  and  the  Fuehrer 

(Conference  took  place  before  receipt  of  the  first  combat 
reports  from  Narvik.) 

Points  discussed: 

1.      Supplies  of  aviation  gasoline,  coastal  anti-aircraft 
guns,  mountain  guns  and  ammunition  for  Narvik  and  Trondheim 


-120- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


carried  by  submarines.    Special  stress  is  to  be  laid  on 
supplies  of  aviation  gasoline.   Conversion  of  boats  U  "29" 
"32",  "A"  and  "122"  is  ordered. 

2.  Battleship  operation  and  Battle  of  the  Lofotens. 
Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  is  in  complete  agreement  with  the 
action  taken  by  Commanding  Admiral,  Fleet.    In  Naval  Staff's 
opinion  it  would  have  been  incorrect  to  commit  the  battleships 
fully  against  a  superior  enemy  in  the  unfavorable  strategic 
and  tactical  situation  at  the  time. 

3.  Steps  taken  by  the  Navy  to  defend  Norwegian  positions. 
(Submarine  dispositions,  mine  barrages,  protection  of  transports.) 

4.  Political  questions. 

5.  Recognition  signal  service  between  ships  and  planes. 

6.  Individual  questions  concerning  the  operation. 
(See  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy's  memorandum  of  13  April.) 


Submarine  Situation 

The  following  order,  based  on  an  assessment  of  the  situation, 
has  been  issued  to  Group  West  and  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines? 

1.  Effective  immediately,  submarine  operations  to  concentrate 
on  the  area  Romsdals  Fjord  to  Vaags  Fjord  and  the  area 
from  the  Orkneys  to  Pentland  Firth, 

2.  All  large  boats  to  be  put  into  operation  in  Vaags  Fjord 
and  West  Fjord-Narvik  at  once. 

Exceptions:   A  large  boat  is  to  remain  in  Nernsen  Fjord 
until  at  least  two  small  boats  are  there. 

3.  Allocate  small  boats  as  follows: 

2  Romsdals Fjord, 

3  Trondheim, 

4  Folia  and  Namsen  Fjord, 
4  Orkneys-Pent land  Firth. 


-121- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


4.  Resort  to  stores  on  the  BREMSE  and  CARL  PETERS 
in  Stavanger  arid  Kristiansand  for  supplies  and 
replenishment. 


Load  the  remainder  of  the  small  boats  and  keep 
them  in  readiness,  including  the  boats  set  aside 
for  Operation  "Gelb",  in  Norwegian  ports  and  in 
home  waters  at  Group  West's  disposal, 

6.     Defer  reliefs  and  Submarine  School  needs  for  the 

present  because  of  the  concentration  of  assignments 
in  the  north  Norwegian  area. 

Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  then  ordered  U  "65",  "30",  "34", 

"52"  for  the  present  also  into  the  Lofoten  area,   U  "50"  has 

been  assigned  a  waiting  position  in  Folia  Fjord,  U  "61"  a 

patrol  area  in  Namsen  Fjord.  { 

Special  Events: 

U  "37"  attacked  a  cruiser  of  the  GLASGOW  class  north  of  the 
Shetlands,  Destruction  probable  as  explosion  was  seen  and 
wreckage  and  oil  patch  observed. 

Boats  in  Ofot  Fjord  and  West  Fjord  report  difficulty  in  attacking 
and  remaining  in  the  Fjord,  because  of  constant  destroyer  patrol, 
planes  and  submarine-chase  and  nights  almost  as  bright  ss  day, 
(See  also  radiogram  file  of  13  April,  2349.)    U  "64"  sunk  by 
a  bomb  in  Herjaenger  Fjord,    Officers  and  36  men  saved. 


War  against  Merchant  Shipping 

Naval  forces  are  ordered  to  regard  Norwegian  naval  end  merchant 
vessels  as  enemy. 

Merchant  Shipping 

Transports  to  Norwayi 

Between  1400  and  1700  11  ships  of  the  3rd  Sea  Transport  Unit 
sailed  from  Holtenau  as  planned  for  Oslo. 


-122- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


13  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Fresh  appeal  "by  Oslo  radio  to  all  Norwegian  ships  to  make 
for  neutral  ports  and  on  no  account  to  put  in  to  French 
or  British  ports. 

In  spite  of  the  countermeasures  introduced  by  us  against 
the  present  Eritish  statements  that  Norwegian  and  Danish 
ships  are  placed  under  the  Allies'  protection,  we  must  expect 
most  of  the  Norwegian  tonnage  and  a  great  part  of  the  Danish 
to  join  the  Allies. 


-123- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


14  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Political  Situation 

Situation  in  Norway; 

Political  situation  unchanged. 

Inclination  only  to  acts  of  sabotage  in  the  occupied  area, 
passive  resistance  here  and  there  from  the  population.   Sniping 

in  Bergen. 

For  proclamation  by  Commanding  General,  Armed  Forces,  Norway, 
General  von  Falkenhorst,  see  Foreign  Press  Report  No.  156/40. 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 

Special  Items 

1.     Report  on  the  situation. 

The  situation  in  Narvik  is  regarded  as  very  difficult. 
Armed  Forces  High  Command  is  considering  whether  it  might  be 
necessary  to  give  up  Narvik  because  of  the  difficulty  of 
bringing  up  supplies  and  great  British  superiority.    It  has 
been  decided  that  for  the  present  a  delaying  defense  action 
is  to  be  fought  in  Narvik.   However,  concentration  of  defense 
against  British  landings  and  attacks  is  now  being  transferred 
to  the  area  around  Trondhelm,  which  must  be  held.    It  will 
be  necessary  to  bring  up  further  forces  into  the  Trondheim  area. 

An  extract  from  Armed  Forces  High  Command's  directive  of  14  f 

April  states: 

"British  forces  penetrated  into  Narvik.   No  landing  reported 
so  far.   British  landings  in  Andalsnes.   Landings  to  be 
expected  in  Namsos  Fjord." 

Most  important  task  is  the  defense  of  Trondheim  and  the 
destruction  of  the  troops  which  have  landed  near  Andalsnes. 

Fuehrer's  order: 

a)  Group  21.   Reinforce  Trondheim  garrison. 
Destroy  the  railroad  line  from  Dombas  to 


124- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


14  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


3.  So  that  our  own  naval  forces  may  be  guarded 
against  confusion  with  those  of  the  enemy  by  the  German 
Air  Force,  the  Fuehrer  has  ordered: 

a)  Every  German  warship  is  immediately  to  regard 
any  approaching  plane  as  enemy  and  to  attack 
without  waiting  to  see  whether  recognition  is 
possible. 

b)  Every  German  warship  is  to  make  itself  known  to 
any  approaching  plane  by  searchlight  signals 
and  also  by  firing  light  signals  (in  addition  to 
the  permanent  Identification  marking),even  if 
the  plane  is  suspected  to  be  enemy.   Light 
signal  regulations  are  to  be  amplified  accordingly* 

4.  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  expressed  his  full  appreciation 
of  the  success  of  the  "Weseruebung"  landing  operation  and 

of  the  readiness  for  action  shown  to  Commanding  Admiral,  Fleet, 
Commanding  Admiral,  Scouting  Force,  Commander,  Oslo  Group 
(Rear  Admiral  Kummetz),  the  Commander  of  the  HIPPER  (Trondheim 
Group)  8nd  the  Commander  of  the  KARLSRUHE  (Kristiansand  Group), 
also  to  all  ships  and  formations  under  their  command. 

(For  teletype  see  radiogram  file,  1424.) 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic 

Great  Britain: 

On  the  evening  of  13  April,  Commander  in  Chief,  Mediterranean 
Fleet  gave  the  order  for  half-hour  readiness,  and  the  order 
for  ships  at  sea  to  get  up  steam  for  maximum  speed. 

Light  Eritlsh  forces  on  a  northeasterly  course,  moderate 
speed,  are  west  of  Casablanca. 


-126- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


14  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Andalsnes  far  to  the  west. 

b)  Navy t   Concentrate  submarine  defense  in 

the  area  off  and  on  either  side  of  Trondheira 
and  Aalesund-Vikma  Island,  even  though  it 
means  weakening  the  reinforcement  previously 
scheduled  for  Narvik. 

c)  Air  Force:  Destroy  the  British  troops  which 
have  landed  near  Andalsnes,  prevent  further 
landings.   Attack  enemy  forces  north  of 
Aalesund.    Occupy  Dombas  with  parachute 
troops  and  take  steps  to  protect  it.   Use 
every  endeavor  to  bring  reinforcements  to 
Trondheim  by  air. 

Group  21  to  use  every  means  to  seize  the  Oslo- 
Hamar-Dombas  railroad  as  far  as  Andalsnes. 
The  181st  Division  to  be  brought  up  at  top 
speed,  also  the  mobile  troops  to  be  furnished 
by  Group  31. 

Because  of  this  directive  a  concentration  in  submarine 
disposition  is  also  effected  towards  Trondheim.   The  boats 
already  in  the  Narvik  area  remain  there.   Boats  proceeding 
to  the  Lofotens  are  to  go  on  if  they  are  already  close  to 
their  objective.   Boats  whose  positions  are  nearer  to 
Trondheim,  however,  are  to  be  disposed  in  the  area  Romsdals 
Fjord-Trondheim-Indre  Folia. 

(For  Naval  Staff's  order,  see  Submarine  Situation.) 

2.     The  small  number  of  our  forces  in  comparison  to  the       ^ 
enemy's  much  greater  superiority  at  sea  demands  operations 
of  the  highest  efficiency  and  the  avoidance  of  all  unnecessary 
losses  of  time  through  approach  and  departure  or  delays 
during  taking  on  supplies.   The  greatest  importance  is 
therefore  attached  to  the  organization  of  supply  facilities. 
The  Groups,  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  and  Commanding 
General,  Armed  Forces, Norway  are  directed  to  promote  the 
expansion  of  supply  facilities  and  defense  in  the  area 
Trondheim-Bergen-Kristiansand-Oslo  with  all  means  in  their 
power.   Trondheim  and  Bergen  are  the  most  important  supply 
points.   Steps  are  to  be  taken  first  to  ensure  supplies  of 
fuel  and  provisions  for  submarines,  also  repair  facilities 
for  minor  damage.   Supplies  of  torpedoes  are  to  be  arranged. 


-125- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


14  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


France ; 

Nothing  special  to  report. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters: 

The  Admiralty  announces  that  mines  have  been  Is  id  in  the 
Baltic  and  its  entrances  in  the  following  area: 


57° 

N,  10° 

26' 

E 

57° 

N,  12° 

24' 

E 

55° 

30'  N, 

14° 

20'  E 

55° 

30'  N, 

21° 

6.5'  E. 

This  declaration  Includes  practically  the  whole  area  of 
the  entrances  to  the  Baltic,  the  southern  Kattegat  and 
the  southern  Baltic  to  the  latitude  of  Memel.   It  must 
be  regarded  for  the  present  as  a  deterrent  measure  for  the 
neutrals.   Practical  considerations  exclude  an  effective 
and  quick  mining  of  the  whole  area.   On  the  other  hand, 
the  increasing  use  of  mines  by  submarines  in  the  Kattegat 
must  be  expected.   According  to  a  radiogram  intercepted 
by  radio  intelligence,  there  will  be  12  submarines  in  the 
Kattegat/Skagerrak  this  morning  according  to  plan,  one  a 
minelaying  submarine  PORPOISE  (120  mines),  which  is  to 
carry  out  her  assignment  in  the  area  near  Lasoe. 

The  use  of  aerial  mines  by  the  enemy  has  not  been  detected. 
In  connection  with  the  British  announcement  of  a  declared 
area  in  the  Baltic,  the  possibility  of  the  first  use  of 
aerial  mines  must,  however,  be  taken  into  account. 

The  following  were  detected  at  sea:   Commander  in  Chief, 
Home  Fleet,  Commanders,  Battle  Cruiser  Squadron,  1st  and  2nd 
Cruiser  Squadrons,  1st,  3rd  and  6th  Destroyer  Flotillas, 
also  the  carrier  FURIOUS,  the  cruisers  GLASGOW,  AURORA, 
SOUTHAMPTON,  PENELOPE,  CAIRO  and  the  net layer  PROTECTOR. 
At  midnight  Commander  in  Chief,  Home  Fleet  was  about  60  miles 
west  of  the  Lofotens  on  northeasterly  course,  speed  15  knots. 

Reconnaissance  by  the  506th  Group  from  Trondheim  detected 
tsix  destroyers  on  northerly  course,  high  speed,  southwest 
of  Kristiansa'nd  at  0500.   A  large  tanker  lay  at  anchor  in 
the  skerries  north  of  Kristiansand. 

Destroyers  putting  in  were  reported  in  Namsen  Fjord  in  the 
evening. 


-127- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


14  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


During  the  evening  radio  intelligence  added  to  the  information 
gained.   The  FURIOUS  was  despatched  to  Tromsoe,  the  destroyers 
HOSTILE  and  IVANHOE  ordered  to  Narvik  in  the  evening.   The 
destroyers  BEDOUIN  and  ESKIMO  (the  latter  severely  damaged 
in  Rombaken  Fjord  on  13  April)  plan  to  arrive  in  Skjel  Fjord 
(Lofotens)  on  the  morning  of  15  April. 

The   anti-aircraft   cruiser  CURLEW  was  brought   up   to   reinforce 
the   Lofoten   squadron. 

U  "47"  reports  cruisers  and  destroyers  in  Vaags  Fjord. 
Submarine -chase  and  location  by  fishing  vessels  and  steamers. 
U  "38"  reports  light  cruisers  and  destroyers  north  of  Vaags 
Fjord. 

The  battle  cruiser  REPULSE  and  the  cruiser  PENELOPE  plan 
to  put  Into  Scapa  on  14  April. 

The  destroyers  NUBIAN  and  FORTUNE  left  Scapa  on  12  April 
in  the  direction  of  the  Lofotens. 

Commands 

Lord  Chatfield  is  flying  his  flag  in  the  cruiser  AURORA. 
It  may  be  assumed  that  he  is  in  supreme  command  of  the 
entire  north  Norwegian  operation. 

Appreciation  of  the  enemy  situation: 

Main  drive  of  the  enemy  landing  into  the-  area  north  of 
Narvik  (Vaags  Fjord).    Landings  under  way  in  Namsen  Fjord 
and  Romsdals  Fjord.   Preparatory  operations  and  landings 
by  light  forces  here.   Fairly  large  troopships  not  yet 
detected  but  are  expected. 


C 


■j 


Own  Situation 

Situation  in  Narvik; 

According  to  information  now  available,  there  is  no  longer 
any  doubt  that  all  the  eight  destroyers  still  in  Narvik 
(GIESE,  ZENKER,  KUENNE,  LUEDEMANN,  ROEDER,  KOELLNER,  ARNIM, 


-128- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


14  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


THIELE)  were  destroyed  or  scuttled  in  the  heavy  fighting 
on  12  April.  About  1,000  men  from  the  destroyer  crews 
are  in  Rundalen.  Enemy  destroyers  off  the  port  and  in 
Rombaken  Fjord  are  blocking  communication  between  the 
different  separated  groups;  reinforcements  and  supplies 
for  the  battalion  in  Elvegardsmoen  especially  cannot  be 
brought  up  at  present. 

Now  that  the  destroyers  are  lost,  coastal  defense  comprises 
only  infantry  weapons,  so  that  defense  against  the  blockading 
destroyers  is  impossible. 

The  Commander  of  the  GIESE  reports  that  British  destroyers 
fired  machine-guns  on  survivors  in  the  water,  causing  further 
loss  of  life. 

The  ore  railroad  north  of  Hundalen  is  still  occupied  by 
the  Norwegians. 

Norwegian  planes  several  times  attacked  the  landing  field 
on  the  Hartvig  See. 

Steps  have  been  taken  to  supply  Group  Narvik,  including 
the  rescued  destroyer  crews,  by  air  and  railroad.    (Undertaken 
by  High  Command  Navy,  Naval  Staff,  Service  Division,  (Organi- 
zation Branch) ) • 

Group  Narvik  requests  transfer  of  guns  and  bombers  and  asks 
for  air  reconnaissance. 


Situation  in  Trondhelm: 

Port  Commanders  are  instructed  to  seize  quantities  of  fuel 
of  all  kinds  and  to  report  them,  together  with  the  available 
quantities  of  dry  provisions. 

The  destroyers  ECKHOLDT  and  HEINEMANN  sailed  from  Trondheim 
in  the  evening  to  return  to  Wilhelmshaven. 

Situation  in  Bergen: 

Another  dive-bombing  attack  in  the  morning.    The  steamer 
BAERENFELS  set  on  fire  and  sunk.    Two  enemy  planes  shot 


-129- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


1.4  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


down.   Foui*  submarines  put  in  to  Bergen  to  refuel. 

PT  boats  S  "23"  and  S  "25"  from  Wilhe lms haven  put  in  to 
Bergen  at  the  disposal  of  Admiral,  V/est  Norwegian  Coast. 

Situation  in  Stavangerj  Kristiansand  and  Oslo: 

Nothing  special  to  report. 


Battleships  and  HIPPER: 

The  periods  of  readiness  for  the  battleships  are  now  fixed 
at:  GNEISENAU:   12  hours,  SCHARNHORST:   72  hours  and  HIPPER: 
8  hours  (with  regard  to  engine  construction). 

(For  HIPPER' s  brief  report  on  the  Trondheim  operation  see 
radiogram  file,  14  April,  2045.) 

Situation  in  the  Skagerrak  and  Kattegat: 

Still  great  danger  from  submarines.    Only  one  definite 
success  (Torpedo  Training  Flotilla,  10  April)  and  two 
probable  successes  (11th  Submarine  Chaser  Flotilla,  10  April, 
sub-chaser  "J"  13  April)  have  been  scored  in  attacks  on 
submarines  by  defense  forces.   Since  so  far  only  very 
occasional»use  of  periscopes  has  been  detected,  it  is  possible 
that  the  British  submarines  are  firing  only  according  to 
hydrophone,  without  periscope.    (The  Italian  Navy  also  uses 
such  procedure.) 

In  the  afternoon  the  steamer  FLORIDA,  carrying  ammunition 

and  material,  was  torpedoed  and  later  sank  west  of  Maseskaer 

at  the  same  spot  where  the  attack  took  place  on  10  April 

on  the  2nd  Sea  Transport  Unit.    (The  shot  came  from  territorial 

waters.)    Ship  "35"  was  hit  by  a  torpedo  and  lost  east  of 

Skagen.    Submarine  warnings  were  given  at  several  other 

places  In  the  Skagerrak. 

Transport  Situation: 

The  1st  Troop  Transport  on  fast  vessels  put  in  to  Oslo  Fjord 


-130- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


14  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


at  noon;   11  loaded  fishing  smacks,  escorted  by  2  submarine- 
chasers,  are  proceeding  from  Aarhus  to  Oslo  via  Frederikshavn 
with  material. 

The  2nd  Troop  Transport  aboard  the  BRIMMER  and  escort  boats 
(812  men)  sailed  from  Frederikshavn  in  the  evening.    Parts 
of  the  3rd  Sea  Transport  Unit  off  Oslo  in  fog;   one  group 
went  aground  in  the  skerries  off  Oslo  Fjord, 

Since  it  is  impossible  to  show  the  lights  in  Oslo  Fjord, 
the  convoys  must  be  picked  up  off  Bolaerne  and  Rauoey  by 
the  1st  Motor  Minesweeper  Flotilla  and  escorted  on  to  Oslo. 

Situation  in  Denmark: 

Coastal  Defense  Commander,  Denmark  reports  that  the  majority 
of  Danish  naval  vessels  are  at  present  in  Copenhagen,  the 
remainder  in  various  other  ports.    Inability  to  proceed 
is  ensured  by  removing  vital  parts  of  the  engines.   The 
work  necessary  to  transfer  them  to  the  final  harbors  where 
they  are  to  be  laid  up  is  to  be  carried  out  as  soon  as  the 
submarine  and  mine  situation  indicates  no  further  danger 
for  Danish  ships. 

Submarine  Situation 

Group  West  and  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  have  received 
the  following  new  order  based  on  the  Fuehrer's  directive 
regarding  concentration  in  the  area  Trondheim-Namsen  Fjord- 
Romsdals  Fjord: 

1.  At  once  increase  defense  of  Namsen  Fjord- 
Roms da ]s  Fjord  by  means  of  submarines. 

2.  U  "65"  to  proceed.    Other  boats  to  operate, 
in  conjunction  with  small  boats  already 
provided,  off  Namsen  Fjord,  Trondheim, 
Romsdals  Fjord. 

3.  Prepare  supplies  for  submarines  in  Trondheim. 

4.  Boats  with  supplies  for  the  Army  to  proceed 
to  Trondheim,  not  Narvik,  for  the  present. 

In  view  of  this  order  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines 
has  disposed  the  boats  withdrawn  from  the  Romsdals- 


-131- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


14  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Andalsnes-Trondheim-Namsos  area  as  follows: 

Namsen  Fjord:  U  "34",  "61". 
Romsdals  Fjord:  U  "30",  "52". 
Folia  Fjord:      U  "50". 

U  "65"  Is  proceeding  on  to  Vaags  Fjord  as  ordered.   As 
reinforcement:   U  "38",  "47",  "49".   In  West  Fjord: 
U  "25",  "46",  "51",  "48".   U  "43",  "26"  proceeding  to 
Trondheim  with  supplies  for  the  Army. 

In  Bergen  area:  U  "9",   "14",   "7",   "60",  "62". 

In  Stavanger  area: 

In  Lister-Lindesnes  area 

North  of  the  Shetlands: 


On  passage: 

On  return  passage: 


u 

"9", 

"14", 

"7", 

"60" 

u 

"1", 

"4". 

u 

"5", 

"6". 

u 

"10", 

"13", 

"19", 

"37", 

"56", 

"57", 

"58", 

"59", 

"61". 

u 

"17", 

"23", 

"24". 

u 

"2". 

Merchant  Shipping 

Own  Shipping: 

The  tanker  SKAGERRAK,  which  was  still  at  the  rendezvous 
for  the  Trondheim  Group  destroyers,  sent  an  S.O.S.  at  1026. 
A  British  cruiser  was  in  the  vicinity.    The  ship  must  be 
assumed  lost. 

The  supplv  ship  NORDMARK  was  moved  away  farther  north  to 
700  N,  longitude  0° . 


The  steamers  LETJNA  and  BUENOS  AIRES  sailed  from  Stettin 
to  Copenhagen  at  2000  with  a  cargo  for  the  Air  Force.    The 
steamers  CORDOBA  and  CAMPINAS  will  sail  from  Swinemuende 
tomorrow  morning  to  carry  out  further  Air  Force  transports 
from  Aalborg  to  Oslo.    The  transport  groups  will  proceed 


-132- 

COMFIDENTIAL 


14  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


according  to  the  instructions  of  Commanding  Admiral, 
Defenses,  Baltic. 


The  following  reply  was  given  to  the  enquiry  from  Group 
Ealtic  about  the  use  of  Swedish  territorial  waters  for  the 
trip  to  Oslo: 

1.  Passage  of  transports  through  Swedish  territorial 
waters,  even  carrying  war  material  and  men, 
permissible  without  Swedish  consent. 

2.  Naval  Staff  is  requesting  mine-free  routes 
inside  Swedish  territorial  waters,  also  lights 
and  escort. 


(For  Air  Force  events  of  the  day  see  radiogram  file  of 
14  April,  report  2400.) 

On  12  April  Commander  in  Chief,  Air  Force  set  up  the  5th 
Air  Force  Command  to  conduct  all  air  operations  in  Norway 
and  Denmark.    General  Milch  is  Commander  5th  Air  Force, 
and  Commander,  North.   Subordinate  to  him  are: 

a)  The  10th  Air  Corps  with  all  present  subordinate 
units,  including  transport  units  and  transport 
units  (seaplanes). 

b)  Local  Air  Force  Commanders  in  Norway. 


-133- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


15  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

Norway; 

In  a  radio  address  King  Haakon  exhorted  the  Norwegians  to 
dD  their  utmost  to  defend  Norway's  freedom  and  independence. 

Since  Quisling's  Government  in  its  present  form  is  not 
regarded  as  suitable,  it  resigned  in  the  evening  at  the 
instigation  of  Commanding  General,  Armed  Forces,  Norv/ay. 
Administration  was  taken  over  in  the  German-occupied  areas 
by  an  administrative  committee  directed  by  the  head  of  the 
Oslo  Town  Council,  Christensen. 

Since  the  formation  of  this  committee  if  the  rightful 
Government  collapses  is  laid  down  in  the  constitution,  it 
is  hoped  that  this  arrangement  will  effect  pacification  of 
the  Norwegian  people  and  hasten  appeasement  with  the  prospect 
still  of  bringing  about  an  agreement  with  the  King,  v/ho  still 
rejects  the  Quisling  Government. 

In  a  radio  address  the  Norwegian  Ambassador  in  London 
exhorted  his  fellow  countrymen  to  hold  out  and  pointed 
out  that  French  and  British  help  was  on  the  way. 


In  an  official  announcement  Holland  again  stated  her  desire 

for  neutrality  and  her  readiness  to  defend  herself  against 

attack  from  any  quarter.   A  state  of  siege  was  declared 

in  Holland  on  13  April  owing  to  fear  of  action  by  Germany  i 

or  the  V/estern  Powers.    Coastal  batteries  have  orders  to 

open  fire  independently  in  case  of  any  attack.   Four 

German  steamers  were  directed  to  put  out  from  Delfzyl  by 

the  Dutch  Government.    (Order  was  later  rescinded 


:r 


Great  Britain  denies  rumors  about  British  landings. 
Internal  unrest  caused  by  the  Fascist  Mussert  movement  is 
feared. 


-134- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


15  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Belgium  is  also  experiencing  great  anxiety  about  action 
by  the  Western  Powers.   Transfer  of  three  divisions  of 
troops  to  the  southwest  front  is  confirmed.    There  are 
therefore  only  13  divisions  on  the  northeast  front  at 
present. 


Italy's  attitude  supports  the  German  action  in  Norway 
by  appropriate  statements  in  the  press  and  on  the  radio. 
Rumors  speak  of  an  Italian  plan  to  penetrate  to  Salonica 
and  of  an  imminent  occupation  of  Corfu. 


For  reactions  to  the  Norwegian  campaign  in  the  U.S.A. 

see  Political  Review  No.  86  and  Foreign  Press.   Roosevelt 

condemns  the  German  invasion  in  a  radio  statement. 

It  is  not  considered  out  of  the  question  that  in  the  course 
of  further  developments  the  U.S.A.  will  endeavor  to  place 
Greenland  under  their  protection.    Germany  has  declared 
that  she  has  no  interest  in  the  administration  of  Greenland, 
Iceland  and  the  Faroes. 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 

1.     The  critical  situation  in  Narvik  has  caused  the 
Fuehrer  to  review  the  question  of  abandoning  our  Narvik 
position  in  order  to  avoid  further  waste  of  forces  - 
especially  of  the  Air  Force  -  for  a  doubtful  success,  and 
of  undertaking  a  concentration  of  force  in  the  Trondheim 
area.   A  determining  factor  in  further  considerations  is 
the  state  of  supplies  and  equipment  for  the  rescued  destroyer 
crews.    If  the  members  of  the  crews,  more  than  2,000 
according  to  available  reports,  can  be  equipped  with  the 
necessary  items  of  clothing,  hand  and  automatic  weapons  as 
well  as  food,  this  addition  represents  such  considerable 


-135- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


15  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


reinforcement  of  the  fighting  strength  of  the  Narvik 
Group  that  the  Narvik  Division  can  be  expected  to  hold  out 
for  a  long  time,  considering  the  difficult  terrain  which 
favors  defense.   The  more  heavily  and  the  longer  the  enemy 
is  tied-down  in  the  northern  area,  however,  the  greater 
must  be  the  effect  of  the  resultant  relief  on  the  situation 
in  the  endangered  Trondheim  area.   Naval  Staff  therefore 
takes  up  the  attitude  -  conditional  on  further  news  and 
deliberations  -  that  it  is  correct  to  hold  the  Narvik  position 
as  long  as  possible  and  to  fight  a  delaying  defense.   The 
Navy  has  the  additional  conviction  that  the  great  sacrifice 
of  ten  modern  destroyers  demands  that  the  Narvik  position 
hold  out  as  long  as  supplies  permit. 

2.      The  assignments  now  falling  to  the  Navy  can  be 

summarized  as  follows:  0 

a)  Defense  of  sea  communications  with  Oslo  by 
obviating  the  great  danger  from  submarines. 
Increased  defense  against  mines  in  the 
Skagerrak/Kattegat. 

Sealing  the  Skagerrak  off  against  penetration 

by  surface  forces. 

Building  up  a  strong  air  defense  against 

bombing  and  aerial,  mine  attacks. 

Speedy  expansion  of  Denmark's  coastal  and 

anti-aircraft  defenses. 

b)  Expansion  and  reinforcement  of  coastal  defense 
at  Trondheim  and  Bergen. 

c)  Equipment  of  Trondheim  and  Bergen  with 
vessels  with  minesweeping  gear  for  the 

purpose  of  keeping  the  entrances  clear.  £. 

d)  Defense  of  the  Baltic  against  danger  from 
enemy  submarines  and  mines  in  order  to 

maintain  the  vital  Baltic  Sea  trade  communications. 

e)  Submarines  to  attack  enemy  supply  lines  to 
Norway,  make  war  on  merchant  shipping  in  the 
Atlantic,  disrupt  enemy  supplies  and  attain 
considerable  diversionary  effect. 

f)  Demand  for  increased  use  of  serisl  mines  on 
the  southeast  coast  of  England,  in  Scapa  Flow 
and  Kirkwall  Bay  and  in  the  Clyde  (Glasgow)  to 
hamper  the  enemy's  Norwegian  campaign. 

-136- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


15  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


g)  Thrusts  by  the  battleships  against  light 

forces  in  the  triangle  Shetlands-Stadlandet- 
Skagerrak  in  order  to  disturb  the  enemy; 
prevention  of  enemy  thrusts  into  the  Skagerrak 
and  relief  of  the  central  and  north  Norwegian 
area. 

3.  The  Fuehrer  has  ordered  an  investigation  into  the 
possibilities  of  protecting  the  entrances  to  Trondheim, 
Bergen  and  into  some  important  fjords  (Sogne  Fjord, 
Hardanger  Fjord)  by  the  speedy  establishment  of  torpedo 
batteries.    The  intention  is  sealing  off  at  those  points 
which  coastal  batteries  cannot  reach  or  at  which  they 

are  not  available,  and  where  it  is  not  possible  to  dispose 
naval  forces  all  the  time. 

The  best  torpedo  batteries,  ready  for  immediate  action, 
for  the  intended  purpose  would  undoubtedly  be  the  PT  boats; 
these  are,  however,  urgently  required  for  other  assignments 
in  the  south  Norwegian  area,  for  defense  and  escort  purposes 
and  for  operational  use  end  there  are  not  nearly  enough  of 
them  available. 

Three  torpedo  tubes  each  have  already  been  dismantled  in 
Trondheim  from  the  THEODOR  RIEDEL  and  PAUL  JACOB!  and  these 
are  to  be  used  as  a  torpedo  barrage  battery.   The  setting- 
up  of  further  shore  torpedo  batteries  at  favorable,  well 
camouflaged  and  easily  defended  spots  in  the  fjords  is  to 
be  investigated  speedily  by  the  Torpedo  Branch  in  cooperation 
with  Commanding  Admiral  Norway.    Naval  Ordnance  Division 
sees  possibilities  of  setting-up  such  makeshift  batteries 
with  the  simplest  facilities  in  a  very  short  time  by  making 
launching  ramps  out  of  wood. 

4.  The  Embassy  in  Stockholm  states  that  the  Swedish 
Government  plans  to  lay  a  mine  barrage  with  passage  gap 
inside  the  three  mile  zone  in  Swedish  territorial  waters 
near  Falsterboe.   Passage  by  surfaced  submarines  will  be 
forbidden  and  will  be  quite  impossible  for  submerged 
submarines.    The  measure  is  directed  against  British  submarines 
slipping  into  the  Baltic, 

Naval  Staff  welcomes  the  Swedish  plan.   It  is,  however, 
suggested  to  the  Swedish  Government  that  the  barrage  should 
be  laid  not  at  Falsterboe  but  at  the  southern  entrance  to 


-137- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


15  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


the  Kogrund  Channel.    The  Swedish  barrage  would  then  ^e 
Incorporated  in  our  barrage  system.   The  proposal  by  Group 
Baltic  that  our  own  barrage  be  moved  to  a  location  north  of 
Helsingborg-Helsingoer  and  SwedenTs  assistance  be  requested 
in  mlnelaying  is  rejected  for  the  present. 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic: 

Great  Britain; 

The  two  aircraft  carriers  ARK  ROYAL  and  GLORIOUS  put  in  to 
Gibraltar  on  13  April.  The  ARK  ROYAL  is  definitely  still 
there  on  15  April  and  the  GLORIOUS  is  probably  still  there. 

France : 

Nothing  special  detected  apart  from  some  warship  movements. 
The  usual  convoy  activity  seems  to  have  been  resumed  off  the 
west  coast  and  in  the  eastern  Atlantic. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters 

West  Fjord/Vaags  Fjord  area; 

Air  reconnaissance  and  submarine  reports  reveal  the  commencement 
of  the  landing  by  enemy  troops  in  Vaags  Fjord  near  Harstad. 
So  far  only  cruisers  and  destroyers  sighted  in  West  Fjord.   On 
the  other  hand,  U  "65"  reported  from  Andoye  Fjord,  time  of  origin 
0829,  the  arrival  of  1  battleship,  1  heavy  cruiser,  3  troopships 
and  destroyer  escort.   Planes  of  the  4th  Bomber  Wing  also 
reported  1  cruiser,  16  merchant  ships  and  5  troopships  off  Harstad. 
The  old  battleship  WARSPITE  is  still  said  to  be  in  the  area  off 
Narvik. 

As  early  as  14  April  the  cruiser  SOUTHAMPTON  reported  the  carrying 
out  of  landings  in  Salangen  to  the  Flag  Officer  aboard  the  cruiser 
AURORA  (Lord  Chatfield).   A  Norwegian  Division  is  obviously 
in  communication  with  these  troops. 


-138- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


15  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  AURORA  and  SOUTHAMPTON  were  to  meet  at  2000  on  14  April 
In  Skel  Fjord  (Lofotens). 

Tromsoe-Kirkenes  area: 

Reconnaissance  is  being  carried  out  in  the  Tromsoe  area. 
No  landings  so  far  detected. 

It  appears  from  a  report  by  the  destroyer  IMOGEN  that  a 
Norwegian  liaison  officer  will  arrive  in  Kirkenes,  whence 
the  heavy  cruisers  DEVONSHIRE  and  BERWICK  are  bound. 

Area  around  Trondheim: 

Namsos; 

It  appears  from  radiograms  that  the  transports  CHOBRY  and 
BATORY  are  obviously  bound  for  Namsos  and  are  escorted  by  the 
cruiser  GLASGOW  and  destroyers  of  the  6th  Destroyer  Flotilla* 

Andalsnes: 

Molde  Fjord  and  Andalsnes  were  covered  by  air  reconnaissance. 
No  enemy  forces  or  troopships  were  sighted. 

Submarines  report  cruisers  and  destroyers  on  varying  courses 
in  the  Shetlands  Passage.   U  "13n  sighted  a  heavy  cruiser  on 
southerly  course  north  of  the  Shetlends  (possibly  the  cruiser 
damaged  by  bomb  hits  on  13  April  west  of  Trondheim). 

Enemy  submarines  off  the  southwest  corner  of  Norway,  in  the 
Kattegat  and  Skagerrak. 

Three  French  submarines  east  of  Orfordnes  at  noon  on  14  April. 


Own  Situation 


Situation  in  Narvik: 


On  the  evening  of  14  April  British  destroyers  also  in  Gratangs- 
botten  west  of  Elvenes.   The  destroyers  in  Rombaken  Fjord 
broke  off  communication  with  the  unit  in  Elvegaardsmoen.   Deep 
new  snow  hinders  movements  by  the  unit  and  reconnaissance  of 


CONFIDENTIAL 


15  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


landing  fields  for  planes*   Air  reconnaissance  detected  16 
merchantmen,  5  transports  and  1  cruiser  near  Harstad. 
Apparently  large-scale  troop  disembarkations.   The  Mountain 
Division  expects  an  attack  by  Anglo -Norwegian  forces  on  Narvik 
and  Elvegaardsmoen. 

Possible  for  the  enemy  to  operate  undisturbed  from  Rombaken 
on  the  ore  railroad.   British  destroyers  put  to  sea  at  noon 
and  returned  in  the  evening  for  a  fresh  bombardment.   About 
2,100  members  of  our  destroyer  crews  -  so  far  scantily  armed 
and  supplied  -  are  engaged  in  defense  on  land.   According  to 
this  a  considerable  part  of  the  destroyer  crews  was  saved. 
So  far  no  news  about  the  crews  of  the  KUENNE  and  KOELLNER. 

Enemy  carrier-borne  planes  and  Norwegian  planes  from  Bardufoss 
airfield  carried  out  bombing  attacks  on  Narvik  and  the  Hartvig 
See.   No  success. 

For  disposition  of  forces  in  the  Narvik  area  see  radiogram 
file  of  15  April  -  radiogram  1725.   Group  Narvik  requests: 

Air  support. 

Closing  of  Rombaken  Fjord  by  submarines. 
Mining  of  the  channel  in  Rombaken  Fjord 
near  Stroemen. 

Air  Force  bombers  could  not  carry  out  the  supporting  night 
operation  as  scheduled  because  of  the  weather*   Army  supplies 
were  successfully  transported  and  ammunition  and  clothing 
dropped. 

The  use  of  submarines  in  West  Fjord  and  Ofot  Fjord  is  proving 

more  and  more  to  be  a  complete  failure.   Very  severe  depth 

charging,  air  patrol  and  unfavorable  light  conditions,  combined       f 

with  numerous  torpedo  failures,  prevent  the  boats  having  any 

chance  of  success.    (See  also  Submarine  Situation.) 

Closing  of  Rombaken  by  a  mine laying  submarine  must  also  be 
rejected  because  of  the  difficult  tactical  conditions.   The 
possibility  of  planes  operating  with  mines  is  under  review. 

Group  Narvik  received  the  following  directive  from  Armed 
Forces  High  Command  in  the  evening: 

"If  the  situation  forces  you  to  abandon  present 
positions,  set  up  a  base  in  the  mountains,  near  the 
ore  railroad  if  possible,  and  defend  yourselves  with 
supplies  dropped  by  plane.   Thoroughly  destroy  ore 


-140- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


15  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


railroad  forward  of  own  base*" 


Situation  in  Trondheim: 

Naval  Commander,  Trondheim  (Commander  v.  Pufendorf)  reports 
his  plan  for  a  surprise  raid  on  Oerlandet  with  the  aid  of  the 
patrol  vessels  commissioned. 

Conditions  at  the  airfield  near  Trondheim  still  leave  much  to 
be  desired.   Intermediate  landing  on  the  Jonsvatnet  See 
airfield  possible. 


Situation  in  Bergen: 

Patrol  and  pilot  service  has  been  instituted.   Outer  light 
extinguished.   Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  reports  that 
the  weak  forces  in  Bergen  urgently  require  the  prevention  of 
outflanking  enemy  landings  in  Samnanger  and  Soer  Fjords,  also 
in  Hardanger  and  Sogne  Fjords.   Since  minel8ying  is  not 
possible  for  the  present,  Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  requests 
that  three  submarines  should  patrol  the  entrances.   Commanding 
Admiral,  Submarines  has  detailed  submarines  accordingly  (U  "17", 
"23",  "24"). 

Planes  and  PT  boats  are  on  their  way  from  Stavanger  to  Bergen 
with  an  Army  battalion. 


Situation  in  Kristlansand; 

The  situation  on  land  is  cleared  up  by  breaking  the  resistance 

of  a  Norwegian  regiment. 


-141- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


15-April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Naval  and  Transport  Situation  In  the  Kattegat/Skagerrak: 

Group  Baltic  still  regards  the  submarine  situation  in  the 
Kattegat  and  eastern  Skagerrak  as  extremely  serious.   Submarine 
sighting  reports  have  come  in  from  off  Oslo  Fjord,  north  and 
east  of  Skagen  and  at  the  northern  entrance  to  the  Little  Belt. 
Submarine -chase  and  depth  charging  unsuccessful.   The  BRTJMMER 
was  torpedoed  southwest  of  Oslo  Fjord  during  the  night.   Success 
of  attempt  to  tow  her  in  is  questionable. 

In  Naval  Staff's  opinion  the  failure  to  date  of  anti-submarine 
defense  and  location  is  due  to  the  lack  of  practice  in  look-out 
duties  and  servicing  the  location  gear  and  to  the  apparently  great 
liability  of  the  sets  to  break  down,  according  to  reports  to  hand. 
From  time  to  time  so  many  sets  are  out  of  order  that  in  individual 
flotillas  only  1-2  hydrophone  or  echo-ranging  sets  are  available.       * 
In  addition  to  this,  it  has  so  far  only  been  possible  to  equip 
a  limited  number  of  defense  vessels  with  echo-ranging  sets. 
The  efficiency  of  the  sets  in  the  shallow  water  of  the  Kattegat 
must  also  be  regarded  as  limited. 

It  can  be  stated  that  German  anti-submarine  defense  does  not 
take  into  account  the  demands  made  on  At  and  In  the  long  run 
this  gives  rise  to  great  anxiety  for  the  future. 

Defense  of  the  sea  route  to  Oslo,  one  of  the  Navy's  most  vital 

tasks,  stands  or  falls  by  the  success  in  .combatting  the  great 

danger  from  submarines  and  mines.   The  experiences  of  the  last 

few  days  have  shown  that  the  enemy's  submarine  training  is  of  a 

high  standard,  that  enemy  submarines  have  very  good  hydrophone 

and  sighting1  gear  at  their  disposal  and  know  how  to  score  hits 

with  their  torpedoes.   It  is  the  duty  of  all  responsible  offices 

to  bring  anti-submarine  defense  and  training,  which  right  from 

the  beginning  of  the  war  has  always  been  a  special  anxiety  for         f 

Naval  Staff,  to  the  necessary  zenith  with  the  greatest  speed 

and  maximum  effort ,  and  to  ensure  that  all  submarine-chasers 

and  defense  vessels  are  quickly  equipped  with  efficient  location 

gear. 

Danger  from  mines  in  the  Kattegat  and  Skagerrak  demands  the 
most  careful  consideration,  even  though  there  is  no  proof  at 
present  that  mines  have  been  employed  on  a  large  scale.   The 
ferry  between  Nyborg  and  Korsoer  was  damaged  on  14  April  following 
an  explosion.   While  Group  Baltic  suspects  that  it  ran  on  one 
of  our  own  UMA's,  laid  shortly  before  as  a  deep  mine,  Commanding 
Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  points  out  the  possibility  that  this 
vas  a  British  aerial  mine,  since  a  bomber  was  previously  sighted. 


-142- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


15  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  possibility  that  aerial  mines  are  being  dropped  by 
British  planes  cannot  be  dismissed.    It  is  known  that  large 
British  flying  boats  can  lay  up  to  eight  mines  while  taxi-ing 
over  the  surface  of  the  water.   Further  observations  in  this 
direction  are  necessary.    Operational  offices  have  been 
notified  of  these  discoveries. 

Another  mine  warning  report  has  come  from  mine-exploaing  vessel 
"11",  which  struck  a  mine  when  anchoring  near  Sprogoe.    It  is 
also  a  question  here  as  to  whether  it  was  a  mine  in  our  own 
deep  barrage  or  one  laid  by  the  enemy. 

It  is  necessary  that  Naval  Staff  should  prepare  itself  for  the 
worst  and  from  now  on  expect  the  use  of  mines  by  enemy  planes, 
with  or  without  magnetic  firing.   Even  though  large-scale 
use  of  aerial  mines  is  at  present  improbable,  the  appearance 
of  single  mines  in  the  practice  areas  for  surface  forces  and 
submarines  and  at  most  widely  separated  traffic  centers  of 
North  Sea  and  Baltic  shipping  sets  Operations  Division  most 
difficult  tasks  -  in  view  of  the  small  number  of  mine sweeping 
units  -  which  force  speedy  review  of  all  possible  and  necessary 
defense  measures. 


Transports  to  Oslo  are  still  proceeding  as  planned.   A  great 
part  of  the  3rd  Sea  Transport  Unit  put  in  to  Oslo  during  the 
day.    The  last  group  had  to  call  at  Frederikshavn  because  of 
the  weather  and  will  arrive  in  Oslo  l8ter.    The  3rd  Troop 
Transport  Unit  has  been  delayed  in  Frederikshavn  because  of  the 
weather.    The  planned  mine laying  near  Skagen  also  had  to  be 
postponed  in  view  of  the  weather, 

Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  and  Commanding  Admiral, 
Norway  are  at  present  investigating  the  possibility  of  calling 
at  Larvik,  Frederlkstad,  Arendal  and  other  places  near  Oslo, 
also  pilot  service,  emergency  lights  and  unloading  facilities 
there,  because  of  the  great  danger  from  submarines  in  the 
entrance  to  Oslo  Fjord. 

According  to  Swedish  press  reports,  Swedish  territorial  waters 
on  the  west  coast  from  Halloe  to  Yttre  TIstlarne  have  been  mined 
and  the  approach  buoys  and  entrance  lights  extinguished  until 
further  notice. 


-143- 

COHPIDENTIAL 


15  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Submarine  Situation 

Because  of  reports  from  submarines  about  extremely  difficult 
operational  conditions  in  Vaags  Fjord  and  inside  West  Fjord, 
Naval  Staff  has  ordered  the  boats  off  Narvik  and  in  Vaags 
Fjord  to  withdraw  out  of  the  narrow  fjords  to  positions  where 
there  is  less  danger  and  where  chances  of  attack  still  exist. 

U  "48"  reports  a  vain  attempt  to  break  through  to  Narvik. 
Misses  and  failures  at  destroyers.  For  U  "46" fs  report, 
see  radiogram  2100.  U  "14"  had  a  miss  or  failure  on  the 
cruiser  ENTERPRISE. 

Submarine  disposition  otherwise  unchanged* 


Air  Situation; 

See  radiogram  file  of  15  April,  radiograms  1200,  2200,  2400. 


Merchant  Shipping 

1.      Norwegian  and  Danish  ships  overseas; 

No  tonnage  In  the  Black  Sea  at  present. 

The  sailing  of  Danish  and  Norwegian  ships  from  Italy 
is  being  prevented  or  delayed  by  technical  difficulties  as 
far  as  possible.   Italy,  however,  declines  to  hold  the  ships 
If  the  captains  protest,  for  fear  of  British  reprisals  against 
her  own  ships. 

No  Norwegian  and  Danish  tonnage  In  Soviet  ports. 

It  is  reported  from  Washington  that  neither  the  official 
representatives  of  Denmark  and  Norway  nor  their  shipping 
representatives  have  received  instructions  from  home,  and  they 
are  therefore  mostly  undecided  as  to  how  to  act  regarding 
merchant  ships. 


-144- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


15  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


As  the  Embassy  in  Oslo  reported  on  14  April,  the  Norwegian 
Association  of  Shipowners  has  issued  the  following  call  to 
all  ships  under  the  Norwegian  flag,  which  was  broadcast  by 
various  means: 

"The  Norwegian  Association  of  Shipowners  hereby 
calls  on  all  Norwegian  ships  to  put  in  to  the 
nearest  neutral  port  immediately  and  to  remain 
there  until  receipt  of  further  instructions  or  to 
make  for  a  Norwegian  port  if  this  is  nearer. 
All  ships  proceeding  to  Norway  or  which  are  in  other 
north  European  waters  are  to  procure  the  best 
possible  information  about  new  mine  barrages  for 
themselves." 

2,  Murmansk  run: 

Negotiations  are  planned  about  the  transportation  of 
phosphates  from  Kandalaschka  to  Leningrad  or  German  ports  via 
the  Stalin  Canal  on  German  lighters;   reciprocal  traffic-coal 
transports  for  Murmansk. 


-145- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


16-  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

Norway; 

Situation  unchanged.   A  radio  appeal  by  the  old  Norwegian 
Government  definitely  shows  that  it  has  thrown  in  its  lot 
with  the  Allies.   Narvik  and  vicinity  is  said  to  have  been 
recaptured;   Norwegian  pilots  and  officers  are  aiding  the 
Western  Powers'  expeditionary  corps;   the  people  are  asked 
to  accept  British  and  French  money.    It  is  the  duty  of  all 
citizens  to  help  the  authorities  and  to  report  treachery  and 
espionage. 

The  fact  that  the  old  Norwegian  Government  is  still  in  a 
position  to  exercise  certain  functions,  to  influence  the 
people  and  incite  them  to  resistance,  must  be  regarded  as 
extremely  regrettable.   It  was  a  definite  mistake  in  the 
operation  that  we  did  not  succeed  by  suitable  preparatory  steps 
in  ensuring  that  the  Norwegian  Government  was  captured  promptly 
and  that  a  new  and  capable  Government  was  set  up  right  on  the 
first  day  of  the  occupation. 

Propaganda  in  the  Swedish  press  is  creating  an  anti-German 
atmosphere.    The  Government's  desire  to  maintain  strict 
neutrality  is,  however,  shared  by  the  people  and  the  Government 
is  not  criticized. 


The  editor  Ansaldo,  who  acts  as  a  spokesman  for  Mussolini  in 
certain  affairs,  gave  a  radio  address  to  the  Italian  Army: 

"Events  show  that  no  nation  can  remain  outside 
the  conflict.   War  could  come  to  Italy  as  it 
came  to  Norway.    Italy  is  preparing  herself 
for  this  and  will  choose  the  most  favorable 
moment,  which  is  perhaps  nearer  than  is  believed." 


Russia  has  handed  to  Roumania  an  aide  memo'ire  on  various 
frontier  incidents.   Tension  between  Russia  and  Roumania 
continues.   The  Russians  are  making  military  preparations 


-146- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


16  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


and  assembling  troops. 

The  German  Ambassador  considers  the  situation  threatening, 
a  point  of  view  which  the  Army  General  Staff  does  not  share 
to  the  same  extent. 


The  British  Ambassador  informed  the  Japanese  Government 
on  13  April  that  in  case  of  necessity  Great  Britain  would 
take  the  Dutch  East  Indies  under  her  control.    If  Japan 
consented  to  this,  Japanese  tr8de  would  not  suffer.    Japan 
has  reserved  comment. 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items: 

1.  Conference  on  the  situation:   The  great  danger  from 
submarines  and  mines  on  the  sea  route  to  Oslo  forces  us  to 
consider  asking  Swe*den  to  permit  transport  of  material  overland 
to  Oslo.    The  subject  is  to  be  discussed  with  the  Fuehrer* 

If  such  a  proposal  is  not  possible  at  present,  designation 
and  buoying  of  a  skerries  route  along  the  coast  of  Sweden  for 
material  transports  must  be  requested. 

2.  Brigadier  General  Bodenschatz  has  informed  Commander 
in  Chief,  Navy  about  a  conference  between  a  Swedish  delegation 
under  Admiral  Tamm  and  Field  Marshal  Goering.    By  personal 
order  of  the  King,  Sweden  ha3  stated  that  she  will  repulse 
any  attack  on  her  territory  with  armed  force  and  is  specially 
resolved  to  defend  the  northern  Swedish  frontier  and  the  ore 
region  with  all  the  means  in  her  power.    The  Field  Marshal 
stated  that  the  German  operations  were  in  no  way  directed 
against  Sweden  and  that  Germany  desired  a  peaceful  Scandinavia. 
Swedish  wishes  would  be  taken  into  consideration  as  far  as 
possible . 

"Everything  to  a^  friendly  Sweden,  nothing  to  a 
hesitant  Sweden." 


-147- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


16  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


3.  With  reference  to  our  submarines •  lack  of  success 

in  northern  waters  and  fjords,  Chief,  Naval  Staff  is  desirous 
of  speedily  returning  the  boats  to  waters  offering  greater 
prospects  of  success  and  especially  of  using  some  boats  in  the 
Atlantic  for  the  resumption  of  war" against  merchant  shipping. 

4.  With  regard  to  the  despatch  of  the  next  auxiliary 
cruisers  in  operational  readiness  for  operations  against 
merchant  shipping,  it  has  been  decided  that  the  ships  are  to 
remain  in  the  home  operational  area  for  the  time  being,  since 
the  present  enemy  situation  practically  excludes  the  possibility 
of  a  successful  break-through  into  the  Atlantic.   Naval  Staff 
has  their  use  overseas  constantly  in  mind  and  if  the  situation 
develops  favorably  this  is  still  intended  at  a  later  date. 


P.M. 

Conference  between  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  and  the  Swedish 
Naval  Chief,  Admiral  Tamm 

Points  discussed: 
Swedish  wishes: 

1.  Continuation  of  Swedish  merchant  shipping,  return 
of  Swedish  ships  from  Denmark  and  Norway  to  Sweden c 

2.  Transfer  from  Italy  to  Sweden  of  4  torpedo  boats 
bought  from  the  Italians. 

3.  Safety  of  Swedish  shipping  in  the  Baltic,  anxiety 
about  British  minelaying  in  the  declared  area  in 
the  Baltic.    German  Navy  requested  to  inform 
Sweden  at  once  of  any  mines  detected  in  the  Baltic. 

4.  Request  for  help  in  Sweden's  armament,  which  will 
also  benefit  German  interests.    (Delivery  of  2  cm. 
anti-aircraft  guns  especially  requested.) 

Admiral  Tamm  confirmed  the  great  anxiety  about  German  operational 
plans  which  existed  in  Sweden  before  9  April.   These  were 
regarded  as  definitely  directed  against  Sweden.   He  prbmised 
Sweden's  strict  legality  of  action  and  her  readiness  to  conform 
with  German  wishes  as  far  £.s  compatible  with  neutrality. 

-148- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


16  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


German  wishes: 

1.  Creation  of  a  route  for  German  merchant  shipping, 
which  is  as  safe  against  submarines  as  possible, 
in  the  skerries  along  the  west  coast  of  Sweden, 
with  pilot  service  or  buoys. 

2.  The  extinguished  outer  lights  on  the  west  coast  of 
Sweden  to  be  put  on  and  radio  beacons  operated,  when 
requested. 

3.  Prevention  of  enemy  submarines  using  Swedish  territorial 
waters;   according  to  German  observations,  these  have 
fired  from  territorial  waters,  disregarding  Swedish 
neutrality. 

4.  Mining  of  the  southern  entrance  to  the  Kogrund  Channel 
by  Sweden. 

Admiral  Tamm  was  also  informed  of  Naval  Staff's  suspicion 
that  several  Norwegian  torpedo  boats  have  sought  refuge  in 
Swedish  waters. 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

i 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic: 

Great  Eritaln: 

Of  the  cruisers  operating  earlier  in  the  North  Atlantic,  the 
EFFINGHAM  and  ENTERPRISE  which  were  probably  in  dock  lately, 
appear  in  the  North  Sea.   The  ORION  in  the  West  Indies  area 
was  ordered  at  noon  on  13  April  to  proceed  to  Gibraltar  as 
quickly  as  possible  after  taking  on  fuel  and  provisions  in 
Trinidad. 

Apart  from  the  net layer  GUARDIAN,  some  destroyers  and  the 
survey  vessel  FRANKLIN  are  patrolling  the  Faroes.   They  are 
supplied  with  food  and  ammunition  by  trawlers. 

The  aircraft  carrier  GLORIOUS  has  arrived  in  the  Channel  area 
from  the  Mediterranean. 


-149- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


16  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


According  to  a  report  from  Intelligence  Center,  Spain, 
the  ARK  ROYAL  is  said  to  have  left  Gibraltar,  east  bound. 
(Last  report  requires  investigation.) 

France; 

Intelligence  Center,  Spain,  reports: 

Aircraft  carrier  BEARU  and  one  destroyer  passed  Gibraltar  on 
easterly  course  at  0930  on  16  April. 

Vessels  in  the  Bizerta  and  Algiers  area  received  several 
priority  radiograms  containing  movement  orders  which  are  to 
be  carried  out  with  the  greatest  speed. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters 

Narvik-North  Cape  area: 

The  aircraft  carrier  FURIOUS  and  three  destroyers  put  in  to 
Tromsoe. 

In  the  West  F.jord-Vaags  Fjord  area: 

The  battleship  WARSPITE,  probably  another  battleship,  several 
cruisers,  including  the  cruiser  AURORA  with  the  Admiral  of  the 
Fleet  (Chatfield),  and  several  destroyers. 

Troops  appear  to  have  been  landed  in  Harstad  and  Saalangen. 
Particulars  regarding  this  have  not  been  received. 

Area  around  Trondhelm: 

Two  cruisers  and  five  destroyers  reported  near  the  island  of 
Vega  (entrance  to  Mosjoen). 

The  cruiser  GLASGOW  with  destroyers  of  the  4th  Destroyer 
Flotilla  and  the  transport  CHOBRY  in  Namsos  Fjord.   General 
Wiart  in  command  of  the  troops  ashore. 

Enemy  destroyers  are  also  still  detected  in  Folda  Fjord. 

Three  cruisers  and  four  destroyers  were  reported  by  a  submarine  in 
Romsdals  Fjord.   Enemy  forces  are  moving  in  the  area  Romsdals  Fjord/ 
Andalsnes.   Strength  of  transport  units  not  ascertained. 
Landings  expected.   Wick  Radio  sent  very  urgent  radiograms  via 
Aalesund  to  a  cover  address  in  Andalsnes.   Destruction  of  the 


-150- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


16  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Aalesund  redio  station  is  urgently  necessary. 

Destroyers  and  two  large  transports  were  reported  in  the 
Shetlands  area. 

For  development  of  the  enemy  situation  from  7-14  April, 
disposition  of  enemy  navel  forces  and  their  movements,  based 
on  the  results  of  radio  intelligence,  see  Radio  Monitoring 
Report  No.  15/40. 


Own  Situation 


Atlantic: 


The  situation  in  the  North  Sea  and  the  strong  concentration  of 
forces  along  the  Norwegian  coast  make  the  speedy  appearance  of 
the  two  auxiliary  cruisers,  Ships  "16"  and  "36",  appear  necessary 
to  effect  a  diversion.   Naval  Staff  hopes  that  the  appearance 
of  the  auxiliary  cruisers  will  cause  the  enemy  forces,  at  present 
very  extensively  ordered  into  home  v/aters,  to  be  re-disposed. 
The  use  especially  of  further  aircraft  carriers  in  the  northern 
area  for  the  purpose  of  constantly  threatening  our  bases  in 
Norway  from  the  air  must  be  regarded  as  highly  undesirable. 
The  auxiliary  cruisers  received  the  following  orders  with 
radiograms  1814  and  1849: 

1.  Speedy  appearance  desired  to  relieve  situation  in 
North  Sea. 

2.  Ship  "36"  to  operate  in  the  North  Atlantic  for  the 
time  being.   Expect  delay  of  up  to  14  days. 
Choice  of  operational  area  left  to  your  discretion. 
If  situation  permits,  simulate  presence  of  pocket 
battleship  by  means  of  deceptive  radio  message  to 
merchant  shipping.   Example:   "Gunned  pocket 
battleship"  with  corrupt  position  and  name  of  a 
steamer  sunk  if  possible. 

3.  Ship  "16"  speed  up  passage  to  South  Atlantic. 
Appear  as  soon  as  possible  on  the  Cape-Freetown 
route. 


-151- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


16  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


4.      Both  ships  to  carry  on  as  per  operational  order 

after  their  first  success  or  as  soon  as  the  enemy  is 
aware  of  their  presence. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters 

Naval  Forces : 

After  17  April  the  battleships  will  be  in  12  hours'  readiness 
for  operations.    The  HIPPER' s  repairs  can  be  expected  to  last 
at  least  14  days. 

The  tanker  NORDMARK  has  been  instructed  to  stand  on  and  off, 
away  from  the  enemy,  in  northern  waters  at  her  own  discretion 
and  to  await  further  orders. 

The  destroyers  ECKKOLDT  and  HEINEMANN  coming  from  Trondheim 
put  in  to  home  ports.   For  brief  reports  see  radiogram  file  of 
16  April,  1735. 

In  order  to  prevent  losses  from  our  own  action,  the  following 
procedure  is  to  be  adopted,  according  to  the  Fuehrer's  order, 
the  regulations  previously  issued  being  amended: 

a)  Any  German  warship  is  to  regard  any  approaching 
plane  as  enemy  and  to  attack  it  at  once  without 
waiting  to  see  whether  recognition  is  possible. 

b)  Any  German  warship  is  to  identify  itself  to 
any  approaching  plane  by  day  -  apart  from  the 
permanent  markings  or  those  ordered  from  time 
to  time  (painting  of  turret  covers  and  gun 
shields,  painting  on  of  Swastika  flags,  etc)  - 
by  long  fleshes  from  the  searchlight  and  the 
firing  of  recognition  signal  cartridges,  even 
if  enemy  planes  are  suspected;   at  night,  by  firing 
recognition  signal  cartridges,  at  latest  when 
opening  fire.    Even  after  opening  fire,  flashes 
from  the  searchlight  depend  on  the  tactical 
situation. 

Situation  in  Narvik; 

Successful  operation  on  land  from  Hundalen  to  the  Swedish 
frontier  has  given  us  possession  of  the  entire  ore  railroad. 
One  Norwegian  battalion  taken  prisoner,  200  Norwegians  escaped 
over  the  frontier  to  Sweden.   Bombing  raids  by  French  bi-planes 
unsuccessful.    Supplies  of  heavy  machine-guns  and  anti-aircraft 
guns  for  Narvik  continue  to  be  brought  by  air. 

—152— 

CONFIDENTIAL 


16  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


In  the  evening  two  British  destroyers  were  again  patrolling 
off  Narvik. 

The  supply  submarines  U  "43"  and  U  "26"  were  ordered  to  make 
for  Narvik  since  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  still  considered 
it  possible  for  the  boats  to  break  through  to  Narvik  in  spite 
of  the  known  difficulties.   Narvik  Port  Commander,  however, 
reported  in  the  evening  that  he  had  severe  misgivings  about 
submarines  putting  in  to  the  defenseless  harbor  considering 
the  close  destroyer  patrol  and  danger  of  espionage.    The  question 
of  re-routing  the  submarines  is  again  being  investigated- with 
Group  21. 

Situation  in  Trondheim: 

Situation  on  land  still  assured.    Successful  sortie  along  the 
railroad  to  Sweden  as  far  as  the  Swedish  frontier. 

Seaplane  base  and  airdrome  are  serviceable.    The  operational 
readiness  of  the  planes  so  far  brought  up,  however,  is  very 
slight  owing  to  lack  of  ground  staff  and  the  great  demands  made 
on  personnel  and  material.    The  seaplane  base  was  unsuccessfully 
attacked  by  planes  with  German  markings  at  noon.    Trondheim 
Port  Commander  reports  that  Commander,  Trondheim  has  taken  over 
patrol  duties  and  anti-submarine  and  mine  defense.   No  mines 
detected  to  date.   Two  torpedo  batteries,  each  with  a  triple 
tube  (dismantled  from  the  destroyers  in  Narvik)  are  ready  for 
action  near  the  batteries  at  Selven  and  Hysnes. 

Situation  in  Bergen: 

Hasty  reinforcement  of  anti-aircraft  defense  has  been  ordered 
in  the  Bergen  sector.    The  Navy  and  Air  Force  are  to  exploit 
every  possibility  for  this.   An  8.8  cm  anti-aircraft  battery 
is  to  be  brought  by  submarines  as  the  first  step.   Preliminary 
work  is  in  progress  by  Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  for  the 
erection  of  torpedo  batteries. 

The  submarines  took  on  supplies  in  Bergen  according  to  plan. 
Since  it  has  been  detected  that  Norwegian  pilots  are  working 
with  the  British,  the  seizure  of  the  main  pilot  station  at 
Koppervik  has  been  ordered.  The  operation  is  to  be  carried 
out  by  Army  troops  from  Stavenger.  These  are  to  be  brought 
up  by  seaplanes  and  naval  forces. 

Situation  in  Stavanger; 

The  airfield  at  Stavanger  is  at  present  completely  obstructed 
by  overcrowding,  the  effects  of  enemy  bombing  raids  and  numerous 
unserviceable  planes.   Not  open  for  landings  or  supplies. 

-153- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


16  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Situation  In  Kristiansand: 

Nothing  special  to  report. 

Situation  in  Oslo: 

Submarine  warning  in  Oslo  Fjord  near  Horten.   Further  progress 
was  made  in  taking  over  and  establishing  readiness  of  coastal 
batteries.   Torpedo  battery  South  Kaholm  ready  to  fire  and 
manned.    (The  BLUECHER  received  two  hits  from  this  battery.) 

Submarine  and  torpedo  dockyard  in  Toensbjerg  has  been  taken 
over  and  is  in  operation. 

Situation  in  Skagerrak/Kattegat : 

For  further  defense  of  sea  communications  with  Oslo  against 
submarines,  Naval  Staff  has  ordered: 

1.  Reinforcement  of  the  Skagerrak  barrage  by  adapted 
EMC  mines  with  a  long  mooring  rope  and  upper  antenna 
(40  m.).   Antenna  buoy  setting  minus  15  m.    Contact 
setting  switched  on.    (400  probably  ready  for  delivery 
on  20  April,  600  more  being  prepared.) 

2.  Taking  over  of  submarine-chase  in  the  Kattegat  and 
Skagerrak  by  Commander  Naval  Air,  Baltic  under  whom 
the  606th  Group  is  placed  for  this  purpose  immediately. 
It  is  planned  to  bring  up  another  squadron  of  He.  59' s 
for  anti-submarine  operations. 

t 

3.  Group  Baltic  received  submarine-chasers  "A  -  F" 
from  Group  West  on  request. 

Sea  Transport  Situation: 

Following  the  torpedoing  of  the  BRUMMER, Group  Baltic  considers 
the  limit  of  the  justifiable  use  of  naval  forces  so  farfbr 
transport  assignments  to  be  reached  and  requests  urgently  a 
lull  of  several  days  to  devote  exclusively  to  submarine -chase 
and  the  laying  of  mine  barrages.    It  proposes  that  collective 
transports  be  carried  out  by  air  in  the  meantime  and  that 
Sweden  be  pressed  to  allow  material  transports  with  pilots 
and  warship  escort  to  proceed  through  territorial  waters. 
Group  Baltic  also  considers  that  transports  of  personnel  on 
tbrpedo  boats  in  pairs  proceeding  at  high  speed  to  varying  ports 
such  as  Langesund,  Arendal,  Krageron,  Larvik,  Toensbjerg  and 
Sande  Fjord  can  be  advocated  if  necessary,  provided  there  are 
unloading  facilities  and  lights. 

-154- 

CONFIDENTIAL  . 


16  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Naval  Staff  agrees  with  Group  Baltic  in  its  appreciation  of 
transport  possibilities  and  the  great  strain  put  on  naval 
forces.    (See  letter  to  Group  21,  Transport  Chief,  dated 
16. April,  Reference  file  "Weseruebung" • ) 

The  priority  of  these  transports  was,  however,  so  highly- 
emphasized  when  examining  the  transport  question  with  Armed 
Forces  High  Command  and  Transport  Chief,  Group  'dl,    that  Naval 
Staff  is  forced  to  order  transport  of  material  and  personnel 
to  continue  as  before.   Group  Baltic  has  been  instructed 
accordingly. 

Losses  are  to  be  avoided  as  far  as  possible  by  using  all 
available  escort  forces. 

Personnel  to  be  carried  from  Frederikshavn  on  the  fast 
vessels  scheduled  for  this  if  the  readiness  of  the  vessels 
permits. 

Transports  of  material  as  previously  planned.   Ships  will 
also  be  utilized  to  a  slight  extent  to  transport  personnel. 

Urgent  assignments  are  the  transfer  of  the  13th  Machine-Gun 
Battalion,  the  40  Armored  Battalion  and  transport  columns. 

In  Oslo,  Group  'dl   cleared  up  the  subject  of  alternative  ports. 
According  to  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway's  report,  only  ports 
near  Oslo  can  be  considered  because  of  the  difficulties  of 
transportation  in  Norway.   Troops  are  now  scheduled  to  be 
transported  to  Larvik  for  the  present. 


For  assignments  and  positions  of  the  forces  of  Commanding 
Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  see  radiogram  file  of  16  April,  1200. 

The  extraordinarily  great  strain  on  all  the  forces  of 
Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  is  apparent  from  this 
report.   Rests,  relief  and  overhaul  periods  are  limited  to 
the  utmost. 

Special  difficulties  arise  from  the  lack  of  and  liability  to 
break  down  of  the  location  sets  on  submarine  chaser  forces. 
Of  24  echo-ranging  sets  available  10  are  at  present  out  of 
order.   It  is  urgently  necessary  to  obviate  these  deficiencies 
and  to  do  this  as  quickly  as  possible. 

-155- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


16  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Submarine  Situation 

Vaags  Fjord: 

U  "47"  reports  use  of  hydrophones  and  heavy  depth  charging 
by  the  enemy.    One  G  7a  failure,  three  electric  torpedo  non- 
detonators.   Boat  is  leaving  Vaags  Fjord.   U  "65"  also 
reports  most  difficult  operational  conditions. 

It  is  learned  from  radio  monitoring  that  the  destroyer 
FEARLESS  has  apparently  sunk  one  submarine. 

West  Fjord: 

U  "46"  and  "51"  have  been  assigned  new  positions  in  the  area 
north  of  Trondheim.   U  "25"  is  to  search  the  bays  in  West  Fjord 
for  enemy  forces. 

Romsdals  Fjord: 

Reconnaissance  by  U  "52"  without  result.   No  enemy  sightings. 

U  "13"  sank  a  TRIBAL  class  destroyer  north  of  the  Shetlands. 

Otherwise  no  special  changes  in  disposition. 


Air  Situation 

See  events  of  the  day,  radiogram  file,  2400, 


Merchant  Shipping 

Group  Oslo  has  requested  permission  for  single  transports 
returning  from  Oslo  to  return  through  Swedish  territorial 
waters  with  the  aid  of  pilots.    The  steamers  would  have  to 
anchor  at  night  because  of  the  extinguishing  of  the  lights. 
Permission  has  been  given.   Group  Baltic  was  already  informed 
some  days  ago  that  there  was  no  objection  even  to  the  passage 
of  troopships  through  Swedish  territorial  waters. 


-156- 

C  CONFIDENTIAL 


16  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


German  Shipping  in  the  Baltic : 

The  Ministry  of  Transportation  permits  shipping  south  of 
the  line  Cape  Kullen-Hesseloe-Aarhus •    Permission  from 
Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  is  necessary  north  of 
this, 

German  Merchant  Shipping  Losses  since  9  April : 

32  ships  totaling  166,411  GRT.    Further,  7  ships  totaling 
26,634  GRT  cannot  be  used  at  present  as  they  lie'  north  of 
Stadtlandet. 

Danish  and  Norwegian  ships  in  German  ports: 

9  Danish  totaling  11,339  GRT,  7  Norwegian  totaling  13,060  GRT. 

Danish  Shipping: 

The  Danish  short  wave  transmitter  again  broadcast: 

"Danish  ships  are  again  called  on  to  make  for 
neutral  ports,  ships  in  the  Mediterranean  if 
possible  Italian  or  Spanish  ports.    If  occasion 
arises,  attempt  to  reach  home  ports," 

The  Danish  Foreign  Ministry  has  despatched  a  coded  circular 
telegram  to  this  effect  to  Danish  representatives  abroad. 


-157- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


17  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

1.  Norwegian  campaign: 

Reynaud  spoke  In  the  Senate  about  the  Allies • 
successes: 

1.  The  first  success  lies  in  a  severe  and 
irremediable  weakening  of  German  sea  power; 

2.  Germany  is  cut  off  from  Swedish  ore. 
Minefields  lie  all  over  the  Baltic, 
cutting  off  also  this  shipping  route  to  the 
ore; 

3.  Germany  is  forced  to  fight  on  a  new  front. 
She  is  squandering  troops,  guns,  planes 
and  fuel; 

4.  The  fourth  result  is  a  colossal  moral  defeat. 
King  Haakon  was  taken  for  another  Eerr  Hacha 
from  Czechoslovakia.   Quisling's  sham  Government 
has  collapsed. 

2.  The  Swedish  Government  has  banned  a  speech  by  Hambro, 
the  Norwegian  President  of  the  Storthing.   It  has  also 
prohibited  recruiting  of  volunteers  for  Norway.   The  Swedish 
Foreign  Minister  solemnly  assured  the  German  Ambassador  on 

15  April  that  all  military  measures  taken  by  Sweden  were 
directed  exclusively  to  the  defense  of  her  neutrality.    Units 
had  to  be  reinforced  to  protect  the  lengthy  Swedish-No rue gian 
frontier.   It  was  the  most  earnest  desire  of  the  Swedish 
Government  to  meet  Germany1 s  political  and  economic  wishes  as 
far  as  possible;   the  deliveries  of  ore  according  to  contract 
would  be  carried  out  to  the  extent  agreed  on. 

3.  The  British  Ambassador  in  Washington  stated  that 
neither  Great  Britain' nor  Canada  planned  to  occupy  Greenland 
or  Iceland  unless  Germany  planned  to  do  so. 

4.  Halifax  assured  the  Dutch  Ambassador  that  Great 
Britain  would  respect  the  neutrality  of  the  Netherlands. 

5.  According  to  a  letter  from  Mussolini  to  the  Fuehrer, 
the  Italian  Navy  is  mobilized  and  at  full  war  strength.   It 
could  not  be  established  to  date  whether  considerable  parts 
of  the  Italian  Fleet  have  gone  to  the  Dodecanese. 

The  Italian  press  states: 

"The  moment  has  come  to  review  the  situation 

in  the  Mediterranean  with  regard  to  the  relations 

-158- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


17  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


between  Great  Britain,  France  and  Italy." 

6.      Lively  discussions  in  the  U.S.A.,  Great  Britain  and 
Japan  about  the  possible  protection  of  the  Dutch  East  Indies 
Holland  states  angrily  that  she  is  strong  enough  alone  to 
protect  the  Dutch  East  Indies  with  her  own  forces.    In  the 
U.S.A.  it  is  declared  that  any  Japanese  action  against  the 
Dutch  East  Indies  would  come  up  against  very  strong  U.S. 
resistance  and  might  perhaps  lead  to  the  U.S.A. 's  entry  into 
the  war. 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items 

1.  Report  on  future  submarine  operations.   For  result  see 
under  Submarine  Situation. 

2.  For  report  from  Lieut.  Cdr.  Gerlach,  2nd  Staff  Officer 
of  Commander,  Destroyers  about  the  destroyer  operation  against 
Narvik  and  the  actions  on  10  and  13  April,  see  War  Diary,  Part  B, 
Vol.  V.  page  133 


j<->  . 


The  report  fills  Naval  Staff  with  pride.    It  shows  that  the 
majority  of  the  destroyers  were  not  annihilated  by  the  enemy 
but,  after  a  heroic  fight  against  overwhelming  odds  under  the 
most  unfavorable  tactical  conditions,  scuttled  themselves  or 
ran  on  the  rocks,  after  the  last  shell  and  torpedo  had  been 
fired.    The  crews'  behavior  during  and  after  the  action  was 
excellent  and  in  accordance  with  the  spirit  and  famous  tradition 
of  the  German  torpedo  arm. 


-159- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


17  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Survey  of  the  Situation 

Speciel  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic; 

Great  Britain; 

The  Admiralty  announces  the  laying  of  mine  barrages  to  protect 
the  Clyde  estuary  in  the  following  area,  according  to  Rugby 
radio; 

Between  the  lines  connecting  Dunningham  Point 

(55°  19.5'N,  5°  33'W)  and  Scraigans  Point 

(55°  3.5 'N,  5°  3»W)  and  Rhuad  Point  (55°  21.5'N, 

5°  31 »W)  and  Bennan  Head  (55°  8.5'N,  4°  59,5 »W). 

Patrol  vessels  are  stationed  at  the  southern  ^ 

end.   Shipping  is  instructed  to  procure  ana 

follow  directions  from  the  Royal  Navy  and/or 

consular  authorities. 

France ; 

Four  French  submarines  arrived  in  Harwich  on  17  April. 

According  to  bearings,  the  large  destroyer  MOGADOR  and 
another  vessel  were  detected  northeast  of  the  Firth  of  Moray 
in  the  afternoon. 


North  Sea/Northern  Waters; 

Intelligence  Center,  Belgium  transmits  an  agent's  report, 
according  to  which  the  Home  Fleet  operating  in  the  Norwegian 
campaign  is  to  be  regrouped  by  withdrawing  six  large  British 
vessels  and  replacing  them  by  six  lighter  French  vessels. 
Admiral  Forbes  commands  the  French  Fleet  units.   A  new  large- 
scale  landing  is  to  be  attempted  near  Namsos.   According  to 
further  agents'  reports,  Frer  i,  Scottish  and  Canadian  mountain 
troops  are  on  their  way  to  Norway. 

Narvik-Tromsoe  area; 

Only  incomplete  information  on  the  movements  of  enemy  forces  in 
the  north  Norwegian  theater  could  be  gained  since  our  air  activity 

-160- 

C0NFID3NTIAL 


17  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


had  to  be  limited  to  the  despatch  of  one  FW  £00. 

One  heavy  cruiser  wag  spotted  off  Harstad  and  one  battleship 
(WARSPITE)  and  several  destroyers  in  the  fjord  southwest  of 
Andorja  Island. 

Radio  intelligence  detected  the  cruiser  EFFINGHAM  in  the  area 
off  Tromsoe. 

In  the  morning  U  "46"  reported  three  troopships,  probably 
returning,  on  southwesterly  course  northwest  of  Mosjoen. 

According  to  radio  monitoring,  the  transfer  of  the  aircraft 
carrier  GLORIOUS  into  the  operational  area  along  the  Norwegian 
coast  is  to  be  expected. 

Area  around  Trondheim: 

In  the  morning  air  reconnaissance  detected  'd   cruisers  and 
5  destroyers  southwest  of  Folda  Fjord  and  another  cruiser  northwest 
of  it.   Reconnaissance  of  Ram  Fjord  and  the  road  to  the  south 
showed  no  transports,  naval  forces  or  troops. 

She t lands -Norway  area: 

In  the  forenoon  Stavanger  was  shelled  by  cruisers  and  a 
destroyer.   The  formation  was  detected  60  miles  west  of  Haugesund 
at  noon  on  westerly  course  proceeding  at  high  speed.   In  the 
afternoon  the  cruiser  SUFFOLK,  damaged  by  air  attack,  urgently 
requested  aid  from  tugs.   The  enemy  succeeded  in  bringing  her 
in.    The  battle  cruiser  REPULSE  was  50  miles  east  of  Fair 
Passage  towards  evening,  probably  to  pick  up  the  cruiser  formation. 

Own  Situation 

Situation  in  Narvik; 

Destroyer  patrol  in  Rombaken  Fjord  continues;   this  is  apparently 
interrupted  always  for  a  short  time  only.   A  British  attempt 
to  land  by  means  of  cutters  in  Herjaengs  Fjord  was  repulsed. 
British  destroyers  shelled  German  positions  and  batteries  in 
the  afternoon.    Bardufoss  airfield  is  occupied  by  Norwegians 
and  there  are  some  light  planes  there.   About  5  cm.  of  snow 
until  the  end  of  Kay,  then  unserviceable  for  three  weeks,  there- 
fore no  possibility  of  bomber  operations  at  present  from  here. 

Supplies  by  plane  for  the  destroyer  crews  have  commenced. 
Attempts  are  being  made  to  fly  urgently  required  officers  and 
experts  home. 

-131- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


17  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Situation  in  Trondheim: 

Port  Commander,  Trondheim  (Captain  Thiele)  requests  that  men 
from  destroyers,  some  of  whom  are  manning  the  batteries,  be 
relieved  by  coastal  specialists.   The  coastal  battery  at 
Bettinges  with  %d   x  21  cm.  and  3  x  15  era.  guns  and  the  battery 
at  Heysnes  with  2  x  21  cm.  and  2  x  15  cm.  guns  are  ready  for 
action. 

Plans : 


To 


restore  readiness  to  proceed  of  the  destroyers  JACOEI  snd 
RIEDEL  and  to  send  them  home.    It  is  hoped  to  get  the  JACOEI 
up  to  a  speed  of  30  knots  despite  the  stoppage  of  part  of  a 
turbine • 


Situation  in  Bergen: 

Reconnaissance  of  the  seaplane  base  at  Flatoey  shows  that  it 
is  suitable  for  use.   The  base  was  still  occupied  by  Norwegians. 
Four  runways.   Use  not  possible  until  anti-aircraft  defense 
is  available. 

Submarines  supplied  as  planned. 

Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  reports  that  the  town  and  country 
authorities  will  obey  the  orders  of  the  Oslo  Administrative 
Committee. 

Situation  in  Stavanger: 

Enemy  cruisers  and  destroyers  shelled  the  seaplane  base  in  the 
morning.    Buildings,  material,  ammunition  and  four  seaplanes 
destroyed.   Airfield  not  hit.    All  Stavanger' s  light  and 
power  installations  out  of  action. 

Strong  forces  of  the  26th  Bomber  Wing  and  the  30th  Bomber  Wing 
contacted  the  enemy  formation  west  of  Haugesund. 


Several  hit°  were  scored: 
Stern  of  1  heavy  cruiser 


1  x  500  kg. 
1  x   250  kg. 


-162- 


CONFIDETTTIAL 


17  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


1  destroyer  1  x  250  kg. 

Amidships ,1  cruiser     1  x  1,000^,  kg. 
1  cruiser  1  x  500  kg. 

1  cruiser  1  x  500  kg. 

1  x  500  kg.  just  by  the  ship's  side. 

Radio  traffic  indicates  severe  damage  to  the  cruiser  SUFFOLK, 
which  urgently  requested  aid  from  tugs  and  was  able  to  reach 
her  base.    (After  engine  room  and  steering  compartment  under 
water. ) 

The  need  for  the  erection  of  a  coastal  battery  in  Stavanger  is 
urgent,  as  shown  by  today's  shelling. 

Orders  will  be  given  accordingly. 


Because  of  the  shelling  of  Stavanger,  Group  West  requests  the 
transfer  of  available  Army  batteries  to  protect  Tyboroen  until 
the  naval  battery  is  set  up. 

Situation  in  Kristlansand  and  Oslo: 

Nothing  special  to  report.    2  x  21  cm.,  6  x  15  cm.  guns  ready 
for  action  in  Kristlansand. 

Situation  in  the  North  Sea; 

Ten  planes  of  the  3rd  Coastal  Patrol  Squadron  of  the  506th 
Group  and  eight  planes  of  the  1st  Group  of  the  126th  Bomber 
Wing  laid  aerial  mines  In  the  area  of  the  Downs  and  Edinburgh 
Channel;   24  LMB  mines  dropped. 


In  order  to  increase  the  enemy's  impression  of  the  effectiveness 
of  the  Skagerrak  mine  barrages  It  is  suggested  to  Group  West 
that  a  suitable  vessel  should  pretend  to  have  struck  a  mine  in 
the  deep  channel  through  transmission  of  an  S.O.S.  on  the  steamer 
wave. 


-163- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


17  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Situation  In  the  Skagerrak/Kattegat : 

Danger  from  submarines  as  great  as  ever  as  far  as  the  entrances 
to  the  Baltic.    Two  submarines  sighted  north  of  Schultz  Grund. 
Submarine  warning  in  Friedericla  in  the  afternoon.    Submarine 
chase  unsuccessful.   Another  underwater  explosion  on  the  Nyborg- 
Korsoer  ferry  off  the  entrance  to  Korsoer  while  following  a 
mine- exploding  vessel.   Minesweeper  "12"  checked  the  route  on 
17  April  without  any  result.   Possibly  our  own  UMA  barrage  is 
faulty.    Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  has  therefore 
ordered  the  immediate  sweeping  of  our  deep  barrages  in  the  Great 
and  Little  Belts,  100  per  cent  searching  sweep  of  the  ferry 
route  from  Nyborg  to  Korsoer  and  laying  of  buoys. 

In  Naval  Staff's  opinion,  the  possibility  of  enemy  aerial 
minelaylng  here  must  be  taken  into  account. 

Transport  situation; 

Fast  troop  transport  and  first  fishing  smack  transport  arrived 
in  Larvik  and  Oslo.    Other  transports  delayed  by  the  weather. 


Denmark: 

Coastal  Defense  Commander,  Denmark  reports  that  3  x  21  cm.  guns 
are  manned  on  the  island  of  Flakfort  east  of  Copenhagen. 

Submarine  Situation 

It  is  necessary  to  fix  present  and  future  assignments  for  further 
submarine  operations  according  to  plan.    The  continuous 
fulfillment  of  tasks  arising  must  be  accomplished  by  a  corre- 
spondingly smaller  number  of  submarines  on  operation. 

Naval  Staff  at  present  foresees  the  following  assignments  for 
submarines  : 

1.  Occupation  of  the  area  Vaags  Fjord-West  Fjord  in 
attack  dispositions. 

2.  Occupation  of  the  area  from  the  Orkneys  to  the  Minch. 


-164- 

CONFIDEIITIAL 


17  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

3.  Defense  of  the  Trondheim  and  Bergen  areas. 

4.  Transport  of  supplies  to  Narvik  and  Trondheim. 

5.  War  against  merchant  shipping  in  the  Atlantic 
with  boats  still  available. 

6.  Use  of  boats  for  Operation  "Gelb."  if  necessary. 

7.  Withdrawal  of  boats  for  submarine  training. 

Group  West  and  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  have  received 
an  order  to  endeavor  to  fulfill  these  assignments  by  the 
use  of  the  following  numbers  of  submarines: 

1.  In  the  Lofoten  area  at  present  the  large  boats 
already  there. 

2.  In  the  Orkneys-Minch  area,  always  3-4  small  boats.  . 

3.  Defend  the  Trondheim  area  with  3  medium-sized  and  3 
small  boats. 

4.  Defend  the  Bergen-Stavanger  area  with  2  small  boats. 

5.  The  6  large  boats  scheduled  are  to  be  used  for 
transport  assignments  and  for  temporary  defense  assignments 
in  Norway. 

6.  The  »large  boats  still  available  to  operate  in  the 
Atlantic. 

7.  For  Operation  "Gelb"  boats  to  be  taken  from  Bergen  or 
from  those  resting. 

8.  Eight  small  boats  to  be  made  available  immediately 
for  training  purposes,  9  more  boats  from  May; 
Norwegian  and  Danish  boats  to  be  brought  up  for  this 
if  possible. 


In  view  of  Armed  Forces  High  Command's  appreciation  of  the 
situation  that  it  is  necessary  to  concentrate  supplies  on  the 
Trondheim  area,  supply  boats  U  "43"  and  "26"  have  now  finally 
been  diverted  to  Trondheim. 


-165- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


17  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


IT  "29"  sailed  for  Bergen  and  Trondheim  as  an  additional 
supply  boat,  carrying  5  tons  of  2  cm.  ammunition,  alkali 
cartridges  and  distilled  water. 


Positions  on  17  April: 

Outer  Vaags  Fjord: 

Outer  West  Fjord: 
Returning  from  the  Lofotens: 
Northwest  of  Trondheim: 
Namsen  Fjord-Folda  Fjord: 

Off  Trondheim: 
Romsdals  Fjord: 
Bergen- Lister  area: 

Area  around  the  Shetlands: 

On  passage:   Supply  boats: 
On  return  passage: 


"38",  "65", 

"49"  (?) 

"51" 

"48",  "46", 

"25" 

"61",  "34", 

"50"  (?) 
14" 
"52" 
"24", 
"17", 
"58", 
"19", 
"43", 


n 


"9" 

"30*  , 

"23", 

"62", 

"59", 

"13", 

"26", 

"37" 

and  U 


»»« 


»47» 


"7", 

IMII 

"57", 


"60", 
"5",  "6" 
"56", 


"10",  "3" 
"29" 


21",  freed  from  internment* 


Great  anxiety  is  felt  regarding  the  fate  of  U 
and  U  "50"  (Bauer).   U  "22"  (Jenisch) 
from  17  April. 


"47"  (v.  Gossler) 
is  posted  missing  as 


Air  Situation 

See  Air  Force  Events  of  the  Day,  17  April  in  Volume  "Air 
Situation". 


Merchant  Shipping: 

After  further  enquiry  from  Naval  Staff,  the  Ministry  of 


-166- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


17  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Transportation  has  issued  instructions  that  German  ships  are 
to  sail  from  Baltic  ports  as  planned  in  spite  of  the  British 
announcement  of  a  declared  area. 


"Export"  Unit: 

There  is  now  information  about  the  steamer  MAIN  from  the 
Admiralty,  according  to  which  the  ship  was  sunk  by  a  Norwegian 
destroyer.    Of  the  7  ships  of  the  "export"  unit  only  1 
(LEVANTE)  has  therefore  arrived  as  planned;   the  greater  part 
of  the  cargo  of  another  (BAERENFELS;  was  unloaded  in  Bergen 
before  her  destruction  by  a  bomb-hit.   One  steamer  (ALSTER) 
has  unfortunately  fallen  into  enemy  hands  with  her  valuable 
cargo. 


Norwegian  Shipping; 

The  legitimate  Norwegian  Government  has  requested  the  British 
Government  to  broadcast  the  following  telegram  to  all  Norwegian 
ships : 

"All  Norwegian  ships  are  warned  that  telegrams 
they  receive  from  Norway,  signed  by  the  shipowner, 
are  transmitted  by  the  Germans.    The  only  authentic 
orders  are  those  of  a  Norwegian  Embassy  or  statements 
by  the  3.B.C.    Captains  of  all  Norwegian  ships  are 
to  get  in  touch  with  the  nearest  French  or  British 
naval  office  and  to  avoid  putting  in  to  neutral  ports, 
except  in  the  case  of  an  authentic  request.  " 


P.M. 

Lt.  Cdr.  Gerlach,  from  Commander,  destroyers,  reported  to  the 


-167- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


17  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Fuehrer  and  Supreme  Commander  of  the  Armed  Forces  in  the 
presence  of  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy. 

The  Fuehrer  asked  for  a  full  report  on  the  Narvik  operation, 
the  situation  at  present  and  future  prospects  of  defense,  and 
then  expressed  his  special  satisfaction  with  the  report  and 
his  recognition  of  the  achievements  of  our  destroyers. 


(« 


-168- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


18  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

1.  Norway: 

The  announcement  that  the  new  Administrative  Committee 
under  Christensen  is  entrusted  with  looking  after  the  interests 
of  the  Norwegian  people  with  the  German  occupation  authorities 
has  apparently  been  accepted  peacefully  and  with  satisfaction 
among  large  sections  of  the  Norwegian  population.    The 
population  of  Oslo  is  slowly  returning  to  the  city.   Shops 
are  being  opened,  business  is  being  resumed.   However,  the  old 
Norwegian  Government,  which  has  fled  and  the  whereabouts  of 
which  are  not  known,  still  possesses  great  influence  in  the 
areas  not  occupied  by  us,  and  is  continually  exhorting  the 
people  to  resistance,  pointing  out  the  aid  already  being  given 
by  the  Western  Powers.    This  is  making  the  execution  of  our 
operations  much  more  difficult. 

2.  The  British  Ministry  of  Information  is  said  to  have 
given  the  press  the  following  instructions  with  reference  to 
the  excitement  in  Great  Britain  about  the  German  Norwegian 
campaign: 

1.  False  report  of  the  capture  of  Narvik  is  not 
to  be  withdrawn; 

2.  It  is  to  be  stressed  that  Narvik  is  the  only 
important  harbor  in  Norway  in  view  of  the  ore 
exports; 

> 

3.  It  is  to  be  emphasized  that  Germany  has 
committed  a  great  strategic,  economic  and 
political  blunder  by  the  Scandinavian 
action; 

4.  Losses  to  the  German  F,leet  must  be  celebrated 
as  a  great  victory  for  Great  Britain; 

5.  Legality  of  action  has  now  completely  gone 
over  to  Great  Britain. 

The  British  press  states  that  Italy's  future  attitude  will  be 
decided  in  the  Norwegian  fjords.   Italy  is  at  present  bluffing 
in  order  to  draw  as  many  British  ships  as  possible  into  the 
Mediterranean  to  relieve  Germany. 

-169- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


18  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


3.  The  situation  J.s  still  not  clear  about  the  transfer 
of  Italian  Fleet  units  to  the  Dodecanese.   The  Consul  at 
Palermo  reports  that  4  light  cruisers  and  4  destroyers  sailed 
from  Palermo  on  14  April,  destination  unknown. 

The  Western  Powers  and  the  U.S.A.  are  at  present  specially 
interested  in  Italy's  attitude.   Far  reaching ^decisions  are 
expected  shortly  in  the  Balkans  or  in  the  Mediterranean. 

4.  The  Western  Powers  are  attempting  to  influence  Sweden 
against  Germany  by  increased  press  and  radio  propaganda  and 
speeches  by  various  ministers.   It  is  stated  that  Germany's 
next  blow  will  be  at  Sweden  in  order  to  ensure  supplies  of  ore 
for  Germany.   Great  Britain  is  ready  to  help  Sweden  if  attacked 
by  Germany,  but  must  insist  that  Sweden  herself  do  everything 
for  her  own  defense. 

5.  Reports  from  Sweden  speak  of  the  great  disquiet  at 
present  felt  by  the  Swedish  public  because  of  various  flights 
over  Swedish  territory  by  German  air  formations.   Captains 
of  steamers  report  great  expansion  of  Swedish  coastal  defense, 
control  of  steamer  crews  and  harbor  barrages. 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items 

1.      Report  on  Armed  Forces  High  Command  directive: 
The  Fuehrer  has  ordered: 

a)  Group  Narvik  has  the  task  of  defending  itself 
along  the  ore  railroad,  of  tying  down  the  enemy 
and  of  preparing  thorough  destruction  of  the 

ore  railroad.   It  is  being  supplied  with  ammunition 
and  food.   Fresh  forces  will  not  be  brought  up. 

b)  Trondheim  is  of  decisive  importance  as  a  naval 
and  air  base.   Occupying  forces,  as  well  as 
blocking  the  way  northwards  against  landings, 
are  to  defend  the  railroad  to  the  Swedish  border 
and  open  up  communications  to  the  south.   The 
Group  cannot  be  made  too  strong  for  this. 


-170- 


CONFIDTW1"* 


18  April  1940  .CONFIDENTIAL 


c)  Commander  in  Chief,  Air  Force  will  provide 
increased  air  transports  as  far  as  possible. 

d)  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy,  in  conjunction 
with  Group  21,  is  to  take  over  the  bringing 
up  by  sea  of  heavy  weapons  and  ammunition 
required  and  carry  this  out  even  at  the  risk 
of  losses. 

e)  Severe  steps  are  to  be  taken  against  passive 
resistance  from  the  population. 

(See  under  Situation  in  Trondheira.) 

2.      Operations  by  our  battleships: 

Naval  Staff  considers  that  a  sudden  appearance  by  the 
battleship  formation  in  the  Lister-Utsire-Krakenaes  area  is 
urgently  necessary  in  order  to  relieve  the  west  coast  of  Norway, 
where  troop  and  supply  transports  of  the  Western  Powers  are 
constantly  arriving  under  the  protection  of  numerous  British 
naval  forces.   The  enemy  disposition  of  forces,  at  present 
still  showing  a  concentration  in  the  Lofoten  area,  provides 
favorable  conditions  for  such  an  operation.   Prospects  of 
success  are  expected  from  pushing  through  the  Shetlands  line 
into  the  area  west  of  Stadlandet-Frohavet,  according  to  reports 
on  the  enemy  to  date  (primarily  light  forces  in  this  area). 
The  dangers  of  such  sorties,  the  possibilities  of  which  in 
Naval  Staff's  opinion  should  not  be  exhausted  in  isolated 
operations  but  must  form  a  constant  threat  to  the  enemy,  lie 
in  danger  from  the  air,  submarines  and  mines,  especially  on  the 
approach  routes.   These  dangers  can  be  reduced  to  a  tolerable 
degree  with  suitable  anti-mine  and  air  escort  (the  effectiveness 
of  air  patrol  and  air  escort  has  been  materially  increased  by  the 
newly  acquired  bases  at  Aalborg  and  Stavanger).   It  is  necessary 
to  use  all  destroyers  in  readiness  for  anti-submarine  escort. 
However,  the  severe,  loss  which  the  German  Fleet  has  suffered  from 
the  ten  destroyers  out  of  action  in  Narvik  makes  itself  particularly 
felt  here.   The  number  of  destroyers  still  available  in  home 
waters  is  at  present  only  eight,  four  of  which  are  still  being 
overhauled  or  urgently  require  repairs.   Establishment  of 
readiness  of  the  remaining  four  still  requires  several  days. 
The  minimum  number  of  destroyers  considered  necessary  for  the 
thrusts  by  the  battleships  is  three. 

Refuelling  of  the  forces  presents  no  difficulties.   If 
necessary,  the  supply  ship  NORDMARK,  in  northern  waters,  is  at 
the  battleships'  disposal.   The  destroyers  can,  if  necessary, 
re-oil  in  Stavanger  and  Bergen. 


-171- 


18  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Navai  Staff  is  quite  aware  of  the  dangers  of  battleship 
sorties  in  coastal  waters.   These,  however,  can  on  no  account 
be  regarded  as  so  decisive  that  important  operations  cannot 
be  carried  out  because  of  them.   The  battleships  are  no 
"fleet  in  being",  exercising  their  strategic  and  operational 
effect  alone  by  their  presence  in  home  bases. 

Effective  diversions  can  only  be  attained  by  their  actual 
appearance  in  the  enemy's  operational  area.   Frequent 
operations  in  the  area  central  North  Sea-She tlands-Krakenaes 
will  also  represent  a  very  effective  defense  for  the  Skagerrak 
and  the  vital  sea  route  to  Oslo. 

The  supreme  importance  of  a  speedy  and  successful  conclusion 

of  the  Norwegian  operation  necessitates  battleship  operations 

as  soon  as  possible  in  accordance  with  Naval  Staff's  considerations. 

Group  West  was  informed  by  telephone  of  Naval  Staff's  views  on 

this  matter.  f* 

3.      It  no  longer  appears  necessary  now  for  the  cruiser 
EMDEN  to  remain  in  Olso.   Group  Baltic  has  therefore  been  given 
permission  to  withdraw  her.   Group  Baltic  is  to  arrange  with 
Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  the  possibility  of  release  and  the 
date  of  withdrawal,  taking  into  consideration  the  enemy 
situation,  submarines  and  mines.   (The  EMDEN  will  remain  in 
Oslo  for  the  present  according  to  this  arrangement.   She  is 
not  scheduled  to  return  until  the  situation  changes  or  if  Oslo 
is  too  dangerous  and  if  anti-submarine  escort  is  available.) 

Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic; 

Further  transfer  of  forces  is  to  be  seen  from  the  Atlantic  and 
Mediterranean  to  the  North  Sea  and  northern  waters.   Nine 
destroyers  were  transferred  from  Dover  to  Scape.   The  former 
Polish  destroyers  THUNDERBOLT  and  LIGHTNING,  operating  in  the 
Atlantic,  are  likewise  in  the  northern  North  Sea.   The  aircraft 
carrier  ARK  ROYAL  left  Gibraltar  during  the  night  of  16  April 
and  is  in  radio  communication  with  Great  Britain.   The  battle- 
cruiser  HOOD  is  no  longer  detected  in  the  Gibraltar  areaj  her 
transfer  northward  can  be  assumed. 

The  French  Mediterranean  Fleet  has  been  decreased  by  the 


-172- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


18  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


allocation  of  vessels  to  the  Atlantic  Fleet.   In  the  North 
Sea  there  are  probably  about  ten  French  submarines,  the  mine- 
laying  cruiser  EMILE  BERTIN,  a  few  torpedo  cruisers,  including 
the  MOGADOR,  and  possibly  also  the  two  DUNKERQUE  class. 


North  Sea/Northern  Waters; 

Radio  intelligence  reveals  the  following  disposition  of  enemy 
naval,  forces: 


Are  North  Cape-Kirkenes : 
Tromsoe  to  West  Fjord: 


The  cruisers  DEVONSHIRE  and  BERWICK. 

The  old  battleships  WARSPITE, 
VALIANT,  the  aircraft  carrier 
FURIOUS  and  the  cruiser  SOUTHAMPTON. 


Area  Orkney s -She t lands- 
coast  of  Norway: 


In  the  Scapa  area: 


Trondheim  area  or  nortn      The  2nd  and  18th  Cruiser  Squadrons 
and  south  of  it:  with  the  4th  and  6th  Flotillas;   the 

cruisers  YORK,  SHEFFIELD,  GLASGOW 
and  EFFINGHAM  were  detected 
individually. 

The  RENOWN  and  the  cruisers 
EDINBURGH,  AURORA  and  CAIRO  as  well 
as  destroyers  of  the  5th  and  7th 
Flotillas. 

The  REPULSE  and  the  cruisers 
BIRMINGHAM,  ENTERPRISE,  PENELOPE, 
CALCUTTA  and  CARLISLE  as  well  as 
destroyers  of  the  8th  Flotilla  and 
the  damaged  cruiser  SUFFOLK. 

Positions  of  French  forces  are  unknown.   The  vessels  are 
fully  incorporated  in  the  British  Fleet's  radio  service. 

Towards  noon  air  reconnaissance  intercepted  a  British  battle 
cruiser  with  semi-remote  cruiser  escort.   This  may  have  been 
the  battle  cruiser  HOOD. 

Submarines  sighted  various  cruisers  and  destroyers  in  the 
Shetlands  area  without  firing. 


-173- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


18  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Cruisers  and  destroyers  were  detected  in  West  Fjord  and 
And  Fjord*   There  was  a  battleship  off  Harstad* 

North  of  Trondheim: 

At  noon  Commander,  18th  Cruiser  Squadron  passed  on  to  Admiralty 
General  de  Wiart's  report  that  the  landing  had  been  carried 
out  (probably  in  the  vicinity  of  Namsos).   Daventry  radio 
announces  news  of  a  British  landing  in  the  Namsos  area* 

It  appears  from  another  radiogram  that  a  convoy  plans  to  enter 
the  Mosjoen  area  on  the  evening  of  18  April* 

South  of  Trondheim: 


Nq  nQw  results  from  reconnaissance  of  Andalsnes  and  Romsdals 

r 


iq  new 
Fjord. 

Area  off  Bergen: 

Submarine  warning  reports* 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Own  Situation 

Situation  in  the  North  Sea: 

In  order  to  protect  shipping  movements  in  the  area  off  the 
Norwegian  coast  against  air  attacks,  an  increasing  number  of 
which  must  be  expected  as  the  season  advances,  Group  West 
requests  the  speedy  transfer  of  fighter  and  heavy  fighter 
formations  to  Stavanger  and  Bergen  as  far  as  this  is  possible* 

Commander,  Minesweepers,  West  reports  that  after  giving  up  all 
new  minesweeper  and  motor  minesweeper  flotillas,  Minesweeper 
n12n   and  almost  all  mine-exploding  vessels  he  has  now  only  four 
auxiliary  minesweeper  flotillas  and  one  flotilla  of  old  mine- 
sweepers available  for  mine  patrol  in  the  North  Sea  coastal 
waters*   Concentration  on  route  nBlauw  and  the  coastal  route  as 
far  as  Hanstholm*   The  expansion  of  the  bases  of  Esbjerg  and 
Tyboroen  is  being  pushed  on*   The  final  aim  of  Commander, 

-174- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


18  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Minesweepers,  West  is  to  advance  mine  patrol  up  to  the 
Norwegian  coast  and  Bergen  as  soon  as  the  release  of  new 
minesweeper  and  motor  minesweeper  flotillas  and  the  general 
situation  permit. 

The  difficulties  of  mine  control  in  the  North  Sea  with  the 
small  number  of  flotillas  available  will  have  to  be  endured  for 
the  present,  since  the  Navy's  chief  assignment,  the  safeguarding 
of  the  transports  to  Oslo,  can  only  be  fulfilled  by  definite 
concentration  of  anti-mine  and  anti-submarine  defense  in  the 
'Kattegat  and  Skagerrak. 


Situation  in  Narvik: 

Group  Narvik  reports  that  the  day  passed  quietly*   Dropping 
place  for  supplies  was  unsuccessfully  bombed  by  planes,  apparently 
French  ones*   After  the  merchant  ships  have  been  unloaded, 
food  in  Narvik  will  still  be  sufficient  for  40  days. 

The  Group  reports  enemy  landings  in  Salangen. 

Our  own  armed  reconnaissance  successfully  attacked  town  and 
harbor  installations  in  Harstad.   Attacks  on  a  battleship  on 
the  roads  off  Harstad  were  apparently  unsuccessful.   Damage 
caused  by  heavy  bombs  exploding  in  the  direct  vicinity  of  the 
ship's  side  is  possible. 

Tromsoe  power  station  was  destroyed  by  a  bomb. 

Situation  in  Trondhelm; 

Railroad  to  Sweden  in  German  hands.   All  forces  urgently 
request  supplies  by  rail  via  Sweden. 

Facilities  for  this  are  dependent  on  the  Fuehrer's  decision. 
For  the  present,  arms  and  ammunition  can  only  be  brought  up 
by  air  or  sea. 

The  urgency  of  transports  of  every  type  of  gun  to  Norway, 
especially  to  Trondheim  and  Bergen,  is  apparent  from  the 
Fuehrer's  directive  today  (see  above).   The  prospects  of  getting 

-175- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


18  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


supplies  safely  to  Trondheim  by  sea  are  certainly  slight* 
Every  endeavor  must,  however,  be  made  to  get  guns  through  to 
Trondheim  because  of  the  still  very  confused  situation  on  land 
and  of  the  severe  threat  to  our  important  Trondheim  position 
which  is  to  be  expected  from  the  British  landings  in  Namsos  and 
Romsdals  Fjord.   Naval  Staff  thinks  this  might  be  possible 
by  .using  Special  Group  vessels  (camouflaged  trawlers),  which 
are  in  a  position  to  score  successes  against  naval  vessels 
while  carrying  out  the  transport  assignment,  because  of  their 
torpedo  armament.   Group  West  was  therefore  instructed  by  tele- 
type to  despatch  two  of  the  Special  Group  ships  to  Trondheim  as 
an  experiment.   Cargo  of  light  field  howitzers  and  first 
ammunition  equipment.   Their  main  assignment  is  safe  transportation, 
the  secondary  one  destruction  of  enemy  naval  vessels.   Ships 
"26"  and  "37"  were  then  ordered  by  Group  West  to  carry  out  the 
transport  assignment.    Two  guns  plus  ammunition  can  be  safely 
loaded  on  each  vessel. 


Situation  in  Bergen: 

Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  reports  the  destruction  of  a 
Norwegian  torpedo  boat  after  an  engagement  with  PT  TDoats  S  "21" 
and  S  "23"  in  Hardanger  Fjord. 

In  Bergen  harbor  there  are  183  steamers  which  are  not  German. 
Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  has  requisitioned  27  steamers, 
16  of  which  are  ready  to  sail.   Owing  to  lack  of  personnel 
it  is  only  possible  to  transfer  very  few  steamers  to  Germany. 

Unloading  of  the  "export"  steamer  BAERENFELS  was  stopped  because 
of  the  danger  of  overturning. 

Only  3  x  10.5  m.  anti-aircraft  guns  without  ammunition  have 
so  far  been  set  up.   Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  urgently 
requests  ammunition  and  also  allocation  of  a  motor  minesweeper 
flotilla  because  of  danger  from  mines  in  the  entrances. 

The  necessity  for  such  an  allocation  is  recognized.   In  spite 
of  this  Naval  Staff  finds  it  impossible  to  grant  the  request, 
since  motor  minesweepers  are  not  at  present  available  on  account 
of  urgent  requirements  elsewhere.   Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast 
must  therefore  make  do  with  the  means  available  in  Bergen.   Later 
allocation  of  a  motor  minesweeper  flotilla  will  be  reviewed. 


c 


-176- 


CONFIBENTIAL 


18  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Group  West  has  been  instructed  to  this  effect* 


Situation  In  the  Skagerrak/Kattegat: 

Numerous  submarine  sighting  and  warning  reports  show  that  there 
is  still  very  great  danger  from  submarines*   Submarine- chase 
is  being  carried  out  south  of  Oslo,  in  the  Skagerrak  north  of 
Skagen,  west  of  Maeseskaer,  near  Hisholm,  south  of  Anholt,  south 
of  Samsoe  and  near  Schultz  Grund.   Several  reports  mention 
"submarine  probably  destroyed";   there  are,  however,  no  proofs 
of  actual  sinkings.   One  ship  reports  twelve  submarine  sightings 
within  four  days  and  expresses  the  supposition,  based  on 
observation,  that  submarines  are  operating  in  pairs.   Submarines 
have  been  identified  several  times  by  their  periscopes  about 
1-g  m.  above  the  surface. 

Examination  of  mine-exploding  vessel  "11",  which  struck  a  mine, 
by  the  Chemical  and  Physical  Experimental  Station  in  Kiel  reveals 
possible  detonation  of  a  small  mine  with  long-range  effect  and 
magnetic  type  firing. 

The  first  part  of  the  Skagen  anti-submarine  barrage  was  laid 
according  to  plan  with  deep  UMA  mines  by  the  HANSESTADT  DANZIG 
group  during  the  night  of  17  April. 

Transport  Situation; 

Transports  of  troops  and  material  proceed  according  to  plan. 
950  men  arrived  in  Larvik  on  torpedo  bosts  and  the  steamer 
ANGELBURG;  1,000  men  arrived  in  Oslo  on  two  steamers. 

Close  escort  by  planes  has  turned  out  very  well.   Ammunition 
and  material  are  en  route  in  drifters. 

The  steamer  HAMM  was  torpedoed  and  badly  damaged  north  of 
Skagen  out  of  a  convoy  of  empty  steamers  returning  from  Oslo. 

The  hospital  ship  STUTTGART,  escorted  by  Swedish  warships,  is 
proceeding  through  Swedish  territorial  waters  to  Oslo. 

Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  reports  that  he  cannot  defend  the 
50-mile  long  Oslo  Fjord  with  only  the  1st  Motor  Minesweeper 

-177- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


18-  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Flotilla  placed  at  his  disposal  and  the  inadequate  newly- 
commissioned  Norwegian  vessels.   He  requests  immediate 
allocation  of  one  submarine-chaser  and  one  patrol  flotilla, 
each  of  at  least  eight  boats.   He  also  requests  basic  orders 
on  command  and  that  the  limits  of  the  defense  areas  between 
Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  and  Commanding  Admiral, 
Norway  be  fixed  (see  1943). 

It  is  at  present  impossible  to  allocate  further  forces  of 
Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  or  Commanding  Admiral, 
Defenses,  North  to  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway.   Defense  in 
the  outer  Oslo  Fjord  is  also  not  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway's 
affair,  but  is  part  of  the  duties  of  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses, 
Baltic,  who  is  responsible  for  the  protection  of  the  entire  sea 
route  to  Oslo  and  assumes  protection  of  transports  against 
submarines  and  mines  right  into  the  inner  Oslo  Fjord. 

Splitting  up  the  few  submarine-chaser  and  defense  forces  must 
lead  to  an  impossible  weakening  of  defense  as  a  whole  and  cannot 
therefore  be  carried  out  at  present.   Commanding  Admiral," 
Defenses,  Baltic  alone  must  remain  responsible  for  commitment 
of  and  operations  by  the  defense  formations  and  he  will  in  so 
doing  take  into  consideration  the  wishes  of  Commanding  Admiral, 
Norway  or  Admiral,  South  Norwegian  Coast  as  far  as  possible. 


Various  applications  regarding  the  use  of  the  Norwegian  naval 

vessels  captured  or  commissioned  have  been  received.   Both 

Group  Commands  request  the  allocation  of  the  minelayer  OLAV 

TRYGVASON  and  of  the  Norwegian  destroyers  BALDER,  ODIN,  GYLLER. 

Group  Baltic  further  requests  the  seizure  of  guard  vessels,  ^ 

customs  boats  and  trawlers  for  the  protection  of  Oslo  Fjord  snd 

of  the  ports  in  southern  Norway,  the  allocation  of  the  armed 

coastal  vessels  lying  in  Horten  as  floating  batteries  to 

Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  and  the  assembly  of  the  old  second 

class  Norwegian  torpedo  boats  as  harbor  defense  flotillas. 

(See  radiogram  file  of  18  April,  1148.) 

The  whole  affair  is  at  present  under  review  by  High  Command, 
Navy/Naval  Staff. 


-178- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


18  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Submarine  Situation; 

1.  Vaags  Fjord: 

U  "65"  reports  from  And  Fjord  that  the  positions  In 
the  fiords  can  only  be  occupied  for  hours  at  a  time  since  It 
Is  only  possible  to  charge  the  batteries  far  out  to  sea, 

U  "47",  coming  from  the  Lofotens,  has  been  assigned  a  waiting 
position  from  the  North  Minch  to  the  northern  tip  of  the 
Shetlands. 

2.  Trondheim  area! 

U  "26",  "43",  put  in  to  Trondheim  with  supplies. 

3.  Bergen: 

U  "14"  is  disposed  off  Bergen,  U  "13",  "61"  are 
replenishing  their  stocks  in  Bergen. 

The  following  boats  have  been  ordered  to  return: 

By  the  direct  route  to  Kiel:  U.  "9",  "46",  '"51". 

Via  the  Orkneys  area:  U  "10",  "19",  "56",  "60",  "62". 

Via  a  point  west  of  the 

Shetlands  to  Wilhe 1ms haven:  U  "52". 


Submarine  Successes: 

The  British  steamer  SWAINBY  (4,935  tons)  was  torpedoed  off  the 
north  coast  of  Scotland. 

Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  summarizes  the  results  of  shots 
fired  during  the  past  week  in  teletype  1725  (see  radiogram  file) 
and  thus  gives  a  shattering  summary  of  the  numerous  torpedo 
failures,  because  of  which  imst  of  the  attacks  carried  out 
despite  heavy  defense  on  1  battleship,  1  heavy  cruiser, 
5  destroyers  and  several  transports  were  not  successful.   The 
Navy  was  thus  deprived  of  material  successes  in  decisive  action. 
Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  reports  that,  if  the  newly  ordered 
ruling  (percussion  firing  inside  fjords,  magnetic  firing  in  the 


-179- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


18  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


open  sea)  results  in  further  failures,  the  German  Navy  does 
not  possess  any  weapon  for  the  submarines  in  northern  waters. 


Merchant  Shipping 

The  following  orders  have  been  issued  about  control  of  neutral 
shipping: 

1.  Apart  from  Russian,  Dutch  and  Belgian  ships,  only 
such  neutral  ships  as  are  bound  for  German  North  Sea 
ports  are  to  be  allowed  to  pass  westward  through  the 
Kiel  Canal.   Other  neutral  vessels  are  to  be  prevented 
by  means  of  pretexts. 

2.  Over  and  above  para.  1.,  ships  of  the  three  Baltic 
States  are  to  be  allowed  to  pass  westward  through  the 
Kiel  Canal  if  they  have  a  convoy  certificate  for 
destination  Delfzyl. 

3.  Ensure  that  neutral  shipping  neither  leaves  the 
Skagerrak  westbound  nor  is  able  to  turn  off  to  the 
west  from  German  and  Danish  North  Sea  ports,  as  well 
as  from  Delfzyl. 

The  German  Ambassador  in  Copenhagen  reports  that  direct 
instructions  from  Danish  shipowners  to  captains  do  not  come  into 
question  since  Danish  ships  are  not  equipped  for  coded  broadcasts 
and  secrecy  of  position  would  not  therefore  be  guaranteed.   In 
any  case,  notification  of  ships  by  means  of  repeated  radio 
instructions  from  the  Board  of  Trade  has  attained  the  desired 
purpose,  as  is  apparent  from  reports  made  by  several  captains. 

Group  Baltic  has  been  instructed  that  Swedish  ships  are  permitted 
to  sail  from  ports  east  of  the  Skagerrak  mine  barrage  if  they 
are  bound  for  a  destination  in  our  sphere  of  Influence. 
Such  ships  are  to  be  prevented  from  making  off  westwards  under 
pretext  of  another  port. 


-180- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


18  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  Embassy  in  Rio  de  Janeiro  reports: 

Danish  ships  are  making  for  Brazilian  ports  as  emergency 
ports  and  are  lying  there  for  the  present,  obviously  on 
instructions  from  the  Danish  Embassy.   Norwegian  steamers 
are  mostly  adhering  to  their  schedule.   When  a  ship  sails, 
her  name  and  painted  nationality  marking  are  painted  over. 
According  to  the  newspapers,  the  Ambassador  here  has  stated 
that  the  Government  has  given  instructions  to  continue  shipping 
traffic. 


D 


-181- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


19  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

Norway: 

Political  situation  unchanged* 


Italy: 

The  Italian  press  treats  events  in  Norway  in  a  definitely 
pro-German  manner.   According  to  reports  from  trustworthy 
agents,  Mussolini  and  his  closest  adherents  are  100  per  cent 
on  our  side*   The  Old  Guard  of  the  Fascist  party  demands  that 
Mussolini  fight  against  the  enemies  of  the  Italian  people. 
In  northern  Italy,  especially  in  the  upper  classes,  there  is, 
however,  no  true  sympathy  with  Germany,  but  with  racially  akin 
France*  "Popular  opinion  in  large  parts  of  Italy  is  greatly 
averse  to  entry  into  the  war;   propaganda  disseminated  by  the 
Roman  Catholic  Church  plays  a  great  part  in  this* 

(See  under  report  from  Naval  Attache  in  Rome.) 


The  Netherlands  Government  has  informed  Japan  that  it  has  no 
intention  of  asking  a  foreign  power  for  protection  for  the  Dutch 
East  Indies  if  Holland  becomes  involved  in  the  war;   the 
Netherlands  Government  would  be  just  as  little  inclined  to 
accept  such  help  if  it  were  offered. 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief a   Naval  Staff 

Special  Items 

1.      Group  West!s  proposal  for  a  battleship  sortie  and 
other  operational  plans: 


-182- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


19  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Group  West  regards  as  necessary  conditions  for  battleship 
operations: 

a)  Complete  operational  readiness  of  3  destroyers, 
of  which  the  SCHOEMANN  and  BEITZEN  will  be 
ready  on  19  April.   Date  not  yet  definite  for 
the  HEINEMANN. 

b)  Mine  check  on  at  least  two  routes  out  of  the 
Heligoland  Bight*   This  cannot  be  carried 
out  until  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  North 
again  has  a  fast  minesweeper  flotilla. 

The  Group's  plan  is  for  a  sortie  into  the  Shetlands-Norway 
passage  and  beyond,  either  as  a  counter- thrust  against  enemy 
measures  detected  by  radio  intelligence  or  as  a  sortie  not 
based  on  intelligence  data.   In  both  cases  favorable  weather 
when  sailing,  which  as  far  as  possible  prevents  enemy  air 
reconnaissance,  is  desirable  but  not  a  prerequisite. 

The  Group  reports  further  operational  plans  for  the  immediate 
future : 

a)  Reinforcement  of  the  Skagerrak  mine  barrage. 

b)  Use  of  aerial  mines  on  the  east  coast  of  Great 
Britain. 

c)  PT  boat  minelaying  operations  on  the  east  coast 
of  England.    (Group  requests  speedy  return  of 
four  new  PT  boats  of  the  2nd  PT  Boat  Flotilla 
for  this  purpose.) 

d)  Minelaying  operation  by  Ship  "11". 

Chief,  Naval  Staff  is  in  complete  agreement  with  the  plans 
reported  by  Group  West.   The  date  of  the  battleship  operation 
is  to  be  advanced  as  much  as  possible  by  pressing  for  the 
restoration  of  the  destroyers1  war  readiness,  if  necessary  also 
of  the  LODY  and  STEINBRINK,  and  by  all-out  operations  by  the 
minesweeper  flotillas  left.   The  return  of  the  formations 
handed  over  to  Group  Baltic  to  the  North  Sea  cannot  be  expected 
for  the  present.   The  request  for  PT  boats  is  acknowledged 
but  no  decision  can  be  taken  until  the  situation  in  the 
Skagerrak  permits. 


-183- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


19  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


2.  With  regard  to  the  possibility  that  the  British 
are  using  aerial  mines  with  magnetic  firing,  Chief,  Naval 
Staff  has  ordered  speeding  up  of  provision  with  degaussing 
equipment  and  manufacture  of  magnetic  minesweeping  gear. 

3,  It  was  originally  decided  that  the  battleships1 
dockyard  period  should  begin  on  1  May  and  run  concurrently 
for  both  ships* 

With  the  war  situation  at  the  time,  this  decision  was  based 
on  the  view  that  a  simultaneous  dockyard  period  was  practical 
because  operations  with  only  one  battleship  unfavorably 
increased  the  margin  of  the  ratio  of  strength  to  the  enemy 
even  in  a  tactical  relation,  and  -  provided  both  heavy  cruisers 
were  in  war  readiness  -  the  battleships'  elimination  for  three 
months  in  the  summer,  when  the  Air  Force  has  decisive  opportunities 
of  action,  was  quite  justifiable. 

(« 
There  was  then  no  strategic  compulsion  for  battleship  operations. 

Since  then  the  situation  has  been  altered  fundamentally  by  the 
Norway  operation  and  the  losses  incurred  as  well  as  by  the 
enemy* s  strong  reaction. 

Protection  of  the  territory  gained  against  the  enemy  pressing 
in  by  sea  requires  the  use  of  any  forces  available. 

The  BLUECHER's  breakdown  also  makes  impossible  a  replacement 
of  the  battleships  during  their  dockyard  period  by  two  heavy 
cruisers. 

It  does  not  therefore  seem  feasible  to  give  up  at  present  tne 
possibility  of  operations  by  the  most  powerful  vessels  of  our 
Fleet  through  the  commencement  of  their  dockyard  period,  and 
also  to  immobilize  them  in  the  dockyards  shortly  before  the 
beginning  of  an  expected  intensification  of  warfare  (air  war) . 

A  dockyard  period  for  one  ship  at  a  time  or  an  overlapping 
dockyard  period  can  also  not  be  proposed,  since  under  present 
conditions  in  the  North  Sea  and  adjacent  portions  of  northern 
waters,  one  single  battleship  can  hardly  be  effective,  while 
the  two  battleships  together,  thanks  to  their  qualities  and  the 
possibility  of  tactical  cooperation,  can  be  conceded  considerable 
prospects  of  success. 

At  Naval  Staff's  suggestion,  Chief,  Naval  Staff  has  therefore 


-184- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


19'  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


decided  that  the  commencement  of  both  ships'  dockyard  period 
is  to  be  postponed  indefinitely  for  the  present  and  made 
dependent  on  further  developments  in  the  situation  in  the  North 
Sea  -  northern  waters  area. 


1200; 

Report  from  the  Naval  Attache*  in  Rome  (Captain  Loewisch)  to 
Chief  of  Staff,  Naval  Staff  on  Italy's  present  attitude: 

Events  which  have  lately  exerted  marked  influence 
on  Italy's  attitude,  are: 

1.  Ribbentrop's  visit  to  Rome. 

2.  Brenner  meeting  between  the  Fuehrer  and  the  Duce. 

3.  Norway  action. 

The  effect  of  these  factors  on  Italy's  attitude  should  not  be 
overestimated.   Their  main  result  lies  in  the  increase  of 
mutual  trust,  lessening  of  the  Italian  inferiority  complex, 
open  and  more  pronounced  exposition  of  common  policy  and 
peace  aims.    Speeding-up  of  active  Italian  policy. 

i 

In  the  Attache's  opinion,  Italy's  present  more  positive 
attitude  does  not  permit  us  to  conclude  that  Italy  will  enter 
the  war  on  our  side  within  a  short  time.   Great  reluctance  is 
still  discernible  on  Italy's  part,  especially  with  regard  to 
possible  participation  in  an  offensive  against  the  west. 
Graziani's.  attitude  is  very  cautious  (statements  that  it  will 
still  be  1-2  years  before  Italy  is  equipped  ready  for  a  war. 
Sommigli's  attitude  the  same). 

The  Fuehrer  apparently  made  a  concrete  proposal  for  Italy's 
participation  in  a  possible  western  offensive  at  the  Brenner 
meeting.   The  Duce  himself  is  100  per  cent  pro-German,  but 
is  greatly  influenced  by  the  attitude  of  the  Italian  Naval 
Staff  and  General  Staff.    The  Duce ' s  answer  to  the  German 
Ambassador  was,  it  is  true,  basically  positive,  but  in  practice 
dilatory  and  hesitant. 


-185- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


19  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  Naval  Attache  believes  that  at  best  Italy  will  enter 
the  war  actively  when  the  Western  Powers  are  so  hampered 
that  there  is  no  longer  any  danger  for  Italy.    The  Attache' 
considers  Imminent  intervention  by  Italy  out  of  the  question. 

In  spite  of  this,  great  preparations  are  being  made  for  war.  - 
New  Defense  Council  created,  naval  mobilization  complete, 
different  necessities  rationed,  Red  Cross  measures.   Numerous 
wishes  are  constantly  being  submitted  to  Germany  regarding 
help  with  heavy  guns,  anti-aircraft  guns,  etc. 

General  attitude  to  Germany: 

The  Duce  and  his  adherents  are  in  favor  of  support  for  Germany^ 
dissolution  of  all  dependence  on  Great  Britain,  seizure  of  the 
most  favorable  moment  to  enter  the  war;   they  see  the  fulfillment 
of  vital  Italian  Interests  only  on  Germany's  side. 

According  to  a  statement  by  Prince  von  Hessen,  the  King  and 
Crown  Prince  are  now  said  to  support  Mussolini's  attitude 
strongly  and  to  be  convinced  of  the  necessity  for  cooperation 
with  Germany. 

Press:   follows  this  attitude  very  strongly  since  the  Brenner 
meeting  and  emphasizes  Axis  policy. 

The  people  are  constantly  being  Influenced  towards  Germany 
by  propaganda  in  spite  of  British  counter-propaganda.   Far- 
reaching  conclusions  should  not  be  drawn  from  this.    No 
enthusiasm  for  war. 

General  Staff:   has  constant  objections;   forsees  many 
difficulties.    Threat  to  Lybia  is  considered  very  sericus. 

The  loss  of  Lybia  would  mean  a  severe  setback.    Its  defense  C 

is  by  no  means  adequate. 

Naval  Staff:    very  cautious.    Cavagnari  is  apparently  seriously 
ill,  his  successor,  Sommigli,  follows  Mussolini's  lead  but  is 
very  skeptical.   Commencement  of  Italian  operations  would  mean 
no  great  gain  for  German  naval  warfare,  apart  from  the  diversionary 
effect  of  the  Italian  FleeTT 

In  the  Attache's  opinion  there  Is  no  question  of  the  12C 
Italian  submarines  being  thrown  into  the  scales  on  Germany1 s 
side.   Clear  definition  of  mutual  spheres  of  interest  end 


-186- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


19  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


operations  is  always  mentioned. 

The  Attache'  ascribes  the  very  objective  and  officially  very 
cautious  manner  of  the  Italians  to  the  Naval  Attache^  to 
unsatisfactory  reports  from  Peccori,  the  Italian  Naval  Attache* 
in  Berlin,   Peccori  is  apparently  embittered,  unsympathetic 
and  without  the  necessary  interest  in  his  post.   He  is  probably 
reporting  unfavorably  on  the  German  Navy  and  has  no  idea  of  the 
effect  of  his  reports  on  the  attitude  of  his  Naval  Staff  and 
its  general  disposition  towards  Germany. 


In  spite  of  the  Naval  Attache1 s  report,  Naval  Staff  considers 
it  quite  possible  that  when  a  favorable  time  to  strike  comes, 
Mussolini  will  enter  the  war  on  Germany's  side  much  earlier 
than  his  General  Staff  or  Naval  Staff  consider  desirable.   Not 
in  the  form  of  participation  in  a  general  large-scale  offensive 
in  the  west,  but  in  the  shape  of  a  partial  war  to  create  a 
favorable  basis  for  the  attainment  of  later  Italian  goals  in 
the  Mediterranean.   Naval  Staff  sees  a  sign  that  Italy  does 
not  intend  to  wait  another  one  or  two  years  before  taking  action 
in  the  strength  of  the  present  mobilization,  which  she  can  on 
no  account  keep  up  without  results  for  any  length  of  time. 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic: 

The  battleship  RESOLUTION  left  Portsmouth  at  noon  on  11  April 
and  arrived  in  the  Clyde  on  the  afternoon  of  12  April. 

Intelligence  Center,  Spain  confirms  that  the  ARK  ROYAL  sailed 
from  Gibraltar  during  the  night  of  16  April,  course  unknown. 


-187- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


19  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


At  1400  on  19  April  the  ORION  was  360  miles  west  of  the 
Canary  Islands  on  her  way  to  Gibraltar. 

Intelligence  Station,  Vienna  reports: 

2  British  destroyers  south  of  Salonica.   At  present 
2  destroyers  and  3  auxiliary  vessels  stationed  in 
Corfu  to  control  traffic  in  the  Adriatic  Sea, 


North  Sea/Northern  Waters; 

Narvik-Tromsoe  area ; 

1  heavy  ship  and  3  destroyers  are  reported  off  Narvik,  in 
Ofotf jord.   Lively  boat  traffic  to  Bogen  Fjord  is  observed. 
North  of  Tromsoe,  at  about  70°  N,  19°  20'  E,  1  aircraft 
carrier  and  2  battleships  were  spotted  by  air  reconnaissance  on 
18  April. 

Area  north  of  Trondheim: 

1  cruiser,  several  destroyers,  5  transports  attacked  by  the 
Air  Force  in  Folda  Fjord.   U  "34"  reports  2  battleships,  3 
transports  and  light  cruisers  off  Folda  Fjord  on  southerly 
zig-zag  course.   The  vessels  reported  may  be  a  French  formation, 
since  French  vessels  were  ordered  to  assemble  northwest  of 
Folda  Fjord  in  the  evening. 

(Apparently  to  proceed  to  the  Shetlands.) 

About  noon  U  "46"  sighted  a  battleship  and  later  a  troopship  W 

with  destroyer  escort  (southwesterly  course,  zig-zagging) 
about  100  miles  northwest  of  Trondheim. 

South  of  Trondheim: 

One  heavy  cruiser  with  destroyers  was  detected  west  of  Molde  Fjord. 
Light  cruisers  near  Andalsnes.   Two  destroyers  at  anchor  and 
some  merchant  steamers  in  Andalsnes  harbor.   No  landings  by 
troops  or  unloadings  identified. 


-188- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


19  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  enemy  situation  is  amplified  by  various  submarine  reports 
(U  "51",  "14").   According  to  these,  there  were  two  cruisers, 
apparently  the  GALATEA  and  ARETHUSA,  80  miles  northwest  of 
Aalesund  at  about  1500  (proceeding  to  Rosyth).   U  "14"  reported 
two  light  cruisers  at  noon  30  miles  northwest  of  Stadlandet  on 
westerly  course. 

Today1 s  enemy  situation  confirms  the  impression  previously 
gained:   enemy  operations,  using  battleships,  are  concentrated 
north  of  Trondheim,  i.e.  in  the  Narvik  area  and  in  Namsen 
Fjord.   Lively  traffic  with  light  forces  In  Molde  Fjord  and 
near  Andalsnes.   Troop  disembarkations  here,  south  of  Trondheim, 
do  not ,  however,  seem  to  be  on  a  large  scale  so  far. 


According  to  an  agent's  reports  the  Franco-Polish  expeditionary 
army  is  said  to  be  15,000-20,000  strong  and  to  have  started 
out  for  Norway  during  the  last  few  days  from  Cherbourg  and 
other  Channel  ports  via  Scotland. 

Own  Situation 

The  Fuehrer  has  ordered: 

Place.s  on  the  coast,  except  for  points  occupied 
by  us  J  which  are  occupied  by  the  British  or  are 
reported  as  occupied  by  British  announcements, 
are  to  be  destroyed  regardless  of  the  civilian 
population.   The  order  Applies  first  to  Namsos 
and  Andalsnes.   The  railroads  and  roads  are  also 
to  be  cut  effectively  here. 

Narvik: 

Night  of  18  April  passed  quietly.   No  enemy  destroyers  in 
the  fjord.   Group  Narvik  again  urgently  requests  minelaying 
near  Stroeroen  in  Rombaken  Fjord  and  in  the  entrance  to  Beis 
Fjord. 

The  Group  wishes  hereby  to  prevent  enemy  forces  penetrating 
into  the  inner  fjords,  to  render  shelling  of  the  ore  railroad 
more  difficult  and  to  increase  the  safety  of  the  transport 
planes1  landing  place  and  of  communications  with  the  Individual 


-189- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


19  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


defense  units.   Closing  of  the  narrows  between  Rombaken  and 
Rombaken  Bodden  by  means  of  block- ships  is  indicated  as 
impracticable.   Proposal  for  closing  by  mines  is  submitted. 

Group  West  considers  minelaying  by  submarines  or  planes 
impossible  at  present. 

In  the  afternoon  a  landing  and  lively  boat  traffic  from  a 
heavy  ship  snd  three  destroyers  near  Bogen,  northwest  of 
Narvik,  were  observed  from  Narvik. 

According  to  an  American  reporter  who  arrived  in  Luba  from 
Bjoernf jell,  it  seems  that  the  British  and  Canadians  have 
landed  with  ski  troops  and  artillery  north  of  Harstad  in  a 
fjord  with  relatively  good  shore  communications  (Salangen?) 
and  are  planning  to  attack  Nstrvik  from  the  landward  side. 

Because  of  the  detailed  verbal  report  made  by  Lt.Cdr.  Gerlach, 
2nd  Staff  Officer  of  Commander,  Destroyers,  Commander  in  Chief, 
Navy  has  sent  the  following  telegram  to  the  Commander  of  the 
Narvik  destroyer  formation,  Captain  Bey: 

"2nd  Staff  Officer1 s  report  about  the  destroyer 
actions  at  Narvik  has  given  me  the  greatest  satisfaction. 
The  destroyers*  deeds  are  worthy  to  rank  in  our  history. 
I  am  proud  of  my  destroyers,  which  have  fulfilled  my 
expectations  to  the  full,  and  I  express  my  greatest 
appreciation  to  the  Commanders  and  crews.   I  know 
that  you  will  continue  to  do  your  dutv. 

Commander  in  Chief." 


Trondheim: 

Commander,  Trondheim  requests  despatch  of  motor  pinnace  gear 
and  mine sweeping  gear  for  fishing  smacks  and  also  hydrophones 
and  depth  charges.   Equipment  with  these,  is  specially  urgent 
in  view  of  the  danger  from  submarines  and  mines  in  the  entrances. 


-190- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


19  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Three  stern  tubes  and  one  anti-aircraft  gun  C/30  each  have 
been  dismantled  from  the  destroyers  JACOBI  and  RIEDEL. 
Parts  of  the  crews  are  allocated  to  guns  ashore,  communications 
posts  and  patrol  boats,  minesweeping  and  barrage  vessels. 

Group  West  and  Fleet  have  been  instructed  to  provide  as  soon  as 
possible  for  the  destroyers'  return  trip  in  favorable  weather 
after  readiness  to  proceed  has  been  established  as  far  as 
possible.   Weapons  dismantled  are  to  be  left  behind. 


Bergen; 

The  1st  PT  Boat  Flotilla  with  one  company  of  Army  troops  has 
arrived  in  Bergen  from  Stavanger.   A  combined  operation  witl 
the  Army  against  a  light  Norwegian  battery  in  Hardanger  Fjord 
is  planned  for  20  April. 

The  setting  up  of  torpedo  batteries  is  now  planned  and 
reconnoitered  in  Sogne  and  Hardanger  Fjords. 

Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  has  given  permission  for  small 
shipping  to  use  the  fjords  and  skerries  again. 


Stavanger,  Krlstlansand  and  Oslo: 
Nothing  special  to  report. 


Coastal  batteries  at  present  ready  for  action  in  Norway: 
Oslo: 


Rauoe 
Horten 
Droebak 
Kaholm 


4.x  15  cm. 

2  x  7.5  cm. 

3  x  15  cm. 
1  x  28  cm. 


-191- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


19  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Krlstlansand: 


2  x  21  cm. 

6  x  15  cm. 


2  x  10.5  cm. 


St avenger; 


Trondheim; 

Bettinges:   2  x  21  cm. 

3  x  15  cm. 
Heysnes:     2  x  21  cm. 

2  x  15  cm. 

Situation  in  the  Skagerrak/Kattegat  and  Transport 
Situation; 

Minelaying  near  Skagen  (anti-submarine  barrage)  was  continued 
as  planned  by  the  PREUSSEN  minelaying  group. 

Enemy  submarine  situation;   shows  a  certain  relaxation. 

At  three  places  submarines  were  sighted  and  attacked  with  depth 

charges  without  visible  success. 

The  mine  situation  is  not  yet  adequately  cleared  up. 
Our  own  anti-submarine  barrage  near  Skagen  shows  some  mines 
on  the  surface.   A  fishing  smack  struck  a  mine  yesterday 
east  of  Skagen  and  is  sinking. 

Minesweeping  and  clearing  off  Korsoer  and  on  the  Kallundborg- 
Samsoe  route  without  result. 

Troop  transports  had  to  be  canceled  because  of  bad  weather. 
Transports  with  material  and  empty  steamers  returning  proceeded 
as  planned.    Sixty  large  drifters  have  now  been  seized  for 
transports  of  material. 

Because  of  discoveries  made  in  our  own  submarine  war  against 
merchant  shipping  and  experiences  gained  to  date,  the  attention 
of  Group  Baltic  and  the  offices  responsible  for  carrying  out 
transports  and  their  defense  has  been  drawn  to  the  following 
points; 

Line  abreast,  zig-zag  courses  frequently  up  to 
40°.   Troops  on  deck  in  area  of  special  danger. 


-192- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


<: 


•  19  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Life  jackets  on.   All  life  saving  apparatus 
ready.   Change  routes  in  the  open  sea.   Do  not 
stop  the  whole  convoy  if  there  is  a  torpedo  hit. 

Air  Situation: 

See  ,&ir  Force  events  of  the  day". 

Operations  were  severely  hampered  by  the  weather. 
During  attacks  on  enemy  forces  in  Folda  Fjord  a  cruiser 
received  a  500  kg.  hit  on  the  starboard  deck,  level  with  the 
after  mast.   Dense  smoke.   Two  transports  were  damaged  in 
Namsen  Fjord  and  Nord  Fjord. 


Air  Force  formations  for  operations  in  Norway  and  Denmark 
are  stationed  as  follows  on  19  April:    (see  radiogram  file, 
0800). 


Trondheim: 


Stavanger: 


2  squadrons  of  the  506th  Coastal  Patrol 
Group. 

1st  Coastal  Reconnaissance  Squadron  of  the 
106th  Group,  1  reconnaissance  squadron  of 
the  Air  Force,  1  dive-bomber  squadron, 
1  heavy  fighter  group. 


Kristiansand:   1  fighter  group. 


Aalborg: 


Westerland: 

Luebeck: 
Lueneburg : 


1  heavy  fighter  group,  1  long-range 
squadron,  1  bomber  squadron  of  the  30th 
Bomber  Wing,  2  bomber  groups  of  the 
26th  Bomber  Wing. 

1  bomber  squadron  of  the  30th  Bomber 
Wing,  1  long-range  reconnaissance 
squadron  (Commander  in  Chief,  Air  Force). 

1  reconnaissance  squadron. 

1  bomber  group  of  the  4th  Bomber  Wing, 
1  bomber  group  of  the  100th  Bomber  Wing. 


-193- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


19  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Submarine  Situation 

Again  numerous  reports  of  misses  and  failures.   U  "51" 
fired  a  double  miss  at  the  cruiser  SOUTHAMPTON,  U  "47"  two 
torpedoes  which  did  not  detonate  at  the  WARsPITE,  U  "65"  an 
unsuccessful  spread  of  three  at  the  cruiser  EMERALD,  center 
shot  a  premature.   An  unforeseen  series  of  failures. 

The  continual  failure  of  the  torpedoes  resulting  from 
catastrophic  technical  deficiencies  must  be  regarded  as  a 
calamity.   The  British  would  never  have  succeeded  in  landing 
troops  in  the  north  and  central  Norwegian  area,  with  all  our 
submarines  which  were  in  readiness  sent  out  round  them,  if  the 
submarine  torpedo  arm  had  had  at  its  disposal  a  torpedo  ready 
and  operating  perfectly.   We  cannot  in  the  near  future  expect 
the  rare  occasion  to  repeat  itself  when  radio  intelligence 
is  in  a  position  to  detect  the  enemy1 s  movements  promptly  and 
it  is  possible  to  exploit  the  knowledge  thus  gained  by  sending 
out  such  a  large  number  of  submarines.   The  numerous  sighting 
reports  of  heavy  and  light  enemy  naval  forces  and  transports 
and  the  many  firing  reports  show  the  extraordinarily  favorable 
prospects  of  success  which  the  German  submarines  continually 
miss  by  the  complete  failure  of  their  torpedoes.   The  severity 
of  this  represents  an  operational  failure  of  historical  significance 
in  German  naval  warfare  at  a  time  which  is  of  decisive  importance 
for  the  successful  execution  of  the  Norway  action  and  possibly 
for  the  entire  future  course  of  the  war. 

The  fundamental  deficiencies  in  our  torpedoes  are  known  and 
every  endeavor  is  being  made  to  overcome  them.   The  result  of 
this  work  will  not,  however,  unfortunately  take  effect  for  some 
time.   New  reasons  for  failures,  which  must  be  feared  on  the 
basis  of  recent  experience,  are  at  present  the  subject  of 
thorough  and  speedy  Investigation. 

For  U  "48"' s  brief  report  see  War  Diary,  Part  B,  IV. 


Merchant  Shipping 

Baltic  Merchant  Shipping; 

Group  Baltic  to  the  Ministry  of  Transportation: 

"Now  no  objection  to  German  steamers  north  of  the 


-194- 

CONFIDBNTIAL 


19  April  1940 


line  Kullen-Aarhus  Bay  returning  home,  if  Swedish 
territorial  waters  are  used  with  the  aid  of  Swedish 
pilots.   Submarine  attacks  are  to  be  expected  even 
in  Swedish  territorial  waters.   No  protection  or 
escort  can  be  furnished." 

Preventing  neutral  shipping  making  off; 

Group  West  has  sent  Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  the  following 
directive: 

"Prevent  any  attempt  by  neutral  shipping  to  leave 
the  German  sphere  westwards*   Only  traffic  to 
German  ports  and  Danish  coastal  traffic  permitted  in 
the*  North  Sea,   Seize  Norwegian  ships,  use  them 
if  occasion  arises.   U.S.,  Russian,  Japanese,  Italian, 
Spanish,  Dutch  and  Belgian  ships  remain  unconstrained. 
Permission  for  neutral  steamers  to  sail  to  Danish  North 
Sea  ports  and  all  Baltic  ports  not  to  be  given  until 
escort  detachments  can  be  provided  as  far  as  port  of 
destination  or  as  far  as  east  of  the  Skagerrak 
declared  area." 


-195- 

CONPIDENTIAL 


20  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  Birthday  of  the  Fuehrer  and  Supreme  Commander  of  the 
Armed  Forces 


Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  Issued  the  following  order  of 
the  day: 


"Men  of  the  Navy,  today  on  the  birthday  of  our 
Fuehrer  and  Supreme  Commander  we  renew  the  oath 
of  unconditional  loyalty  and  obedience  we  swore 
to  him. 

True  to  this  oath  we  will  pursue  the  fight 
forced  upon  us  with  unshakable  courage,  firm 
resolve  and  unbounded  will  to  win  and  add  new 
successes  to  those  unexampled  ones  gained  by 
the  Navy  in  combat  against  overwhelming  odds. 
With  unshakable  confidence  we  look  to  the  man 
who  is  leading  our  people  upwards  to  new 
greatness.   We  follow  on  the  way  he  shows  us 
in  the  proud  consciousness  that  the  goal  set 
will  be  attained  and  final  victory  be  ours. 
So  let  it  be.   Long  live  the  Fuehrer I 


-196- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


20  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

1.  Norway: 

An  address  by  the  King  of  Norway  contains  the 
following  passage: 

"The  Administrative  Council  appointed  In  Oslo 
for  the  German-occupied  territories  is  an 
emergency  measure  and  is  not  a  substitute  for 
the  Norwegian  Government.   It  therefore  does  not 
represent  the  will  of  the  people  and  has  no  legal 
basis  according  to  Norwegian  law.   It  goes  without 
saying  that  the  Council  must  relinquish  its  authority 
in  areas  where  the  Royal  Norwegian  Government 
regains  its  power." 

In  conclusion  he  stated: 

nBy  our  united  efforts  we  shall  win  back 
our  Fatherland  and  make  the  Norwegian  people 
masters  of  their  own  country  again." 

2.  Sweden: 

The  German  Military  Attache  reports: 

"The  best  Swedish  troops,  highly  trained  and 
familiar  with  the  terrain,  have  been  in  the 
Swedish  ore  region  near  Klruna  for  eight  months. 
An  attack  against  Klruna  via  Norway  would 
present  great  difficulty.  -  Almost  unoccupied, 
roadless  terrain  with  high  mountains.   No  road 
beside  the  ore  railroad.   Ore  railroad  track  can 
easily  be  destroyed  at  the  many  bridges,  etc. 
Ore  region^  air  defense  adequate  against 
restricted  air  attacks.   Sweden  will  fir6  upon 
violation  of  her  neutrality,  primarily  against 
Great  Britain  as  far  as  the  officers  are  concerned, 
if  necessary  also  -  though  reluctantly  -  against 
Germany. " 

Netherlands: 

Prime  Minister  de  Ger  Stated  in  a  speech: 

"The  Government  refuses  any  help  from  a  third  party, 


-197- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


20  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


whether  In  actual  fact  or  promised.   This 
also  applies  to  our  possessions  overseas. 
The  Government  has  decided  to  extend  the  state 
of  siege  to  the  whole  country." 

4.  Italy; 

The  Turkish  Embassy  reports  from  Rome: 

"Count  Ciano  is  said  to  have  stated  that  Corfu 
Is  no  longer  of  any  great  importance  for  the 
defense  of  the  Adriatic  after  Italy1 s  occupation 
of  Albania.   There  Is  therefore  no  point  in 
Italy1 s  seeking  adventure  by  an  action  to  occupy 
Corfu." 

5.  Jugoslavia: 

The  Jugoslavian  Foreign  Minister  to  the  Embassy 
in  Berlin: 

"The  British  Minister  for  Economic  Warfare  has 
stated  in  London  that  Great  Britain  does  not  desire 
a  war  in  the  southeast.   The  opinion  in  Great 
Britain  is  that  Germany  desires  this  just  as  little." 

The  German  Embassy  reports  that  Jugoslavia  Is  resolved  to 
normalize  hitherto  non-existent  relations  with  Russia  by 
stages,  and  first  by  the  conclusion  of  a  trade  pact. 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 

Special  Items 

1.      Chief,  Naval  Staff  has  decided  regarding  the  various 
requests  for  allocation  of  the  Norwegian  naval  vessels 
commissioned  as  follows: 

a)  It  is  necessary  to  reinforce  Group  Westfs 
coastal  forces,  since  a  large  number  of 
experienced  units  were  handed  over  to  Group 
Baltic  and  since  coastal  waters  have  been 
extended. 


-198- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


20-  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


b)  The  OLAV  TRYGVASON  at  Group  West's  disposal. 
To  be  transferred  in  agreement  with  Group 
Baltic. 

c)  The  BALDER,  ODIN  and  GYLLER  at  Group  West's 
disposal  after  commissioning. 

d)  Submarines  at  the  disposal  of  Commanding 
Admiral,  Submarines. 

e)  Armed  coastal  vessels  at  the  disposal 
of  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway. 

f )  Other  vessels  in  the  area  of  the  south 
coast  of  Norway  not  at  disposal  of  Group 
Baltic  until  relieved  by  harbor  defense 
flotillas. 

g)  Other  vessels  in  the  area  of  Admiral,  ?/est 
Norwegian  Coast  at  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway's 
disposal. 

h)  High  Command,  Navy  (Naval  Staff,  Service 
Division,  Organization  Branch)  will  arrange 
commissioning  at  the  earliest  possible  date. 

2.      The  Fuehrer  has  ordered  immediate  investigation  of 
quick,  large-scale  troop  transports  to  Stavanger  and  Trondheim, 
Transports  planned  on  fast  passenger  and  freight  ships. 
Under  consideration:   POTSDAM,  GNEISENAU,  HANS A,  BREMEN, 
EUROPA. 

Naval  Staff's  attitude  to  the  operational  aspect  of  the 
transport  is  as  follows: 

I.  Crossing  to  Stavanger: 

Transports  can  expect  great  danger  from  submarines 
and  mines  and  from  the  air. 

a)  Danger  from  submarines  will  exist  throughout 
the  entire  crossing,  which  it  will  be  practical 
to  commence  from  a  North  Sea  port;   it  will 
have  to  be  met  by  anti-submarine  escort 
consisting  of  destroyers  and  torpedoboats,  and 
also  close  escort  by  planes.   The  risk  of  a 

-199- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


20  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


torpedo  hit  cannot,  however,  be  completely 
excluded  because  of  the  close  disposition 
of  enemy  submarines  in  the  area  to  be 
traversed,  especially  off  Stavanger  (Skudesnes 
Fjord). 

b)  Danger  from  mines  can  be  partly  obviated  by 
previous  exikloratory  sweeping  of  the  outward 
route.  Under  certain  circumstances  it  will 
be  possible  for  a  fast  flotilla  to  go  ahead 
with  minesweeping  gear,  but  this  will  depend 
on  the  number  of  light  forces  available  as  a 
whole. 

c)  Threat  from  the  air:  Exclusion  of  this  is  the 
Air  Force's  affair.   It  is,  however,  to  be 
borne  in  mind  that  according  to  wartime 
experience  so  far,  British  bombers  have  carried 
out  their  offensive  assignments  with  dash  and 
skill  in  the  very  weather  that  is  unsuitable  for 
fighters.   Danger  to  the  ships  from  dive-bombers 
while  unloading  in  Stavanger  deserves  special 
consideration. 

Accepting  the  considerable  risks  under  a)  -  c), 

the  assignment  seems  possible.   Transport  will  best 

be  carried  out  so  that  the  last  part  of  the  outward 

trip  (after  about*  58°  N)  and  putting  in  to  port 

and  unloading  will  take  place  in  darkness. 

Protection  by  the  battleships  is  necessary.   Departure 

as  quickly  as  possible  after  unloading. 

II.  Crossing  to  Trondheim: 

The  long  sea  route  (800  miles)  cand  the  passage 
through  the  Shetlands  Channel,  controlled  by  the 
enemy,  offer  no  prospect  of  a  successful  break- 
through to  Trondheim.   German  naval  forces  are 
not  in  a  position  to  force  the  break-through  to 
Trondheim  against  the  much  superior  enemy.   The 
success  of  the  break-through  to  Trondheim  and 
Narvik  on  7/8  April  was  largely  due  to  surprise, 
which  can  now  no  longer  be  counted  upon  since  the 
area  is  strongly  patrolled  by  the  enemy. 


-200- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


20  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Such  an  operation  would  mean  the  certain  loss  of 
the  transports  and  possibly  of  all  the  escorting 
fleet.   However,  after  the  loss  of  these  powerful 
vessels,  defense  of  the  Skagerrak  and  Kattegat  and 
of  the  decisively  important  sea  communications  to 
Oslo  will  also  no  longer  be  possible. 

Naval  Staff  therefore  sees  no  possibility  of 
sending  troops  to  Trondheim  by  sea. 

3.      Report  by  Chief,  Torpedo  Branch  and  Professor  Cornelius 
on  the  torpedo  problem,  the  speedy  solution *of  which  is  regarded 
by  Chief,  Naval  Staff  as  "the  Navy's  most  urgent  problem. 

Investigation  into  the  causes  of  failure  has  been  ordered  and 
a  committee  of  investigation  including  a  representative  of 
Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  has  commenced  work.   The  previous 
impression  was  that  magnetic  firing  failures  were  partly  caused 
by  the  very  inconstant  magnetic  conditions  in  the  fjords  and 
along  the  Norwegian  coast.   The  known  fact  that  the  G  7e  has 
a  greater  undersetting  than  assumed  is  not  actually  regarded  as 
the  cause  of  failure  but  a  final  verdict  is  not  yet  possible. 
(According  to  Professor  Cornelius1  statement,  experiences 
regarding  the  G  7e!s  depth-keeping  are  based  on  only  14 
experimental  shots  at  the  Torpedo  Experimental  StationT* 

Undersetting  of  the  target  can  be  regarded  as  the  chief  cause 
or  percussion  firing  failures.   An  increased  number  or 
experiments  is  being  made  at  present.   Long  periods  of  ice  greatly 
prejudiced  experiments  and  systematic  research  before  and  made 
practical  trial  shots  impossible. 

Chief,  Naval  Staff  again  pointed  out  the  decisive  urgency  of 
a  solution  of  the  torpedo  problem  and  described  the  complete 
failure  of  the  torpedo  as  a  catastrophe  for  German  naval 
operations  in  this  decisively  important  part  of  the  war. 

Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic: 

Great  Britain; 

The  aircraft  carrier  ARK  ROYAL  is  proceeding  to  the  Clyde. 

-201- 

CONFIDSNTIAL 


20  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


France : 

The  minelaylng  cruiser  EMILE  BERTIN  is  likewise  proceeding 
to  the  Clyde,  possibly  as  the  result  of  damage  sustained  in 
air  attacks. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters 

Narvik  area; 

In  the  afternoon  there  were  light  enemy  forces  off  Narvik, 
including  the  cruiser  PENELOPE  which  bombarded  the  harbor 
and  railroad  station. 

North  of  Trondheim;  ( 

Two  convoys  with  strong  escort  were  detected  from  reports  of 
submarines  proceeding  out  of  the  Lofoten  area  towards  the 
Shetlands.   One  convoy,  escorted  by  a  battleship  and  destroyers, 
was  moving  approximately  60  miles  northwest  of  the  Lofotens  in 
the  forenoon  on  northeasterly  course  (repoi ted  by  U  "65"  and 
"38");   the  other  convoy  was  detected  by  U  "47H  about  120  miles 
northwest  of  Krlstiansand,  consisting  of  10  steamers  and  numerous 
destroyers.   One  battleship  and  further  destroyers  are  in  the 
vicinity.   U  "47"  is  shadowing.   The  convoy  is  proceeding 
on  course  60°. 

A  number  of  light  forces  and  transports  was  reported  by  the 

Air  Force  and  U  "26w  in  the  Namsos  area.   Further  light  forces 

and  transports  were  sighted  by  the  Air  Force  near  Andalsnes  and 

west  of  Aalesund.   In  the  afternoon  there  were  light  enemy 

forces  off  Narvik,  including  the  cruiser  PENELOPE  which  bombarded    f 

the  harbor  and  railroad  station. 

The  Air  Force's  successes  in  the  Namsos  area  were  set  out  in 
radiograms  from  the  Commander  there,  who  described  the  situation 
at  1830  as  "desperate"  and  requested  help  urgently.   Namsos  in 
flames.   Forces  were  being  continuously  bombed  by  planes  from 
1100.   Escort  vessels  seem  to  be  very  short  of  anti-aircraft 
ammunition.   Heavy  commitment  of  "C"  class  anti-aircraft 
cruisers  during  landings.   The  cruiser  CARLISLE  seems  to  have 
been  off  Andalsnes. 

Home  area; 

The  battle  cruiser  RENOWN  probably  put  in  to  Rosyth  early  on 
20  April. 

-202- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


20  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  cruiser  YORK  is  in  Scapa.   The  cruisers  GLASGOW  and 
SHEFFIEID  sailed  from  Scapa  in  the  afternoon.   The  cruiser 
CURLEW  put  in  there. 

The  submarines  SUNFISH  and  URSULA  put  in  to  their  bases, 
Rosyth  and  Harwich. 

Losses: 

An  unidentified  vessel  SKID  struck  a  mine  near  Sunk  lightship. 
Eow  torn  off,  vessel  sank  during  attempt  to  tow  her  off. 

British  steamers  HAWNBY  (5,380  tons)  and  KERSEY  (1,037  tons) 
sank  off  the  southeast  coast  of  England. 


Own  Situation 


Narvik: 


At  noon  enemy  forces,  including  the  cruiser  PENELOPE, 
penetrated  into  the  Rombaken  area  and  fired  on  the  railroad 
station.   The  forces  departed  again  about  1500. 

Rombaken  ferry,  important  for  communication  with  Army  units 
near  Elvegardsmoen,  and  the  ore  railroad  bridge  near  Forsneset 
were  destroyed  by  the  bombardment.   It  may  be  possible  to  . 
repair  the  bridge. 

Troop  landing  in  Bo gen  Fjord  to  reinforce  Norwegians  is  suspected. 

Group  Narvik  has  seized  8,000  rifles,  300  light  machine-guns, 
15  heavy  machine-guns,  800,000  rounds  of  rifle  and  machine-gun 
ammunition  and  50,000  rounds  of  heavy  machine-gun  ammunition 
from  Norwegian  stocks,  so  that  the  arming  of  the  destroyer  crews 
with  hand  weapons  is  assured  for  the  time  being. 


Trondhelm: 

Army  troops  received  reinforcements  by  air.   Port  Commander 

-203- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


20  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


reports  7,000  kg.  of  lubricating  oil  available  for  submarines. 

Air  Commander,  Trondheim  reports  that  on  19  April  1  light 
and  1  heavy  cruiser  as  well  as  2  transports  were  damaged  by 
dive-bombers  from  Trondheim. 


Bergen; 

Unsuccessful  bombing  attack  on  the  BREMSE  in  the  morning. 
She  is  proceeding  to  Stavanger  with  four  PT  boats  to  take  on 
troops. 

The  Army  carried  out  operation  "Uskadel1*.   Ship  n18n  (Lieut 
(j»g.)  Feldt),  supporting  the  Army,  brought  in  the  Norwegian 
minelayer  TYR  as  a  prize  after  action  with  her  and  shore 
batteries.    (1885,  260  tons,  10  knots,  1  x  12  cm,  1*  x  7.6  cm, 
2  x  3.7  cm  guns). 

Minesweeper  M  Mlw  operating  on  transfer  of  troops  from  Stavanger 
to  Bergen. 


North  Sea; 

With  regard  to  the  extension  northward  of  the  naval  theater  of 
operations  and  the  necessity  for  improving  the  operational 
conditions  of  naval  air  forces,  Group  West  requests  the  transfer 
of  one  long-range  squadron  each  to  Stavanger  and  Bergen.   It 
regards  ensuring  of  supplies  and  reinforcements  and  maintenance 
of  tactical  subordination  to  Group  West  as  necessary  conditions 
for  this. 


-204- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


20- April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


During  the  night  of  20  April; 

Of  the  9th  Air  Division  the  3rd  Squadron  of  the  506th  Group 
and  the  1st  Squadron  of  the  106th  Group  carried  out  aerial 
minelaylng  operations  In  the  Downs,  in  the  Ramsgate-North 
Foreland  area  and  Kings  Channel.   26  LMB's  dropped.   Light 
anti-aircraft  defense.   Barrage  balloons.    (3  near  Dover, 
8  in  Kings  Channel  in  Irregular  formation  at  a  height  of  300- 
400  m.). 


Skagerrak/Kattegat : 

Submarine  alarm  reports  near  Skagen,  in  the  southern  entrance 
to  Oslo  Fjord  and  at  the  northern  entrance  to  the  Little  Belt. 
In  the  evening  minesweeper  M  w7n  reported  the  probable  destruction 
of  a  submarine  northeast  of  Skagen. 

The  mine  situation  is  not  yet  cleared  up.   In  the  morning  the 
first  enemy  mines  were  detected  east  of  Aalbaeck  Bay;   one  mine 
cut.   A  British  mine  with  a  brass  caa  was  shot  up  east  of 
Frederlkshavn.   The  area  is  declared  t.o  be  suspected  of  mines. 

In  the  evening  the  Nyborg-Korsoer  ferry,  which  was  escorted 
by  a  mine-exploding  vessel  ahead,  was  damaged  by  an  explosion 
and  caught  firej   apparently  an  enemy  mine.   Possibility  of 
sabotage.    » 

In  the  morning  the  WESER  struck  a  mine  north  of  Frederlcia  and 
was  beached.   Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  suspects  a 
wrongly  placed  mine  of  our  own  in  the  deep  mine  barrage  there. 
Naval  Staff  inclines  to  the  assumption  that  it  was  an  enemy 
aerial  mine. 


Since  the  first  British  mine  has  now  been  discovered,  Group 
Baltic  considers  further  postponement  of  the  equipment  of  all 
auxiliary  ships  and  boats  with  efficient  bow  protection  gear 
to  be  insupportable,  since  otherwise  execution  of  transport 


-205- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


20  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


assignments  is  endangered.   Further,  equipment  with  bow 
protection  gear  of  all  steamers  used  on  transport  duties  as 
well  as  tugs  is  requested*   The  Group's  request  is  to  be 
granted  in  full  and  speedy  equipment  as  allowed  by  the 
facilities  available  will  be  started. 


Transport  Situation; 

Fast  troop  transports  carrying  2,500  men  arrived  in  Larvik  in 
the  afternoon.    (Steamers  ARENDSBURG  and  ANGELBURG  escorted 
by  torpedo-boats,  PT  boats  and  motor  minesweepers).   Further 
troops  and  material  transported  on  steamers  and  drifters 
arrived  in  Oslo  or  are  on  the  way.   Close  air  escort  with 
the  transport  groups  and  anti-submarine  patrol  day  and  night 
by  naval  air  squadrons  of  Commander,  Naval  Air,  Baltic. 

Two  torpedo  boats  have  been  temporarily  put  at  Group  West's 
disposal  as  escorts  for  minelayers. 


Situation  in  Denmark: 
Group  Baltic  reports: 

1.  Danish  Navy  agrees  in  principle  to  its  own  naval 
vessels  taking  over  minesweeplng  duties  in  waters 
important  to  Danish  economic  traffic. 

2.  The  Danish  Navy  will  at  once  begin  overhaul  of  the 
Great  Belt  barrage.   Relations  with  the  Danish  Navy 
are  developing  satisfactorily  with  a  very  favorable 
tendency.   Chief,  Naval  Staff  is  anxious  to  spare 
as  far  as  possible  the  national  pride  of  the  Danish 
Navy  whose  Commander  in  Chief  has  always  shown  the 
greatest  loyalty  to  the  German  Navy's  desires  and 
demands,  and  to  persuade  the  Danes  themselves  to 
cooperate  in  protecting  and  defending  their  own  waters. 


•206- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


20  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Air  Situation: 

In  accordance  with  the  directive  issued  to  it,  the  5th  Air 
Force  concentrated  on  20  April  on  attacking  troop  disembarkations 
near  Namsos  and  Andalsnes.   By  the  Fuehrers  order,  the  towns 
and  railraod  termini  of  Namsos  and  Andalsnes  were  to  be 
destroyed  without  regard  to  the  civilian  population  and  rail- 
roads and  roads  effectively  cut.   Armed  reconnaissance  therefore 
also  concentrated  in  the  area  Molde-Namsos  Fjord.   Attacks  were 
made  everywhere  under  the  worst  weather  conditions.   (Cloud 
only  200  m.  high  in  the  fjords).   Considerable  fires  and  hits 
in  Namsos.   1,000  kg.  hit  on  a  cruiser  off  Andalsnes  (heavy 
smoke),  2  x  500  kg.  hits  on  a  15,000  ton  transport,  causing 
fire  to  break  out.   (For  particulars  see  Air  Force  Events  of 


£      the  Day.) 


Submarine  Situation 


Successes: 


U  "9"  reports  sinking  a  former  Polish  destroyer  of  the 
THUNDERBOLT  class  northeast  of  the  Shet lands. 

Disposition: 

U  "30",  "34",  "50"  have  been  assigned  positions  northwest  of 
of  the  Shetlands.  U  "25",  "65",  "38"  were  sent  out  against 
the  convoy  reported  by  U  "47" • 

U  "52"' s  position  is  between  the  Shetlands  and  the  Hebrides. 

U  "57"  and  "59"  may  move  their  operational  area  by  70  miles  to 
the  northeast  at  their  own  discretion,  since  they  were  detected 
at  their  former  positions  by  enemy  radio  direction  finding. 


Group  West  and  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  have  been  given 
orders  that  supplies  for  Trondheim  have  top  priority  and 

-207- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


20  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


transport  submarines  are  therefore  only  to  be  used  for  supply 

assignments* 

The  previous  order  has  been  canceled  and  Commanding  Admiral, 
Submarines  himself  entrusted  with  the  loading  of  the  submarines 
provided  for  transport.   Order  of  priority  is? 

1*  Aviation  gasoline. 

3.  8*8  cm.  anti-aircraft  guns  with  accessories 

and  ammunition. 
3.  Ammunition  for  the  Army  if  space  still 

available. 


With  regard  to  fresh  torpedo  failures  (U  "47",  w65ff), 
which  can  be  ascribed  to*  failure  of  the  magnetic  firing. 
Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  reports  that,  in  spite  of 
these  results,  even  after  advice  from  the  Torpedo  Inspectorate, 
he  cannot  go  over  to  percussion  firing.   According  to  the 
latest  experimental  results  the  0  7e  definitely  keeps  a 
depth  up  to  2*7  m.  under  that  set,  so  that  even  with  a 
torpedo  depth-setting  of  only  2  m.  (in  good  weather),  normally, 
however,  3  m.,  targets  of  less  than  5  or  6  m.  can  no  longer 
be  torpedoed.   Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  therefore  states 
(see  radiogram  file,  0530;  that  the  Navy  has  no  torpedo  for 
use  in  the  area  north  of  the  Shetlands. 


Merohant  Shipping 

In  reply  to  a  query,  Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  was  informed 
that  there  is  no  objection  to  Swedish  and  Danish  ships  sailing 
from  Norwegian  ports  to  German  waters,  if  steps  have  been 
taken  to  prevent  these  ships  making  off  westwards.   Swedish 
ships  are  to  be  prevented  from  sailing  to  the  U.S.A.  on  various 
pretexts. 


-208- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


20  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


For  summary  of  instructions  to  date  on  the  treatment  of 
German,  neutral  and  Norwegian  ships  in  the  Baltic,  see  radiogram 
file  of  20  April,  1540, 


* 


Group  Baltic  gave  orders  as  follows  on  20  April  for  merchant 
shipping  in  the  Kattegat : 

The  northern  limit  for  traffic  Aarhus  Bay-Sletteshage« 
Hesseloe-Kullen  must  be  maintained  for  military 
reasons.   Traffic  in  Swedish  waters,  north  of  this 
line,  with  Swedish  pilots  is,  however,  permitted* 
Danish  cattle  and  food  transports  may  proceed  from 
and  to  the  east  coast  of  Jutland.   Passages  are  to 
take  place  close  to  the  Danish  coast  at  their  own 
risk. 


-209- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


21  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

Norway: 

According  to  announcements  by  the  King  of  Norway,  there  is 
no  doubt  that  the  whole  of  Norway  is  at  war  with  Germany. 
Administrative  Council  in  Oslo  without  influence.   The 
Fuehrer  has  now  therefore  assigned  General  von  Falkenhorst, 
Commanding  General,  Armed  Forces,  Norway  executive  power. 
The  latter  will  pass  on  to  the  base  Commanders  all  powers 
in  their  area  which  are  suitable  and  necessary  to  force  the 
speediest  subjection  and  pacification  of  the  country. 

France: 

Reynaud  spoke  on  France's  foreign  policy  in  southeast  Europe 
before  the  Foreign  Committee  of  the  Senate.   The  aim  of  the 
policy  was  to  maintain  peace  in  the  Balkans  in  loyal  cooperation 
with  Turkey.   Italy  had  unfortunately  not  concurred  with 
France's  earlier  proposals;  France  was  trying  to  come  to  an 
agreement  in  the  Mediterranean  with  Italy  and  Spain. 


The  Fuehrer  awarded  the  Knight's  Cross  to  Chief  of  Staff, 
Naval  Staff,  Vice  Admiral  Schniewind  and  to  Commanding  Admiral, 
Submarines,  Rear  Admiral  Doenitz. 


1200: 

Report  from  the  Naval  Attache  in  Oslo,  Lieut.  Cdr.  Schrelber 
to  Chief  of  Staff,  Naval  Staff: 

The  Attache',  now  on  the  Staff  of  Commanding  Admiral, 
Norway,  gives  a  review  of  developments  in  Oslo 
from  8-11  April  and  of  the  present  situation* (For 

?eriod  from  8-11  April  see  Naval  Attaches  report 
n  reference  file  w We se rue bung" .) 


-210- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


21-  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  Attache^  Is  still  of  the  opinion  that  almost 
unopposed  occupation  would  have  been  possible 
given  surprise.   The  stiffening  of  readiness 
to  resist  caused  by  the  end  of  the  Finnish  conflict 
was  correctly  diagnozed  beforehand.   However,  it 
was  possible  to  keep  the  extensive  agreements 
reached  between  the  Norwegian  and  British  Governments 
a  secret  from  the  Attache'.   The  Attache'  states  that 
he  was  surprised  by  the  undoubtedly  great  bravery 
and  fighting  readiness  of  the  Norwegian  soldiers, 
which  he  had  not  expected.   (A  proof  that  the  Attaches, 
since  they  of  course  only  come  into  contact  with 
certain  circles  of  the  people,  can  only  receive  a 
partial  impression.)   The  Attache7  is  convinced  that 
no  revelation  of  the  German  operation  actually  took 
place  up  to  the  day  before  "Weserday".   Norway's 
defensive  readiness,  even  after  the  British  violation 
of  neutrality  by  minelaying,  was  still  slight.   The 
torpedoing  of  the  steamers  of  the  1st  Sea  Transport 
Unit  on  8  April,  with  the  subsequent  coming  ashore 
of  shipwrecked  soldiers,  was  alone  decisive  for  further 
developments.   This  alone  made  the  Norwegian  Government 
conscious  of  the  presence  of  acute  danger  and  led  to 
the  fateful  order  for  defense  and  firing  on  the 
evening  of  8  April. 

The  very  slow  penetration  of  meager  German  troop  units 
to  Oslo,  which  was  delayed  by  fog  (airborne  troops), 
the  resistance  of  coastal  batteries  and  the  loss  of 
the  BLUECHER,  gave  the  Government  time  to  escape  and 
resulted  in  complete  confusion  amongst  the  population 
and  authorities. 

The  Attache*  considers  the  present  political  situation 
in  Norway  to  be  entirely  confused.   He  has  had  violent 
disagreements  with  the  Army  and  the  Commanding  General, 
General  von  Falkenhorst,  on  the  subject  of  the  treatment 
of  the  civilian  population.   The  Armed  Forces  Command 
wishes  to  proceed  as  rigorously  as  possible  and  to  carry 
out  very  severe  measures  such  as  taking  hostages,  in 
order  to  counter  attempts  at  sabotage.   The  Attache* 
considers  such  draconic  treatment  to  be  incorrect  from 
his  knowledge  of  the  mentality  of  the  Norwegians  as 
an  old  Germanic  race.   Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  is 
also  of  the  opinion  that  reprisals  against  hostages 
will  not  prevent  acts  of  sabotage,  but  must  lead  to  a 
general  passive  resistance  and  hereby  injury  to  our 


-211- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


21  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


German  interests.   The  Attache  has  so  far  carried 
his  point  but  fears,  following  General  von  Falkenhorst* s 
assumption  of  executive  power,  the  severest  measures 
which  he  considers  unsuitable  for  the  treatment  of 
the  Norwegians • 

In  his  opinion  Norway  will  only  be  pacified  if  the 
Fuehrer  directs  that  the  "we  come  as  friends  to 
protect  Norway"  attitude  and  not  the  "Poland  Scheme" 
is  adopted. 

The  Attache*  considers  Quisling  to  be  a  prominent 
Norwegian  national,  inspired  with  good  will;  he 
would  have  been  in  an  excellent  position  to  take 
over  the  reins  of  Government  if  events  had  turned 
out  favorably*   His  plan  was  to  make  it  clear  to 
the  people  immediately  after  the  German  troops  moved 
in  that  the  Germans  came  as  friends,  that  the  British 
had  had  plans  to  occupy  the  country  and  that  the  old 
Government  had  failed.   As  events  have  now  turned 
out,  Quisling  could  score  no  successes  against  the  King, 
against  the  Norwegian  army  and  against  tne  German 
Armed  Forces,  which  from  the  beginning  put  difficulties 
in  his  way. 

The  Attache  warns  against  too  severe  and  rigorous 
action  in  Norway  against  the  population  of  the  occupied 
areas,  since  a  general  national  rising  would  lead  to 
incalculable  difficulties  for  the  German  pacification. 
His  proposal  therefore  runs:   Clear  order  to  occupying 
troops  to  act  as  peacefully,  kindly  and  mildly  as 
possible  in  the  occupied  areas,  in  the  combat  zone 
on  the  contrary  to  proceed  as  vigorously  and  ruthlessly 
as  possible. 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Report 8  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic: 

Disposition  of  forces:  the  destroyer  BULIDOG,  escort  destroyer 
of  the  carrier  GLORIOUS,  and  another  destroyer  arrived  in 

-212- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


31  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Devonport  at  1300  on  19  April.   According  to  this  the 
aircraft  carrier  GLORIOUS  has  arrived  in  the  home  area. 

Various  alarm  reports  about  the  movements  of  Allied  warships 
and  transports  in  the  eastern  Mediterranean  in  the  direction 
of  the  Dardanelles  are  considered  untrustworthy  rumors. 


North  Sea/lNiorthern  Waters 

A      Area  around  Narvik; 

Air  reconnaissance  sighted  cruisers  and  transports  off  Harstad, 
1  battleship,  5  destroyers  in  And  Fjord,  1  cruiser,  several 
destroyers  off  Narvik  (see  Own  Situation). 

Namsos/Mosjoen; 

No  clear  picture  of  the  situation  on  land  in  the  Namsos  area. 
According  to  Swedish  reports,  the  strength  of  the  troops  landed 
near  Namsos  amounts  to  2  British  and  1  French  division.    On 
the  other  hand,  Reuter  gives  the  total  strength  of  the  expedi- 
tionary troops  landed  in  the  whole  of  Norway  as  2  British  and 
1  French  Division,  with  50/000  men.   The  troops  landed  in  the 
Namsos  area  are  said  to  be  in  communication  with  Norwegian 
troops  near  Steinkjaer.   Namsos  harbor,  bombed  yesterday  by 
the  Air  Force,  is  burnt  out.   Destroyers  and  merchant  steamers 
were  detected  in  the  fjord.   The  trawler  INDIAN  STAR  was 
A      despatched  to  Mosjoen  by  Commander,  18th  Cruiser  Squadron,  in 

order  to  Investigate  conditions  with  the  landing  troops  regarding 
supplies  and  communications  with  Namsos. 

Commander,  18th  Cruiser  Squadron  seems  to  be  aboard  the 
destroyer  NUBIAN. 

Anti-submarine  units  are  proceeding  to  Namsos  and  into  the 
Lofoten  area, 


-213- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


21  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


U  "47"  and  "65"  shadowed  the  convoy  reported  yesterday,  which 
was  last  sighted  about  120  miles  northwest  of  Mosjoen  on  north- 
easterly course,  speed  7  knots  and  is  apparently  steering  for 
West  Fjord  or  the  Lofotens.   Another  convoy  on  southerly  course 
was  reported  by  U  "30"  at  noon  40  miles  north  of  the  Shetlands. 

Molde  Fjord-Andalsnes  area: 

2  cruisers,  2  destroyers  and  several  merchant  steamers  in 
Romsdals  Fjord.   The  railroad  line  Andalsnes-Dombas  has  been 
cut  by  the  Air  Force. 

Scapa  area: 

Radio  intelligence  showed  that  the  cruisers  DEVONSHIRE  and 
BERWICK,  also  the  French  cruiser  EMILE  BERTIN,  put  in  to  Scapa. 
The  cruiser  BIRMINGHAM  put  in  to  Scapa  on  the  morning  of  20  April. 

Southeast  coast: 

A  British  minesweeper  reports  discovery  of  mines  near  the  South 
Brake  Buoy.  This  lies  between  the  Goodwin  Sands  and  the  coast 
in  the  Downs  (aerial  mines?). 

According  to  radio  intelligence,  eight  enemy  submarines  are  at 
present  operating  in  thr  Skagerrak/Kattegat,  two  of  which  are  to 
commence  return  passage  to  Harwich  on  the  afternoon  of  21  April. 
Five  more  boats  west  of  the  Skagerrak  as  far  as  Marsten. 
Positions  north  of  Norderney  and  north  of  Texel  were  again 
occupied. 

Own  Situation 

Situation  in  the  Atlantic: 

Atlantic  Ships  "16"  and  "36"  are  being  kept  constantly  informed 
about  the  situation  and  news  of  foreign  merchant  shipping.   Enemy 
papers  seized  In  Norway  about  the  management  of  the  convoy  service, 
routing,  points  of  departure,  etc.,  make  it  possible  to  equip 
the  ships  with  excellent  data  for  the  conduct  of  war  against 
merchant  shipping. 

Narvik: 

Commander,  Armed  Forces  has  assumed  executive  power.   Local 
authorities  have  submitted  under  pressure. 


-214- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


21  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


British  crulssro  end  destroyers  bombarded  the  town  and 
destroyed  the  ore  railroad  bridge  near  Forsneset  by  gunfire. 

Lively  boat  traffic  from  warships  and  trawlers  to  Bogen  Fjord 
indicates  further  enemy  landings  on  the  north  bank  of  Ofot 
Fjord. 

Group  Narvik  requests  air  reconnaissance  and  air  support. 
Four  anti-tank  guns  with  crews  and  ammunition  are  requested* 

The  evacuation  of  wounded  via  Sweden  is  requested. 

Attempt  to  evacuate  survivors  from  ships  and  neutrals  via 
Sweden  has  so  far  failed,  since  Sweden  refuses  to  permit  trains 
to  enter  Norwegian  territory  again. 

Negotiations  on  this  have  been  commenced  via  the  Foreign  Office. 


Group  West  has  informed  Group  Narvik  that  minelaying  by 
submarines  is  scheduled  in  about  ten  days. 


Trondhelm: 

As  opposed  to  Commander,  Armed  Forces,  who  considers  Trondhelm1 s 
land  situation  assured,  the  Port  Commander  considers  the  situation 
difficult  becau.se  of  the  disembarkation  of  British  troops  in 
Namsos  Fjord  and  Andalsnes.    (According  to  prisoner  of  war 
statement,  one  British  battalion  is  now  in  Steinkjaer).   Sea 
and  fjord  reconnaissance  still  inadequate  owing  to  lack  of 
facilities;   the  Port  Commander  therefore  requests  allocation 
of  two  submarines. 

Blocking  of  the  Important  Steinkjaer  Channel  north  of  Trondhelm 
by  a  combined  Army/Navy  operation  has  commenced. 

Bergen: 

Commander,  Armed  Forces  has  assumed  executive  power.   Authorities 
are  willing  to  cooperate. 

-215- 

CONFIDENTIAL  . 


21  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  BREMSE  ran  aground  in  the  Parmsund  on  a  transport 
assignment  and  is  stuck  fast.   Troops  on  board  were  landed  in 
Haugesund  by  PT  boats. 

Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  requests  that  minesweeper  M  wln 
may  be  left  for  special  assignments  (protection  against  mines, 
supplies  for  troops,  bringing  in  merchantmen).   He  also  reports 
that  to  an  increasing  degree  the  tasks  arising  can  no  longer 
be  fulfilled  without  motor  minesweepers.   The  PT  boats  are 
at  present  indispensable  because  of  constant  defense  and 
transport  assignments,  also  pilot  duties. 

The  allocation  of  two  minesweepers  is  requested  for  the  operation 
against  Voss,  for  which  it  is  necessary  to  give  up  the  Army 
battalion  in  Hardanger  Fjord.   This  allocation  is  not  possible, 
however.   On  the  other  hand  minesweeper  M  "1"  is  left  with 
Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  until  further  notice. 

Elimination  of  Boemen  airfield  is  demanded,  since  enemy  planes 
are  suspected  to  be  attacking  from  there. 

Stavanger-Krlstlanaand; 

Nothing  to  report. 

Oslo; 

No  defense  possible  in  Oslo  Fjord  because  of  the  lack  of  units. 

The  Norwegian  submarines  A  "3W  and  M4M  were  detected  in 
Melsonvik  at  10  m.  depth  by  a  diver.   It  may  be  possible  to 
salvage  them. 

In  a  letter  to  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  dated  19  April, 
Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  reports  on  the  present  situation  in 
Norway  and  especially  in  Oslo  and  reports  his  plans.   In 
addition  to  looking  after  the  Oslo  area  and  all  coastal  defenses 
along  the  Norwegian  coast,  the  Admiral  also  feels  himself 
responsible  for  seaward  defenses,  insofar  as  they  concern  the 
skerries  and  fjord  area. 

Here  he  considers  artillery  defense  ashore,  patrol,  reporting 
service  and  defense  by  suitable  naval  forces,  as  well  as  mine 
defense,  an  inseparable  whole  and  summarizes  his  renewed  request 
for: 

1.  Clear  definition  of  spheres  of  responsibility. 

2.  Leaving  Norwegians  naval  vessels  In  general  for 


-216- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


• 


21  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Norwegian  coastal  waters.   Single  ones  to  be 
given  up  only  when  requirements  are  met  along 
the  Norwegian  coast.   (For  letter  see  reference 
file  "Weseruebung" • ) 

Naval  Staff's  attitude  to  the  question  of  definition  of  spheres 
of  responsibility  and  allocation  of  units  is  as  follows: 

1«  The  area  east  of  the  Skagerrak  declared  area  is  a 
complete  operational  area  in  itself,  in  which  only 
one  office  can  control  and  command. 

2.  This  area  is  closely  connected  with  the  adjoining 
entrances  to  the  Baltic  to  the  south,  in  which 
Group  Baltic  is  responsible.   Responsibility  for 
the  whole  area  and  operations  by  units  in  this 
area  for  the  various  assignments  which  arise  here 
is  therefore  entirely  that  of  Group  Baltic. 

3.  There  will  probably  always  be  a  certain  concentration 
of  enemy  submarine  operations  off  the  south  coast 

of  Norway.   The  danger  is  directed  against  the 
stream  of  traffic  constantly  putting  in  and  out  of 
the  ports,  that  is,  not  against  stationary  coastal 
defense  installations  but  against  flowing  traffic  at 
sea,  which  therefore  also  requires  not  only  stationary 
but  constant  escorting  defense. 

4.  On  account  of  its  importance  Oslo  Fjord  will  always 
remain  a  dangerous  area  for  supply  traffic.   It 
therefore  seems  advisable  to  institute  permanent 
local  defense  here.   Similarly  to  the  way  in  which 
harbor  defense  flotillas  exist  at  other  places, 
everything  is  to  be  done  here  too  -  and  at  other 
spots  along  the  Norwegian  coast  -  to  institute  an 
effective,  purely  local  patrol  and  defense  under 
the  command  of  the  Port  Commander  in  question. 
Seagoing  units  will  on  no  account  be  considered  for 
these  duties. 

5.  The  abundance  of  the  assignments  and  the  relatively 
small  number  of  units  demand  their  use  by  one  office 
in  order  to  guarantee  equal  strain  and  the  greatest 
economy. 

This  does  not  exclude  a  temporary  allocation  for 
certain  vital  assignments.   But  this  must  also  be 

-217- 

CONFIDENTIAL  - 


21  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


done  by  one  office,  i.e.  Group  Baltic. 

Naval  Staff's  decision  on  the  subject  of  definition  of  the 
areas  of  defense  and  responsibility  therefore  runs: 

1.  Group  Baltic  is  responsible  for  the  entire 
sea  area  east  of  the  Skagerraf  declared  area, 
concentrating  on  anti-submarine  measures. 

2.  Defense  of  ports  on  the  south  coast  of  Norway 
and  of  the  inner  Oslo  Fjord  north  of  Horten  is 
the  task  of  the  Port  Commanders  and  is  therefore 
in  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway's  sphere  as  soon 
as  harbor  defense  units  are  available. 

The  open  sea  area  of  the  outer  Oslo  Fjord  belongs 
to  the  sphere  of  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses, 
Baltic  and  therefore  of  Group  Baltic. 

3.  Since  there  are  at  present  no  harbor  defense 
flotillas  in  operational  readiness  for  southern 
Norway  and  there  is  only  a  relatively  small  number 
of  units  available  for  the  many  tasks  in  the 
Baltic  area,  forces  will  still  be  allocated  by 
Group  Baltic  for  the  present, taking  into  considerat 
vital  tasks.   Efforts  are  to  be  made  to  make 
available  efficient  harbor  defense  flotillas  from 
the  Baltic  to  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  as  soon 

as  possible  or  provision  by  Commanding  Admiral, 
Norway  of  Norwegian  vessels  for  these  tasks. 

4.  Group  Baltic  will  take  into  consideration  as  far 
as  possible  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway's  request 
for  the  allocation  of  units.   Group  Baltic  and 
Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  will  arrange  the  time 
when  Port  Commanders  take  over  harbor  defense 
assignments  for  the  individual  ports. 


—218— 

CONFIDENTIAL 


21  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Situation  In  the  North  Sea: 

Because  of  a  still  unexplained  explosion  astern  of  the  steamer 
FRANZ  OHLROGGE,  a  mine  warning  report  has  been  given  for  the 
Elbe  between  peacetime  position  Elbe  I  and  buoy  17. 

It  is  possible  that  the  enemy  is  using  aerial  mines  in  the 
Elbe,   Investigations  by  mine-exploding  vessels  and  a  harbor 
defense  flotilla  are  in  progress, 

Skagerrak/Kattegat : 

Submarine  alarm  reports  north  of  Kullen  and  south  of  Samsoe. 
According  to  the  Radio  Monitoring  Service,  eight  enemy  submarines 
are  operating  in  the  Skagerrak/Kattegat  at  present.   Anti- 
submarine patrol  and  air  escort  &s   planned. 

Mine  Situation: 

The  steamer  TOGO  was  drmaged  by  striking  a  mine  off  Frederikshavn. 
100  per  cent  searching  sweep  of  the  suspicious  area  is  being 
continued. 

Mines  of  the  deep  mine  barrage  at  the  northern  entrance  to 
the  Little  Belt  were  again  swept. 

The  location  of  the  WESER's  accident  was  investigated.   No 
discoveries. 

The  Danish  steamer  ANNE  sent  "S.O.S.   Ship  must  be  abandoned", 
in  the  Skagerrak. 

Naval  Staff's  instructions  to  Group  West  to  confirm  the 
effectiveness  of  the  Skagerrak  mine  barrage  by  a  deceptive 
radio  message  have  thus  been  carried  out.   The  S.O.S.  was 
picked  up  and  repeated  by  British  transmitters. 


Transport  Situation: 

Transports  of  personnel  and  material  proceed  as  planned. 


-219- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


21  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Submarine  Situation 

Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  has  issued  the  following 
instructions  for  firing  torpedoes  with  percussion  firing: 

With  percussion  firing  depth  =  draught-1  m.,  against 
destroyers,  submarines  and  steamers  under  4,000 
tons  3m.,  in  good  weather  2  <m. 

Depth-setting  2  m.  not  permitted  for  G  7a. 
Set  depth  at  5  m.  for  battleships. 


Distribution  of  submarines 

North  of  Trondheim: 
Northwest  of  Mosjoen: 
Bergen  and  area  off  Bergen: 
East  of  the  Shetlands: 
West  of  the  Shetlands: 
North  of  the  Hebrides: 
West  of  the  Orkneys: 
East  of  the  Orkneys: 
Pentland  Firth: 
Return  passage: 


Proceeding  to  Trondheim: 

Missing: 

In  home  waters: 


TJ 
U 

TJ 
U 

u 
u 
u 

TJ 
U 
U 


U 

u 
u 


•25" 

'38" 
'61" 
'23" 
'34" 
'52" 
•30" 
•59" 
•13" 
'46" 
»62" 
»43" 
'29" 
'49" 
'10" 
T4", 
'7", 


"47",  "65". 

"24",  "17",  "14". • 

"57",  "58". 

"51",  "9",  "60", 

"19",  "56",  "26", 

"50",  "1". 


"28",  "32",  "37", 
"2",  "3",  "5",  "6", 
"18",  "20",  "21",  "42". 


Air  Situation 

Concentration  on  supporting  Army  operations  and  on  reconnaissance 
and  combat  tasks  in  the  Aalesund-Andalsnes-Namsos  area.   For 
particulars  see  "Air  Force  Events  of  the  Day"  (radiogram  2400 
and  "Air  Situation"). 


-220- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


21  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Merchant  Shipping 

The  steamer  AFRIKA  sailed  from  Bergen  to  Stavanger  without 
escort  on  16  April,  contrary  to  orders;   she  has  been  overdue 
since  then* 


• 


• 


-221- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


22  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

Norway: 

For  General  Falkenhorst T s  appeal  for  an  amnesty,  on  the 
occasion  of  the  Fuehrer's  birthday,  for  Norwegians  who  have 
incurred  a  death  sentence  according  to  martial  law  see 
Foreign  Press  Report. 

Sweden; 

The  King  of  Sweden  has  sent  a  letter  to  the  Fuehrer  expressing 
his  desire  for  absolute  neutrality.   During  his  conferences  in 
Berlin  Admiral  Tamm  gained  the  impression  that  German  authorities 
thought  Sweden  would  not  defend  her  neutrality  with  all  possible 
means.   The  King  stresses  in  his  letter  that  Sweden  will  do 
everything  to  defend  her  neutrality  by  armed  force. 

(For  appreciation  of  the  situation  in  Sweden,  see  Political 
Review. ) 

Italy: 

On  National  Labor  Day  the  Duce  made  a  short?  speech  to  the 
workers  from  the  Palazzo  Venecia.   He  said: 

"Today's  celebrations  have  an  especially  solemn  character  as 
a  result  of  events.   It  can  be  summarized  by  the  words: 

♦Work  and  Weapons' 

I  am  certain  that  this  is  the  watchword  of  the  entire  Italian 
nation  from  the  Alps  to  the  shores  of  Africa." 

Russia: 

It  is  revealed  from  a  reliable  source: 

1.  The  Baltic  States  will  be  swallowed  up  by  Russia 
in  the  summer,  in  August  at  the  latest; 

2.  The  internal  political  effect  of  the  Finnish 
war  has,  by  means  of  skillful  propaganda  by  him, 
led  to  a  great  strengthening  of  Stalin's  position 
inside  Russia; 

3.  The  Russian  Army  is  at  present  divided  into 


-222- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


22  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


three  main  groups: 

a)  in  the  Baltic  States 

b)  in  front  of  Bessarabia 

c)  around  Murmansk  (as  a  front  against 
surprise  attacks  from  the  Norwegian  theater). 

d)  substantial  reinforcements  have  not  gone  to 
the  Caucasus* 

4.  Russia  does  not  wish  to  quarrel  with  Great  Britain 
and  Prance.    (Courier  service  through  Russia 
permitted' after  cessation  of  other  communications.) 


A  severe  blow  has  been  struck  to  Great  Britain' 
intelligence  service  from  the  whole  Baltic  area 
by  the  Norway  operation. 


» 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief ,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items 

1.  For  Quisling's  memorandum  on  the  development  of  the 
situation  in  Norway  see  reference  file  "Weseruebung". 

2.  The  Fuehrer  ordered  on  21  April  that,  with  regard  to 
the  tense  situation  in  Trondheim,  the  destroyers  PAUL  JACOEI 
and  THEODOR  RIEDEL  should  remain  in  Trondheim  temporarily  to 
strengthen  the  naval  front. 

Naval  Staff  has  complied  with  this  special  wish  of  the  Fuehrer 
since  the  present  enemy  situation  and  state  of  readiness  of 
the  destroyers  make  a  return  offer  little  prospect  of  success 
at  the  present  time.   It  is,  however,  fundamentally  of  the 
opinion  that  the  destroyers  are  most  unsuited  to  the  task 
intended  for  them  by  Armed  Forces  High  Command  and  that  they 
run  the  risk  in  Trondheim  of  being  hemmed  in  or  falling  victim 
to  dive-bombing  from  the  enemy  aircraft  carriers. 

It  therefore  adheres  to  its  plan  to  propose  to  the  Fuehrer 
the  return  of  the  destroyers  when  the  enemy  situation  is  more 
favorable. 


-223- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


22  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


3.  The  various,  still  unexplained  mine  explosions  and 
hits  on  mines  in  the  Kattegat  and  on  the  Elbe  now  most  probably 
indicate  the  first  use  of  aerial  mines  by  the  British.   It 
cannot  yet  be  stated  whether  these  are  ground  mines  or  moored 
mines  and  whether  they  were  parachuted  or  laid  from  planes 
landing  on  the  water.   Speedy  salvage  of  such  a  mine  is  of 
decisive  importance  in  combatting  them. 

4.  Coastal  Defense  Commander,  Denmark  and  Group  Baltic 
consider  the  present  time  politically  most  unsuitable  for  a 
possible  taking-over  of  the  Danish  Fleet  by  Germany,  which  was 
being  considered  for  carrying  out  defense  assignments.   Among 
Danish  officers  and  in  other  circles  of  the  Danish  population 
there  are  those  who  regret  the  King  of  Denmark's  decision  for 
a  peaceful  solution,  with  reference  to  the  Norwegian  Army's 
defensive  action.   It  is  to  be  feared  that  a  demand  for  the 
handing-over  of  the  Danish  Navy  to  Germany,  which  would  strongly 
affect  Danish  honor,  would  greatly  disturb  pacification  in 
Denmark.   It  is  therefore  proposed  that  such  a  measure  be 
abandoned  for  the  present. 

Chief,  Naval  Staff  agrees  to  the  proposal.   Taking-over  of 
Danish  naval  vessels  by  Germany  is  to  be  entirely  avoided  if 
possible  and  instead  the  Danish  Navy  is  to  be  requested  to 
carry  out  defense  and  protective  measures  with  its  own  personnel 

5.  Armed  Forces  High  Command,  Operations  Staff  judges  tin 
situation  in  Trondheim  to  be  very  strained  in  view  of  the 
extensive  landings  by  the  Western  Powers  in  the  Namsos  area 

and  in  Romsdals  Fjord-Andalsnes.   Army  troops  and  supplies  are 
constantly  being  brought  up  by  means  of  transport  planes,  but 
this  cannot  be  done  by  air  ifco  the  necessary  extent,  especially 
with  heavy  arms  and  guns.   The  Fuehrer  therefore  plans  to 
bring  up  stronger  forces  by  sea  and  has  ordered  that  the  fast 
steamers  EUROPA  and  BREMEN  and  the  East  Asia  steamers  GNEISENAU 
and  POTSDAM  be  made  ready  to  sail  at  once.   Naval  Staff  is  to 
submit  to  immediate  investigation  the  operational  practicabilit 
of  such  a  single  supply  operation  to  Trondheim. 

For  survey  of  the  situation  see  reference  file  "Weseruebung". 

The  following  conclusion  is  arrived  at: 

1.  The  operation  would  lead  through  an  area  which 
the  enemy  dominates  with  much  superior  forces 
and  which  is  exposed  to  very  severe  danger  from 
the  air. 

•y24- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


22   April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


2.  Escort  of  the  transport  formation  by  the 
battleships  and  all  available  destroyers  and 
torpedo  boats  would  be  necessary. 

3.  The  length  of  the  route  would  make  unobserved 
advance  impossible  and  allow  the  enemy  plenty 
of  time  to  concentrate  such  superior  forces  that 
even  before  they  reached  their  goal  there  would 
be  nothing  left  for  the  vessels  of  the  German 
Fleet  but  to  fight  to  the  last.   The  operation 
would  therefore  mean,  for  the  second  time,  an 
all-out  operation  by  the  entire  Fleet  still  in 
war  readiness,  with  very  slight  prospects  of 
successfully  carrying  out  the  transport  operation, 

4.  The  large  transports  would  be  very  greatly 
exposed  to  danger  from  the  air.   Enemy  bombing 
and  dive-bombing  attacks  would  endanger  the 
ships,  troops  on  board  and  material  most  severely 
even  after  the  ships  put  in  to  Trondheim. 


> 


5.  The  loss  of  the  transports  and  the  battleships  in 
action  against  a  superior  enemy  would  mean  the 
most  severe  loss  of  prestige  and  thus  a  definite 
setback  in  the  whole  Norway  action.   After  the 
loss  of  the  battleships  there  would  be  very  serious 
danger  to  the  safety  of  sea  communications  in  the 
Skagerrak  because  of  the  weakness  of  German  forces. 

Naval  Staff  is  therefore  forced  to  advise  Armed 

Rorces  High  Command,  Operations  Staff  decidedly 

against  the  execution  of  such  a  transport  under- 
taking? 


1500: 

Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  in  conference  with  the  Fuehrer. 

pommander  in  Chief,  Navy  submitted  Naval  Staff* s  objections 
to  the  Trondheim  transport  operation  and  proposed  that  in 
case  of  necessity  the  crossing  could  be  made  to  Stavanger 
with  the  GNEISENAU  and  POTSDAM. 


-225- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


22  April* 1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  Fuehrer  agreed  with  Naval  Staff's  objections  and  ordered 
the  preparation  of  the  East  Asia  steamers.   If  possible, 
transport  as  far  as  Bergen  is  to  be  undertaken. 

Further  points  discussed  with  the  Fuehrer: 

Submarine  transports 

Transport  of  coastal  batteries  to  Stavanger 

Transports  for  Oslo 

Use  of  naval  forces  for  defense  assignments 

Use  of  aerial  mines  by  enemy  planes 

Postponement  of  use  of  Danish  naval  vessels 

for  the  German  Navy 

Report  on  failure  of  submarine  torpedoes. 

Commander  in  Chief,  Navy  also  pointed  out  the  urgent  operational 
need  for  the  use  of  aerial  mines  in  Scapa  and  the  Clyde  by  the 
operational  Air  Force.   The  Fuehrer  stated  that  Commander  in 
Chief,  Air  Force  considers  the  formations  not  yet  sufficiently 
trained  to  lay  mines  in  Scapa. 

Naval  Staff  cannot  acknowledge  this  Air  Force  argument.   The  9th 
Air  Division  has  already  carried  out  aerial  minelaying  operations 
and  proved  their  practicability.   It  is  now  of  decisive 
importance,  regarding  the  British  operations  in  Norway,  if  ground 
mines  are  laid  in  the  main  supply  port,  Scapa,  and  the  main 
port  of  embarkation,  Glasgow  on  the  Clyde,  so  that  the  greatest 
difficulties  are  thus  put  in  the  way  of  the  British.   Naval 
Staff  considers  the  request  extremely  urgent. 

(For  particulars  see  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy's  memorandum 
of  conference  with  the  Fuehrer,  War  Diary,  Part  C,  Vol.  VII.) 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic; 

Nothing  special  to  report. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters; 

1  battleship,  1  cruiser  and  5  destroyers  were  detected  in  the 

-226- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


22  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


And  Fjord/Harstad  area.   Off  Narvik  the  cruisers  PENELOPE, 
ENTERPRISE  and  four  destroyers  bombarded  Narvik1 s  harbor  and 
defense  installations. 

In  the  Namsoa  area; 

Several  enemy  destroyers  were  attacked  by  the  Air  Force.   The 
transport  CHOBRY,  which  disembarked  troops  in  Namsos,  put  in  to 
the  Clyde  on  21  April. 

Namsos  harbor  h*as  been  burnt  out  as  the  result  of  air  attacks. 
Romsdals  Fjord-Andalsnes ; 

Lively  traffic  consisting  of  Eritish  transports  and  naval 
forces  indicates  that  enemy  action  is  at  present  concentrated 
here.   Five  transports  put  in  to  Molde  Fjord  and  two  cruisers 
were  sighted  putting  out.   The  cruiser  ARETHUSA  and  several 
destroyers  off  Andalsnes.   Destroyers  and  steamers  were  reported 
putting  in  and  out  of  Romsdals  Fjord. 


Home  area; 

Air  reconnaissance  reported  three  battleships  and  five  cruisers 
in  a  bay  on  the  west  side  of  the  Shetlands,  also  numerous  large 
merchantmen  in  Kirkwall  Bay.   Scapa  was  not  covered  because 
of  clouds.   In  the  evening  U  "57"  reported  a  large  cruiser  and 
destroyers  on  northeasterly  course  east  of  the  Shetlands. 

The  battleship  RESOLUTION  and  a  second  battleship  are  operating 
on  convc*y  duties  between  the  Shetlands  and  Lofotens. 


During  the  last  few  days  there  has  been  no  indication  of  the 
presence  of  heavy  French  vessels  in  the  northern  area. 


-227- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


22  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Own  Situation: 

Atlantic: 

Auxiliary  cruisers  were  informed  about  the  movements  of 
enemy  forces  and  merchant  shipping.   (See  radiograms 
1501,  1514.) 

North  Sea  area: 

Sailing  and  action  readiness  of  the  battleships  has  been  re- 
established except  for  a  slight  restriction  of  fire  control  on 
the  GNEISENAU  and  for  maximum  continuous  speed  of  28.5  knots  in 
the  case  of  the  SCHARNHORST.   The  urgently  desired  activity 
by  the  battleships  through  operations  in  the  Shetlands- 
Stadtlandet  area  must  for  the  present  be  abandoned  on  account 
of  the  deeply  regrettable  state  of  readiness  of  the  destroyers 
(at  present  only  two  in  full  operational  readiness)  and  with 
regard  to  the  final  decision  of  Armed  Forces  High  Command, 
Operations  Staff,  still  awaited,  on  the  transport  operation 
to  Bergen. 

With  reference  to  the  extension  northwards  of  the  theater  of 
naval  operations,  Group  West  requests  the  transfer  of  the 
806th  Coast  Patrol  Group  (He  111)  to  more  favorably  situated 
operational  bases.   -Westerland  is  suggested,  if  necessary 
at  least  as  a  jump-off  base  for  formations  of  Commander,  Naval 
Air,  West. 

The  question  is  being  reviewed  by  the  Air  F,orce  General 
attached  to  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy. 


The  Elbe  is  again  opened  by  Group  West  after  an  unsuccessful 
check  sweep  for  mines. 

Twelve  planes  of  the  3rd  Squadron  of  the  506th  Group  and  twelve 
further  planes  of  the  1st  and  2nd  Groups  of  the  126th  Bomber 
Wing  carried  out  aerial  minelaying  operations  in  the  area  off 
Harwich  and  in  the  Downs.   The  planes  were  spotted  and  reported 
by  enemy  patrol  vessels  and  minesweepers  when  dropping  the  mines. 

—228— 

CONFIDENTIAL 


22  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


(Mines  are  said  to  have  been  laid  in  the  vicinity  of  Goodwin 
Knoll  Buoy.) 

Because  of  the  aerial  minelaying  operation  carried  out  in  the 
Downs  on  21  April,  a  directive  was  issued  to  all  British  air 
forces  that  all  planes,  whether  with  navigation  lights  on  or 
off,  would  be  attacked  by  night  fighters  if  they  approached  the 
coast  under  4,000  feet  altitude  within  a  40  mile  radius  around 
Northumberland. 


Narvik; 

Tromsoe  transmitter  advised  the  civilian  population  to  leave  the 
town  as  a  British  bombardment  was  imminent.   At  1200  Group 
Narvik  reported  bombardment  of  railroad  lines  and  defense 
installations  by  an  ENTERPRISE  class  cruiser  and  a  PENELOPE 
<»lass  cruiser  and  four  destroyers.   Further  destroyers  are 
obviously  covering  troop  disembarkations  in  Bogen  Fjord. 
Major  General  Dletl  reports  that  Narvik  will  be  held  at  all 
costs..   At  night  British  destroyers  are  patrolling  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  Narvik  and  in  Rombaken  Fjord. 

Trondhelm: 

Army  operation  against  Steinkjaer  and  Verdalsoeren,  supported 
by  one  destroyer  and  one  torpedo  boat. 

Bergen; 

Unit  advanced  as  far  as  Vaksdal  in  Soer  Fjord  with  the  support 
of  Ship  "18".   Ship  "18"  destroyed  a  Norwegian  patrol  vessel. 

The  BREMSE  was  refloated  and  is  to  go  into  dock  in  Stavanger. 

At  the  request  of  Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast,  the  1st  PT  Boat 
Flotilla  has  been  put  at  his  disposal  to  help  the  Army  operation 
against  Voss.  Group  West  must  therefore  relinquish  operational 
control  of  the  PT  boats  for  this  period. 


-229- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


22  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


For  defense  of  the  sea  route  between  Skudesnes  and  Kristiansand, 
Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  proposes  a  flanking  barrage 
outside  the  3  mile  line  from  Utsire  as  far  as  the  enemy  barrage 
system  off  Lister  Fjord.   Since  there  are  at  present  no  mines 
with  long  mooring  ropes  available  for  laying  the  requested 
flanking  barrages,  with  which  Naval  Staff  is  in  fundamental 
agreement,  they  must  be  postponed  for  the  present. 


Stavanger; 

Unsuccessful  air  raids  on  the  evening  of  21  April  ended  in 
two  enemy  bombers  being  shot  down* 

The  steamers  PALIME  and  PELIKAN  have  put  in  to  Stavanger  with 
the  first  two  15  cm.  guns  for  the  coastal  battery. 


South  coast  of  Norway; 

Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  considers  that  the  situation  on  the 
south  coast. is  now  so  far  clarified  that  Norwegian  naval  vessels 
need  no  longer  be  expected  in  this  area.   Defense  therefore 
now  only  necessary  by  patrol  units. 

Commanding  Admiral/  Norway  now  has  at  his  disposal  for  defense 
of  the  inner  Oslo  Fiord  the  5th  Motor  Minesweeper  Flotilla, 
consisting  of  8  boats,  whale  catchers  RAU  M7"  and  n8n ,  2 
Norwegian  whale  boats  and  the  Norwegian  boats  of  the  9th 
Torpedo  Boat  Flotilla,  which  are  constantly  being  added  and 
cannot  be  used  outside  the  fjords. 

Group  Baltic  thus  takes  over  defense  of  Oslo  Fjord  only  from 
59°  25 f  N,  southwards.   Defense,  fcpwever,  only  as  allfbwed  by 
available  forces,  i.e.  mostly  only  in  the  course  of  protection 
for  transports  to  Oslo.   Further,  Group  Baltic  Is  equipping  10 
motor  drifters  each  for  Oslo  and  Kristiansand  as  emergency 
harbor  defense  boats,  with  depth  charges  and  minesweeping  gear. 
Arming  with  captured  Norwegian  guns  is  planned  (see  radiograms 
1356  and  2315). 

-230- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


22  April  1940  ^CONFIDENTIAL 


Skagerrak/Kattegat : 

According  to  radio  intelligence  there  were  five  enemy  submarines 
in  the  Skagerrak  area  on  the  morning  of  22  April.   Two 
submarines  left  Harwich  for  the  Skagerrak  in  the  forenoon. 
Some  of  them  are  French. 

Various  submarine  chases  and  depth  charging  had  no  visible 
result. 

The  western  portion  of  the  net  barrage  has  been  laid  from  the 
coast  of  Jutland  near  Ebeltoft  via  the  island  of  Hjelm  to 
Seelands  Rev. 

Mine  Situation; 

Minesweeping  near  Hirsholm  and  off  Frederikshavn  continues. 
Five  brass-cap  mines  swept.   Check  sweeping  of  the  Skagerrak 
barrage  and  sweeping  in  Sprogoe  Channel  and  the  Little  Belt  is 
in  progress. 

Transport  Situation: 

Fast  troop  transport  unit  with  530  men  put  in  to  Larvik.  t Further 
troops  and  material  on  nine  steamers  in  three  groups  are  on  their 
way  to  Oslo  as  planned. 

Armed  Forces  High  Command  has  ordered  the  immediate  transfer 
of  the  11th  Rifle  Brigade  from  Aalborg  to  Oslo.   Five  steamers 
have  been  nastily  sent  rrom  Oslo  to  Aalborg  for  this  purpose. 


Situation  In  Sweden  I 

The  Swedish  Government  has  taken  the  following  new  legal  steps 
for  the  purpose  of  ensuring  defense  of  the  country. 

It  is  forbidden  to  put  in  to  ports  and  enter  port  areas 
at  all  important  places  on  the  east  and  west  coast  of  Sweden 
until  permission  has  been  obtained  from  the  shipping  control 
offices  In  Stockholm  and  Gothenburg. 


—231— 

CONFIDENTIAL 


22  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Submarine  Situation 

U  "51"  put  In  to  port.   TJ  rt52",  "38",  "47"  commenceo;  return 
passage.   U  "26"  sank  a  6,000  ton  supply  steamer  from  a 
convoy  north  of  Stadlandet. 

U  "61"  sailed  for  the  Shetlands  after  taking  on  supplies  In 
Bergen. 

U  "62"  reports  a  suspected  mined  area  100  miles  east  of  Fair 
Passage. 

Otherwise  nothing  special  to  report. 


Air  Situation 

The  operational  Air  Force  concentrated  on  supporting  the  Army 
in  operations  on  land  and  in  the  adjoining  sea  area  of  Andalsnes- 
Namsos  (see  Air  Force  Events  of  the  Day,  Volume  Air  Situation). 

Successes  against  naval  forces; 

1  destroyer  hit  by    1  x  250  kg.  bomb  north  of  Andalsnes; 

severely  damaged. 

1  destroyer  hit  by    2  x  250  kg.  bombs  west  of  Molde  Fjord; 

stern  cut  off,  unable  to  move; 


2  steamers  (supply?) 
2  steamers 


Sunk. 

Severely  damaged. 


Merchant  Shipping 

The  Naval  Attache  in  Stockholm  reports  that  there  is  not  a 
sufficient  number  of  pilots  available  at  present  for  Swedish 
territorial  waters  on  the  west  coast.   Sweden  therefore  asks 
us  to  send  only  groups  of  three  or  four  ships  at  present. 
Provision  of  a  sufficient  number  of  pilots  is  again  requested. 


-232- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


23  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

Norway; 

Pacification  is  making  progress  in  southern  Norway.   Results 

of  radio  and  leaflet  propaganda  discernible.   Normal  life  and 

activities  in  Oslo.   So  far  no  acts  of  sabotage  in  the  Oslo 
municipal  area. 

A  Norwegian  White  Paper  published  in  London  makes  the 
following  statements: 

1.  The  German  Government  undertook  no  demarche  with 
regard  to  the  Norwegian  Government  before  the 
first  units  of  the  expeditionary  corps  had  already 
arrived  in  Norwegian  waters  and  were  in  action 
against  Norwegian  forces. 

2.  The  German  Ambassador  in»  Norway,  who  knew  before 
8  April  that  a  German  expedition  had  left  German 
ports,  did  not  try  to  justify  the  German  action 

as  a  counte measure  against  the  British  minelaying. 

3.  The  Norwegian  Government  tried  to  negotiate  as  long 
as  possible.   The  Fuehrer,  however,  refused  to 
conduct  further  negotiations  with  Norway  and  demanded 
the  appointment  of  Quisling  as  Prime  Minister;   a 
demand  that  he  himself  had  to  relinquish  later. 

This  shows  that  Germany  is  incapable  of  making  the 
slightest  concessions  even  to  a  country  which  has 
always  yielded  to  a  great  extent  to  her  wishes. 

Russia; 

1.  A  reliable  source  states  that  as  the  result  of  skillful 
propaganda  the  Finnish  war  has  led  to  a  strengthening  of  Stalin's 
internal  political  position. 

2.  The  Russian  Armor's  main  forces  are, in  the  Baltic  States, 
around  Murmansk  and  at  the  Bessarabian  frontier.   No  substantial 
reinforcements  have  gone  to  the  Caucasus. 

Ireland; 

The  Embassy  in  Dublin  reports  that  strong  representations  by 
the  Irish  Government  have  succeeded  in  freeing  the  Irish 
citizens  living  in  Great  Britain  from  conscription.   About 
25,000  Irishmen  are  exempted  from  conscription  by  this  important 
step. 

-233- 

CONFIDBNTIAL 


23  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Near  East: 

Weygand's  efforts  to  reinforce  the  Orient  Army  and  to  attain 
greater  freedom  of  action  are  said  to  have  been  frustrated 
finally  by  Gamelin's  resistance.   Considerable  differences 
of  opinion  are  mentioned  between  Great  Britain  and  Prance 
regarding  the  supreme  command  of  the  Orient  Army  and  its. 
operations.   Weygand's  demand  for  supreme  command  of  all 
Allied  forces  has  been  nullified  by  a  British  counter-move, 
as  General  Wave 11  has  been  appointed  Supreme  Commander  of  all 
British  forces  in  the  East. 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief ,  Naval  Staff 

Special  Items 

Armed  Forces  High  Command,  Operations  Staff  has  relinquished  its 
demand  for  a  transport  operation  to  Trondheim  because  of  Naval 
Staff's  rejection.   Instead,  transport  to  Bergen  is  to  be 
reviewed. 

Naval  Staff  considers  the  operation  practicable,  even  though 
with  certain  misgivings.   Crossing  should  be  carried  out  so 
that  at  dawn  the  transports  are  off  Skudesnes,  where  strong 
anti-submarine  escort  and  precautionary  anti-submarine  measures 
will  await  the  transports. 

At  a  speed  of  advance  of  20  knots  in  the  open  sea,  the  ships  would 
then  have  to  leave  the  estuaries  about  0600  on  the  day  before 
and  cross  the  latitude  of  Hanstholm  (57°  N)  at  about  2100. 

Defense: 

From  the  Heligoland  Bight  to  Skudesnes  close  escort  by  the  Fleet, 
strong  anti-submarine  escort,  own  bow  protection  gear,  own 
anti-aircraft  weapons,  air  escort  by  Air  Force  fighter  and  heavy 
fighter  formations. 

Picked  up  by  PT  boats  from  Skudesnes;   the  Fleet  forces  will 
be  out  to  sea  and  will  protect  the  transports  advancing  in  the 
skerries  against  penetration  by  enemy  surface  forces  and  partly 
also  against  surprise  attacks  by  enemy  bombers  from  the  west. 

—234- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


23  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


It  Is  necessary  for  the  operation  that  very  strong  air  escort 
of  the  transports  by  fighter  and  heavy  fighter  formations  be 
provided  until  the  troops  and  material  have  been  disembarked 
in  Bergen. 

Group  West  has  very  strong  objections  to  the  despatch  of  the 
POTSDAM  and  GNEISENAU  because  of  the  great  danger  from  the  air, 
and  proposes  that  the  troops  should  be  given  fast  transport  on 
destroyers  and  torpedo  boats  (possible  to  take  over  about  1,200 
men  at  one  time). 

The  question  is  being  re-considered  by  Naval  Staff. 

Since  the  whole  transfer,  following  the  Group1 s  proposal,  would 
however  be  protracted  and  danger  from  mines  and  from  the  air 
would  remain  about  the  same,  Naval  Staff  considers  that  the 
Group's  executive  plan  offers  no  material  advantages  but,  on 
the  contrary,  considerable  disadvantages.    (See  also  24  April.) 


> 


1200: 

Report  by  the  Assistant  Naval  Attache  at  the  Hague,  Lt.  Cdr. 
Besthorn,  to  Chief  of  Staff,  Naval  Staff: 

The  Dutch  Government  Is  firmly  resolved  to  defend 
its  neutrality  against  both  sides  with  all  the  means 
in  its  power.   While  earlier  only  an  Operation 
"East"  was  expected,  Operation  "West"  Is  now  also 
regarded  as  very  threatening.   Extensive  security 
measures  taken  in  Holland  on  9  April.   All  men  on 
leave  recalled.   Pear  of  British  lending.   Great 
alarm  on  13/14  April  because  of  alleged  British 
Fleet  demonstration  off  the  Dutch  coast.   Assumed 
in  Holland  that  If  Germany  attacks  Holland  the  U.S.A. 
will  enter  the  war  on  the  side  of  the  Allies. 

Opinion  on  the  Norway  action  is  that  the  German  landing 
was  only  possible  as  a  result  of  the  treachery  of 
Norwegian  offices. 


-235- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


23  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic: 

Great  Britain; 

The  HOOD  probably  off  the  west  coast  of  Great  Britain.   Radio 
intelligence  detected  transports  sailing  from  and  putting  in  to 
the  Clyde  with  convoy  escort. 

Barrages  in  the  Clyde  have  been  extended  to  the  North  Channel 
off  the  Clyde  and  Kilbrennan  Sound.   The  area  was  announced 
to  be  a  declared  area.   Passing  ships  are  individually 
informed  of  the  gaps  in  the  barrage. 

In  the  Gibraltar  area  there  is  a  strong  concentration  of  forces 
previously  operating  in  the  Atlantic:   the  ROYAL  SOVEREIGN, 
previously  in  Canada,  appeared  in  that  area.   The  MALAYA 
proceeded  from  Great  Britain  to  Gibraltar  on  21  April.   The 
ORION,  coming  from  the  West  Indies,  put  in  to  Gibraltar  on  22 
April,  the  NEPTUNE  and  the  destroyers  DECOY  and  DEFENDER,  coming 
from  Freetown,  on  2'6   April.   The  two  destroyers  DIAMOND  and 
DAINTY,  so  far  also  in  Freetown,  escorted  the  repair  ship 
RESOURCE  to  Gibraltar  and  put  in  to  Malta  on  21  April. 

The  submarines  OTUS  and  ORPHEUS,  coming  from  the  East,  passed 
Port  Said  on  20  April;   the  British  transport  LANCASHIRE  (9,557 
tons)  with  700  troops  aboard,  the  French  transport  DESIRAD 
(9,645  tons)  with  1,500  colored  troops  aboard  passed  Port  Said 
towards  the  Mediterranean  on  20  April. 

The  CORNWALL,  formerly  in  the  South  Africa  area,  is  at  present     g 
in  the  Freetown  area.   The  CUMBERLAND,  also  formerly  in  South 
Africa,  has  probably  been  moved  there  too.   Quite  possible 
that  these  two  ships  will  go  on  to  Great  Britain. 

France: 

A  number  of  the  forces  previously  stationed  off  the  west  coast 
of  Africa  has  been  withdrawn  during  the  past  two  weeks.   Even 
if  details  cannot  be  ascertained,  it  can  be  assumed  that  only 
single  destroyers,  submarines,  and  perhaps  one  or  two  cruisers 
are  still  stationed  in  Dakar  and  Casablanca.   The  cruiser 
JEANNE  D'ARC  and  several  -submarines  are  still  suspected  to  be 
in  Fort  de  France. 

-236- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


23  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  auxiliary  cruisers  in  the  Atlantic  (Ships  "16"  and  "36") 
were  informed  by  radiogram  of  intelligence  on  the  enemy 
situation. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters 

Area  around  Narvik; 

Cruisers  and  destroyers  in  Ofot  and  Rombaken  Fjords  bombarded 
ore  railroad  installations.   The  cruiser  VINDICTIVE  appears 
to  be  controlling  net  laying  in  the  Lofoten  area. 

Namsos  area; 

The  anti-aircraft  cruiser  CALCUTTA  and  another  cruiser  off 
Namsos.   Nothing  new  regarding  troop  disembarkations. 

Romsdals  Fjord-Andalsnes ; 

The  cruiser  ARETHUSA  left  Andalsnes  to  proceed  to  Rosyth. 
The  cruiser  CURACAO  is  off  Andalsnes  as  anti-aircraft  defense. 
Air  reconnaissance  spotted  and  attacked  destroyers  and  supply 
steamers  at  the  entrance  to  Molde  Fjord.   Njo  Important  landings 
could  be  seen. 

Several  destroyers  and  single  steamers,  some  putting  in  and 
some  out,  were  sighted  in  the  fjords  between  Sogne  Fjord  and 
Kristiansund. 

Home  area; 

Air  reconnaissance  by  the  operational  Air  Force  sighted  2 
aircraft  carriers,  cruisers  and  15  destroyers  in  Scapa  Flow 
on  22  April.   U  "65"  reports  a  battle  6ruiser  with  destroyer 
escort  200  miles  north-northeast  of  the  Shetlands  on  southerly 
course. 

The  cruiser  BIRMINGHAM  put  in  to  Scapa.   According  to  subsequent 
radio  evaluation,  the  GLASGOW  and  SHEFFIELD  left  Scapa  on  20 
April. 

Lively  minesweeping  activity,  primarily  against  magnetic  mines* 
in  the  Downs  is  to  be  seen  from  radio  traffic.   The  magnetic 
sweeps  are  said  to  extend  specially  to  the  channel  between  the 
Humber  lightship  and  Spurn  Point • 


-237- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


23  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  British  steamer  LOLWORTH  (1.970  tons)  and  the  Italian 
steamer  ITALO  BALBO  (5,100  tons)  struck  mines  off  the 
southeast  coast. 


Own  Situation 


Atlantic: 


Disposition  of  enemy  forces  was  passed  on  to  the  auxiliary- 
cruisers.   Tendency  at  present  to  move  heavy  enemy  forces  to 
the  North  Sea,  certain  concentration  in  the  Gibraltar  area, 
weakening  of  Atlantic  forces. 


North  Sea/Northern  Waters 

Situation  in  the  North  Sea: 

Group  West  requests  the  allocation  of  the  2nd  PT  Boat  Flotilla, 
because  of  the  complete  lacl#  of  vessels  suitable  for  escorting 
supply  steamers  on  the  Heligoland'  Bight-Stavanger-Bergen  route. 
Group  Baltic  has  great  cl  jections  to  handing  over  the  flotilla, 
thus  completely  depriving  Kristiansand  of  naval  forces  and 
removing  any  sort  of  defense  for  the  entrance  to  the  Skagerrak, 
since  Group  Baltic  has  no  available  substitute. 

In  spite  of  this  Naval  Staff  feels  obliged  to  put  the  2nd 
PT  Boat  Flotilla  at  Group  Westfs  disposal,  having  regard  to 
the  new  North  Sea  assignments  (Bergen  transports,  defense 
assignments  off  the  southwest  coast  of  Norway,  battleship  sorties). 
The  TSINGTAU  is,  however,  to  remain  in  Kristiansand,  which  will 
still  be  the  main  base  of  the  PT  Boat  Flotilla  until  further 
notice. 

Group  West  is  to  allocate  assignments  to  the  Flotilla  so  that  if 
necessary  it  is  still  possible  to  use  it  for  defense  of  the 
entrance  to  the  Skagerrak. 

-238- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


23  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Narvik; 

Close  enemy  destroyer  patrol  off  the  port  and  in  Rombaken. 
Cruisers  and  destroyers  bombarded  the  ore  railroad  installations 
from  Rombaken  in  the  forenoon.   The  Group  is  constantly 
requesting  air  support,  since  there  are  no  defensive  weapons 
available  against  naval  forces.   Commander,  Armed  Forces 
expects  a  large-scale  enemy  attack  soon.   Ore  railroad  was 
effectively  cut  by  the  enemy.    (See  radiogram  1803.) 


Trondhelm; 

Because  of  the  lack  of  communications  between  Bergen  and 
Trondhelm,  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  has  for  the  present 
assumed  direct  authority  over  Port  Commander,  Trondhelm. 

Supply  submarine  U  "29"  has  put  in  to  Trondhelm. 

Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  was  informed  by  Naval  Staff  that 
the  return  of  both  Trondhelm  destroyers  is  planned  after  the 
establishment  of  maximum  possible  readiness  to  proceed.   Further 
armament  is  therfore  not  to  be  removed.   A  favorable  opportunity 
for  the  return  passage  must  be  awaited. 


Bergen: 

Nothing  special  to  report.   Land  operations  against  Voss  were 
continued  successfully.   Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  requests 
the  allocation  of  armed  trawlers,  especially  since  Ship  "18" 
urgently  requires  a  14  day  overhaul  after  operations  off  Voss. 

Skagerrak/Kattegat ; 

Naval  Staff  has  issued  the  following  directive  regarding 
definition  of  the  areas  of  responsibility  of  Groups  Baltic  and 
West: 


-239- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


23  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


1.  The  line  dividing  Group  Baltic  and  Group  West 
Is  the  eastern  limit  of  the  Skagerrak  declared 
area, 

2*  Petrol  of  the  southern  barrage  gap  Is  the  affair 
of  Group  West. 

Patrol  of  the  northern  passage  is  the  affsir  of 
Group  Baltic. 

3.  Limit  of  responsibility  for  coastal  defense  is 
the  point  of  Intersection  of  the  eastern  limit 
of  the  declared  area  with  the  coastlines. 
According  to  this,  Hanstholm  is  under  Coastal 
Defense  Commander,  North  Priesland. 

4.  Military  and  administrative  subordination  as 
per  military  line  of  demarcation  as  under  3. 

5.  Coastal  Defense  Commander,  Denmark  will  handle 
general  economic  questions  for  the  whole  Danish 
area. 


Enemy  submarines  are  appearing  in  greater  strength  in  the 
Skagerrak  and  Kattegat.   Submarine  alarm  reports  south  of 
Oslo  Fjord,  north  of  Skagen,  north  of  Kullen,  near  Schultz 
Grund.   Submarine-chaser  "B"  was  torpedoed  and  destroyed 
north  of  Skagen.    Torpedoboat  T  "153"  and  the  17th  Submarine- 
Chaser  Flotilla  report  probable  destruction  of  three  enemy 
submarines  in  all  (two  to  be  assumed  as  definite). 


Mine  Situation: 

According  to  a  Danish  report,  the  dredger  PROGRESS  struck  a 
mine  and  sank  in  the  Drogden  in  the  morning.   At  1817  mine- 
sweeper M  "1302"  was  lost  off  Frederikshavn  after  striking 
a  mine. 


-240- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


23  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  17th  Submarine- Chaser  Flotilla  reports  that  at  2040 
on  23  April  it  sighted  three  planes  at  a  great  distance 
dropping  large  parachutes,  apparently  mines,  about  1  mile 
east  of  the  Storamiddel  Grund  southeast  of  Anholt. 

The  flight  of  numerous  enemy  planes  is  reported  via  Schleswig 
Holstein  into  the  Western  Baltic  as  far  as  Warnemuende. 

Check  sweeping  of  the  ferry  route  Nyborg-Korsoer  with  special 
gear  was  without  result. 


Transport  Situation  and  Escort  Services 

Transport  assignments  carried  out  as  planned.   Fast  transport 
of  420  men  has  arrived  in  Larvik*   Mixed  material  and  troop 
transports  arrived  in  Oslo. 

Since  no  trawlers  and  drifters  can  be  seized  in  the  area  of  the 
south  coast  of  Norway,  Group  Baltic  requests  the  speedy  seizure 
of  39-40  trawlers  and  the  same  number  of  drifters  and  quick 
transfer  to  the  Baltic.   Group  Baltic  also  requests  the  quickest 
possible  provision  of  guns  for  those  units  of  Commanding  Admiral, 
Defenses,  Baltic  not  yet  equipped  with  them.    (See  teletype 
1348.) 

Naval  Staff  must  refuse  the  Group's  request  for  the  allocation 
of  the  4th  and  6th  Minesweeper  Flotillas  from  the  North  Sea 
because  of  urgent  assignments  in  that  area. 

Sweden; 

For  Swedish  demarche  because  Swedish  territory  has  in  numerous 
cases  been  flown  over,  see  radiogram  file,  1815. 

For  reports  about  defense  measures  in  Swedish  ports  and 
airports  see  radiogram  2330. 


■241- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


23  April  1940  COITFIDENTIAL 


Submarine  Situation 

U  "29"  put  in  to  Trondheim  and  was  ordered  to  take  up  position 
in  the  area  north  of  the  Shetlands  after  refuelling.   U  "61" 
was  allocated  the  North  Minch  and  the  area  off  Loch  Ewe  as 
operational  area. 

U  "30"  was  allocated  the  area  due  north  of  the  Minch  and 
northwest  of  the  Hebrides,  U  "34"  northwest  of  the  Orkneys, 
U  "65"  west  of  the  Shetlands  and  U  "25"  north  of  the  Shetlands. 
U  "13"  is  west  of  Pentland  Firth. 

Otherwise  unchanged. 


Air  Situation 

Numerous  Air  Force  operations  to  reconno5ter  and  combat  the 
enemy  landings.   pne  destroyer  off  Molde  Fjord  damaged  by 
bombs,  also  several  t,ranspo-,tst   The  operational  Air  Force 
concentrated  on  supDOPti^rj  3  my  oper&.tions. 

For  particulars  see  Air  Force  Events  of  the  Day  of  23  April, 


Merchant  Shipping; 

A  rough  estimate  of  the  Scandinavian  shipping  which  fell  into 
the  hands  of  the  Western  Powers  because  of  the  Norway  and 
Denmark  action  shows,  after  subtraction  of  the  shipping  space 
already  chartered  by  the  Western*  Powers,  an  addition  of  about 
2.4  million  GRT,  so  that  tonnage  lost  to  date  is  thereby 
compensated.    (Marginal  note  by  Chief  of  Staff,  Naval  Staff: 
estimated  somewhat  too  high.   Some  were  anyway  always  sailing 
for  Great  Brit? in.) 

According  to  a  report  from  the  Naval  Attache'  in  Lisbon,  the 
Norwegians  have  painted  over  the  neutrality  markings  on  their 
ships,  also  the  national  markings,  names  and  country  of  origin, 


■242- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


23  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


so  that  they  are  no  longer  recognizable  as  Norwegian  ships. 


The  Soviet  Government  has  given  permission  for  German 
trawlers  to  put  in  to  Murmansk  and  instructed  the  competent 
authorities  in  Murmansk'  to  this  effect* 


It  appears  from  a  report  from  Santander  that  a  Finnish  steamer 
which  put  in  there  was  equipped  with  a  cable  device  against  magnetic 
mines.   It  must  therefore  now  be  assumed  that  neutral  steamers 
are  also  already  provided  with  "anti-magnetic  girdles". 


-243- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Items  of  Political  Importance 

No  rway : 

Nothing  to  report. 

Sweden: 

The  German  Ambassador  reports  that  Foreign  Minister  Guenther 
has  made  a  very  serious  prbtest  against  violations  of  neutrality 
by  German  planes.    (40-50  flights  on  21  April  alone.)   He 
asked  whether  the  German  attitude  to  Swedish  neutrality  had 
altered;   the  Swedish  public  was  greatly  disturbed  by  the 
German  violations  *f  neutrality. 

The  Military  Attache  reports  that  the  Swedish  Government  has 
expressly  repudiated  the  German  Naval  Staff's  assertions  that 
Swedish  territorial  waters  have  repeatedly  been  utilized  by 
Norwegian  or  British  naval  forces. 

The  Swedish  Government  denies  rumors  according  to  which  the 
Swedish  authorities  have  permitted  German  reinforcements  for 
Norway  passage  through  Sweden.   It  is  of  course  correct  that 
35  railroad  wagons  passed  through  Sweden,  but  these  transported 
GexTnan  Red  Cross  personnel  and  equipment  and  were  thoroughly 
searched  by  the  Swedish  authorities. 

France ; 

The  Supreme  War  Council  met  in  Paris  on  2<2  and  23  April.   A 
general  communique*  included  the  statement: 

"There  was  a  general  exchange  of.  opinions  on  all 
political  and  military  problems.   New  decisions 
were  taken  for  effective  Allied  cooperation.   The 
Polish  Prime  Minister  emphasized  the  resolution  with 
which  the  Polish  Government,  Army  and  people  would 
continue  the  struggle.   Thanks  for  and  admiration 
of  the  Norwegian  Government's  heroic  resistance  were 
expressed.   The  Norwegian  Ambassador  thanked  the 
Allies  for  their  swift  and  effective  aid." 

It  is  reported  from  Paris  that  the  French  General  Staff  Is 
very  disturbed  by  the  extent  of  military  operations  in  Norway. 
Russian  intervention  is  feared.   The  Allies  might  be  forced  to 
use  larger  forces.   Serious  differences  of  opinion  are  said 
to  have  arisen  between  the  French  and  British  General  Staffs  on 
the  Norwegian  question. 

-244- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Russia r 

For  Russia's  attitude  to  Germany  and  Russian  foreign  policy- 
see  Political  Review  No.  94. 

Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief.  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items 

1.  Report  on  the  Fuehrer's  directive  of  21  April 
(uKW/WFA  106/40  Gkdos.  dated  21  April,  see  "We se rue bung w  file). 

In  it  the  Fuehrer  expresses  his  unbounded  appreciation  to  the 
troops  in  Norway  and  sets  the  goals  for  the  next  operations. 
The  most  important  assignments  of  Group  21  are  establishment  of 
communications  between  Trondheim  and  Oslo,  sealing-oiif  the 
enemy  forces  landed  on  the  northwest  coast  and  defense  of 
Trondheim  to  the  north. 

2.  Report  on  Armed  Forces  High  Command's  directive 
(WFA/Abt  L  868/40  Gkdos.  dated  23  April,  see  "Weseruebung" 
file): 

According  to  this  directive,  another  mountain 
division  is  to  be  brought  up  for  Group  21  by  the 
quickest  route,  for  the  coming  action  in  mountain 
country. 

Transfer  of  the  11th  Rifle  Brigade  (Mechanized)  is  abandoned. 
Fast  special  transport  steamers  are  to  take  such  units  and 
replacements  as  ensure  complete  mobility  and  fighting  strength 
by  sea  to  the  69th  Division  in  Bergen.   High  Command,  Navy 
has  made  available  for  this  purpose  five  special  ships  (ILLER 
class)  for  a  first  transport  which  Is  to  be  carried  out  as 
soon  as  possible.   The  second  transport  will  follow  on  two 
East  Asia  steamers,  as  soon  as  these  have  been  fitted  up  for 
this  special  purpose.   H^igh  Command,  Navy,  in  conjunction  with 
Commander  in  Chief,  Air  Force,  will  take  over  protection  of 
these  transports. 

For  Group  Trondheim  all  possibilities  of  reinforcement  by 
heavy  weapons  are  to  be  exploited.   High  Command,  Navy  and 
Commander  in  Chief,  Air  Force  are  to  carry  out  the  transports 
planned  for  Group  Trondheim1 s  reinforcement  as  a  priority 
matter.   High  Command,  Navy  is  to  make  preparations  to  increase 
as  much  as  possible  the  shipping  available  for  the  transport 
operations  to  Norway. 


-245- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Commanding  Admiral,  Group  West  again  asserted  by  telephone 
his  objections  to  the  mixed  transports  of  troops  and  material 
to  Bergen  en  the  steamers  indicated  and  considers  that  the 
transport  operation  can  only  be  carried  out  if  personnel  and 
material  are  carried  separately  because  of  the  great  danger 
from  the  air,  submarines  and  mines.   The  battleships  would 
not  then  act  as  escorts. 

Naval  Staff  takes  a  different  view  an"'  sees  some  considerable 
disadvantages  in  the  execution  of  Group  West!s  transport  plans: 

a)  The  first  transport  (1,800  men)  would  require 
several  operations  by  the  light  forces,  causing 
increased  total  risk  and  ciaim  for  some  time 

on  the  units  which  could  not  be  used  for 
important  Oslo  transports. 

b)  The  total  transfer  would  be  greatly  prolonged 

by  several  operations  and  separation  of  personnel 
and  material.   Transports  of  material  require 
the  same  light  forces  to  escort  them  as  the 
personnel  transports  themselves. 

c)  Because  of  its  duration  the  enemy  would  gain 
time  to  instigate  countermeasures. 

d)  Danger  from  the  mines  and  from  the  air  is 
almost  the  same  for  destroyer  transports  as 
for  steamer  transports. 

e)  The  appearance  of  light  enemy  forces  off  the 
southwest  coast  and  in  the  Skagerrak  has  been 
detected  and  may  occur  again  at  any  time.   There 
would  thus  be  great  danger  for  the  destroyers 
and  torpedo  boats  used  for  purposes  of  personnel 
transport  and  hampered  in  their  fighting  strength, 
unless  they  had  strong  support. 


Group  West  was  again  informed  by  telephone  of  Naval  Staff1 s 
opinion  and  instructed  to  abandon  its  proposal. 


-846*- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  following  order  was  therefore  issued  to  Group  West: 

1.  The  speedy  transport  of  troops  and  equipment  of 
the  69th  Division  to  Bergen  has  been  ordered  for 
the  reinforcement  of  our  forces  in  the  Bergen  area, 

2.  The  steamers  EIDER,  ILLER,  SAAR,  MEMEL  (15  knots), 
MOLKEFELS  (16  knots)  will  load  in  Stettin.   Will 
probably  arrive  in  the  Elbe  ready  to  sail, on  28  April. 

3.  Battleship,  destroyer  and  torpedo  boat  escort 
necessary  for  the  transports.   Previously  planned 
battleship  operation  must  therefore  be  abandoned. 

4.  Further  transports  can  be  expected  to  follow. 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic: 

Convoy  HX  41  will  leave  Halifax  at  0515  on  12  May  and  will 
proceed  via  43°  30»  N,  40°  W,  -  49°  45'  N,  20°  W,  -  49°  55*  N, 
13°  W,  -  48°  N,  80  W. 

It  will  be  met  by  home  forces  at  the  last  but  one  position. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters 

Disposition  of  forces  on  24  April: 

West  Fjord/Tromsoe  area: 

The  WARSPITE,  FURIOUS,  PENELOPE,  AURORA,  VINDICTIVE. 

The  FURIOUS  was  instructed  to  return  to  Scapa. 

Namsos  area: 

The  cruiser  CALCUTTA  and  destroyers.   Air  reconnaissance 
discovered  nothing  new  about  position  and  strength  of  enemy 
troop  disembarkations. 

-247- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Romadals  Fjord-Andalsnes  area; 

Two  cruisers  and  destroyers,  one  anti-aircraft  cruiser. 
According  to  radio  Intelligence,  the  carrier  GLORIOUS  has  also 
moved  to  the  area  off  Andalsnes.   She  received  data  about 
the  position  of  the  British  troops  in  the  area  southeast  of 
Dombas  from  the  cruiser  CURACAO.   It  is  apparent  from  a 
radiogram  from  General  de  Wiart  to  the  War  Office  that  he 
believes  he  can  hold  the  position  (apparently  near  Otta)  if 
planes  are  sent  from  the  carrier  to  his  aid. 

The  following  are  on  escort  and  patrol  duty; 

VAJLIANT      RESOLUTION      RODNEY  (?)       REPULSE 
GLASGOW      SHEFFIELD       ENTERPRISE       EFFINGHAM 
SOUTHAMPTON  CARLISLE. 

In  Scapa; 

Air  reconnaissance  detected  1  battleship,  1  carrier,  8  cruisers 
and  many  destroyers.   These  may  be  the  vessels  concerned, 
amongst  others; 

ARK  ROYAL    YORK  DEVONSHIRE       BERWICK 

MANCHESTER   CURLEW  CAIRO  ARETHUSA 

BIRMINGHAM. 

The  following  are  assumed  to  be  in  Rosyth  or  the  mouth  of 
the  Tyne; 

RENOWN       BELFAST         EDINBURGH        NEWCASTLE 
GALATEA.. 

In  the  west  coast  area; 

HOOD. 


Supply  service; 

It  is  apparent  from  course  instructions  to  the  steamer  FRANCONIA 
(20,000  tons)  that  the  route  for  valuable  transports  runs  at  a 
distance  of  about  200  miles  from  the  line  Shetlands-Stadtlandet. 


-248- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Special  Events; • 

For  sortie  by  large  French  destroyers  into  the  Skagerrak 
see  Own  Situation* 

It  seems  from  a  delayed  agent's  report  that  the  Allies 
originally  planned  a  landing  of  about  100,000  men  (?}  In 
the  Norwegian  theater  in  Stavanger,  Haugesund,  Bergen,  Molde, 
Trondheim  and  Narvik. 


Own  Situation 


Northern  area: 


Narvik; 

In  the  morning  the  town  and  ore  railroad  were  bombarded  by 
2  battleships,  2  cruisers  and  7  destroyers.   No  vital  damage. 
Non-combatant  units  of  troops  and  prisoners  were  evacuated  along 
the  ore  railroad.   Group  Narvik  blew  up  the  ore'pier  and  set 
it  on  fire.   Coming  from  the  north,  the  enemy  attacked  north 
of  positions  near  Elvenes  and  on  the  Oalgge  Pass. 

(For  report  by  Port  Commander,  Narvik,  dated  18  April, 
see  reference  file  " We se rue bung" • ) 


Trondheim: 

After  visiting  Trondheim,  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  reports 
that  the  withdrawal  of  the  destroyers  without  replacement  of 
the  personnel  engaged  ashore  would  very  greatly  prejudice 
Trondheim* s  defense  and  is  therefore  impossible. 

(See  radiogram  file,  1450.) 

In  reply  to  a  request  made  by  Quartermaster  General  of  Commander 
in  Chief,  Air  Force,  he  was  informed  that  six  submarines  at  most 


-249- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


could  be  mad©  available  for  transport  of  aviation  gasoline  to 
Trondhelm.   The  Quartermaster  General  had  made  a  request 
which  would  have  necessitated  the  withdrawal  of  24  submarines 
for  transport  purposes  alone. 

Bergen: 

Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  has  ordered  the  immediate 
seizure  of  all  Norwegian  trawlers  and  drifters  to  bring  units 
of  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  up  to  strength. 

Reconnaissance  of  Sogne  Fjord  with  reference  to  the  setting-up 
of  torpedo  batteries  has  been  carried  out. 

Naval  Staff  is  forced  to  refuse  Group  West • s *request  for  the 
allocation  of  defense  vessels  from  the  Baltic  area  to  Admiral, 
West  Norwegian  Coast,  since  It  is  not  possible  to  remove  vessels 
at  present  from  the  Baltic  area  because  of  losses  incurred  and 
great  claims  on  all  vessels.   Group  West  has  been  instructed 
to  investigate  the  question  of  handing  over  two  patrol  vessels 
from  the  area  of  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  North  and  to  hand 
over  Ship  "7". 


Southern  North  Sea: 

The  ore  steamer  SAYN  struck  a  mine  and  sank  in  the  Hubert  Gatt. 
An  aerial  mine  is  assumed.   A  second  explosion  which  did  not 
take  place  until  some  hours  later  in  the  wreckage  of  the  steamer 
also  makes  sabotage  appear  possible. 


It  appears  from  enemy  radio  traffic  that  minesweepers  have 
exploded  a  magnetic  mine  lit   cables  from  Chequers  Shoals  Buoy. 
This  is  the  first  definite  information  that  the  enemy  possesses 
a  ready  minesweeping  gear  or  "magnet  gear"  to  sweep  magnetic 
mines. 


-250- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Skagerrak/Kattegat : 

Enemy  destroyers  broke  through  into  the  Skagerrak  in  the 
morning.   Engagement  with  the  enemy  at  0420  southeast  of 
Krlstlansanfl  by  boats  of  the  7th  Patrol  Boat  Flotilla.   Forty 
salvoes  fired  by  the  enemy  at  a  patrol  boat  without  special 
success.   About  0500  the  2nd  PT  Boat  Flotilla  sighted  the 
enemy  on  southwesterly  course,  making  ?>ff  at  high  speed,  without 
managing' to  attack.   Description  of     enemy:   clipper  bow, 
two  squat,  widely  spaced  funnels. 


Reconnaissance  by  Commander,  Naval  Air  sighted  the  enemy 
forces  leaving  the  Skagerrak  about  1000,  roughly  120  miles 
west-southwest  of  Lindesnes.   Formation  probably  consisted 
of  a  French  torpedo  cruiser  of  the  FANTAS^UE  class  and  two 
destroyers. 

It  can  be  assumed  that  the  enemy  carried  out  a  minelaying 
operation, in  the  eastern  Skagerrak. 

Enemy  report  led  to  temporary  stoppage  of  transport  movements 
to  Oslo» 

Because  of  the  enemy  break-through  into  the  Skagerrak,  Group 
Baltic  requests  the  speeding  up  of  improvized  readiness  for 
action  of  the  guns  of  the  outer  fort  at  the  southern  entrance 
to  Oslo  Fjord. 

Various  submarine  alarm  reports  in  the  Kattegat  and  Skagerrak. 

Mine  Situation? 

Mine  barrage  detected  east  of  Frederikshavn  (laid  by  submarines); 
21  mines  swept.   Whole  area  declared  suspected  of  mines. 

Area  southeast  of  Anholt  likewise  suspected  of  mines  because 
of  observed  minelaying.   Latvian  steamer  struck  a  mine  and 
sank  south  of  Drogden  lighthouse  (aerial  mine). 

At  noon  Ship  "20"  w%s  damaged  by  striking  a  mine  at  the  Luebeck 
buoy  off  Travemuende  and  was  beached.   Priwall  anti-aircraft 
observation  post  reports  observing  a  low-flying  plane,  not 


-251- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


notified,  over  Travemuende  during  the  night  of  23  April, 


Area  of  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway: 

Batteries  "von  der  Groeben",  "Koester"  and  South  Memel  are  on 
the  way  to  Hamburg  to  be  sent  on  to  Norway  as  coastal  batteries 
for  the  Norwegian  theater.   Distribution  of  batteries  and 
transport  on  to  Norway  as  Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  thinks 
fit. 

(For  High  Command,  Navy's  order  see  teletype  1400.) 


I 


Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  reports  stoppage  of  work  at  the 
State  Dockyard  at  Horten  owing  to  difficulty  of  payment  by 
the  Norwegian  Government  and  the  Norwegian  Trade  Unions1 
objection  to  work  for  Germany.   The  necessary  countermeasures 
are  being  instigated. 

Group  Baltic  requests  the  provision  of  harbor  defense  units 
for  the  south  coast  of  Norway.    (See  radiogram  file,  teletype 
1025.) 

Three  harbor  defense  groups,  each  with  six  motor  fishing 
vessels,  are  on  their  way  to  Copenhagen,  Helsingoer  and 
Frederikshavn. 


r 


For  report  by  Commanding  'Admiral,  Norway  on  the  state  of 
coastal  defense,  see  reference  file  Norway. 


-252- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Transport  Situation: 

Further  transports  of  troops  and  material  as  planned  (900  men 
arrived  in  Oslo)* 

Submarine  Situation 

U  "43"  returned  from  Trondheim;  U  "19",  "9",  put  in  to  port. 

On  return  passage:       TJ  "38",  "47",  "56",  "60",  "62",  "26". 
In  the  operational  area:  16  submarines. 


Air  Situation 

(See  radiogram  2400  Air  Force  Events  of  the  Day.) 

Bomber  operations  against  the  enemy  forces  reported  in  the 
Skagerrak  were  unsuccessful. 

During  armed  air  reconnaissance  in  the  Norwegian  coastal  area 
an  anti-aircraft  cruiser  in  Romsdals  Fjord  received  a  250  kg. 
direct  hit  forward  and  was  severely  damaged. 


Merchant  Shipping 

The  fact  that  a  steamer  (the  SAYN)  with  a  valuable  cargo  was 
ordered  from  the  Baltic  to  Emden  and  struck  a  mine  in  the 
approaches  to  the  Ents  has  made  it  advisable  to  point  out  the 
risk  of  such  routing  to  the  Ministry  of  Transportation  and  to 
suggest  that  steamers  with  specially  valuable  cargoes  coming 
from  the  Baltic  should,  if  possible,  discharge  their  cargo  in 
Baltic  ports  and  that  the  inconveniences  of  transporting  it 
by  land  should  be  accepted. 

The  following  teletype  was  received  from  Group  West  on  the 


-253- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


afternoon  of  24  April: 

"Present  lack  of  patrol  forces  and  the  danger  from 
mines  laid  in  the  North  Sea  and  estuaries  make 
necessary  course  instructions  to  all  merchant 
ships  for  the  shortest  sea  route  to  the  nearest 
port  of  discharge.   Therefore  direct  steamers 
only  to  Baltic  ports,  if  possible  not  to  North 
Sea  ports  except  Hamburg.   Attention  is  drawn 
to  the  case  of  the  steamer  SAYN  from  Helsingborg 
to  Emden." 

The  Ministry  of  Transportation  has  taken  suitable  steps . 
The  effects  on  the  inland  transport  situation  will  be 
considerable  if  the  Ems  is  closed  for  a  fairly  long  period. 
The  Ministry  of  Transportation  believes  that  It  must  accept  the 
disadvantages,  since  it  definitely  desires  to  avoid  further 
losses  in  view  of  the  present  lack  of  shipping  space. 

In  the  present  case  it  is  only  a  matter  of  closing  the  Ems 
for  a  short  time;   after  a  mine-check  of  the  channel  it 
will  be  opened  again. 


Appreciation  of  the  Situation 

The  sortie  made  by  the  large  French  destroyers  into  the 
Skagerrak  shows  the  possibilities  of  lively  enemy  activity 
to  disrupt  the  vital  sea  communications  to  Oslo.   Naval 
Staff  expected  such  raids  by  light  enemy  forces  and  knows 
quite  well  that  the  Skagerrak  mine  barrage  -  In  which  the 
positions  of  the  mines  are  uncertain  because  of  the  current's 
underflow  -  is  not  in  a  position  to  prevent  such  sorties. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  is  convinced  that  no  penetration  by 
large  or  heavy  enemy  units  is  to  be  feared"  into  the  Skagerrak 
because  of  the  existing  danger  from  the  air  and  mines. 
Light  enemy  forces  make  sorties  into  the  Skagerrak  for  the 
purpose  of  laying  mines  on  the  transport  route  from  Skagen 
to  Oslo,  attacking  defense  forces  in  the  Skagerrak  and  trying 
if  possible  to  intercept  and  destroy  Oslo  convoys.   Naval 
Staff  has  at  its  disposal  only  a  limited  number  of  light 
forces  for  defense  against  such  raids,  consisting  of  the 
PT  boats  and  later  of  the  destroyers  and  torpedo  boats  at 


-254- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


present  still  on  escort  and  transport  duty  or  not  available. 
The  deterrent  effect  of  the  Skagerrak  area  therefore  lies  - 
in  addition  to  the  ever  present  defensive  effect  of  the 
Skagerrak  declared  area  -  in  the  verv  great  threat  from  the 
air  (bomb  and  aerial  torpedo  attacks;.   It  is  intensified 
by  the  presence  of  our  battleships,  whose  readiness  for 
action,  however,  must  be  shown  by  activity  in  the  form  of 
sorties  into  the  northern  North  Sea, 

In  today's  sortie  by  the  French  the  enemy  was  able  to  ascertain 
a  certain  defensive  readiness  on  Germany's  part  in  his  engagement 
with  patrol  boats  and  PT  boats,  as  well  as  in  an  encounter  with 
air  forces,  even  if  it  was  not  possible  to  frustrate  his  plan 
to  break  through.   It  can  be  expected  that  our  Air  Force's 
great  successes  on  the  Norwegian  coast  will  make  the  risk  of 
frequent  raids  into  the  Skagerrak  seem  very  high,  so  that 
Naval  Staff  does  not  expect  frequent  repetition  of  these  sorties. 
■*      In  spite  of  this,  every  effort  must  be  made  to  prevent  a 

recurrence  of  such  penetrations  into  the  Skagerrak.   Attempts 
must  be  made,  by  means  of  comprehensive  evening  air  reconnaissance, 
to  make  out  enemy  plans  in  good  time  in  order  to  enable  withdrawal 
of  the  important  transport  traffic  from  the  enemy's  grasp. 

The  safety  of  the  Skagerrak  will  be  guaranteed  to  the  necessary 
extent  by  stationing  as  many  PT  boats  as  possible  at  the 
entrance  to  the  Skagerrak  (Kristiansand) ,  by  setting  up  radar 
gear  to  intercept  enemy  movements  in  good  time  and  by  the 
constant  readiness  for  action  of  Air  Force  bombers,  in 
conjunction  with  the  Skagerrak  mine  barrage. 


„ 


The  last  few  days  have  confirmed  Naval  Staff's  supposition 
that: 

1.  The  enemy  has  begun  aerial  minelaying 
operations  in  the  North  Sea  estuaries,  tn 
the  Kattegat,  in  the  entrances  to  the  Baltic 
and  in  the  western  Baltic  and  that 

2.  he  is  in  a  position  to  sweep  the  magnetic 
mines  laid  by  us  with  a  certainty  not  yet 
fully  determined. 


-255- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  fact  that  the  enemy  is  using  aerial  mines  makes  necessary 
the  immediate  introduction  of  all  possible  defensive  measures. 
Geographical  conditions  of  German  waters  with  their  shallow 
depth,  well  suited  for  the  use  of  ground  mines,  favor  mining 
operations  by  planes  and  show  the  considerable  dangers  involved 
for  all  German  and  neutral  shipping,  the  transport  services,  as 
well  as  the  exercise  and  training  of  naval  forces  in  the 
western  Baltic,  the  Kattegat,  the  entrances  to  the  Baltic,  the 
Kiel  Canal  and  the  North  Sea  estuaries* 

Commencement  of  defense  measures  against  the  type  of  aerial 
mine  used  by  the  enemy  depends  on  this  mine's  type  of  firing. 
Speedy  salvaging  of  a  mine  is  necessary  in  order  to  discover 
the  firing  procedure.   It  can  be  safely  assumed  for  the 
present  that  it  is  a  ground  mine. 

The  immediate  formation  of  a  comprehensive  observer  system 
in  all  important  channels,  harbor  entrances  and  in  the  Kiel 
Canal  is  of  extreme  importance  in  order  to  ascertain  the  places 
where  the  mines  are  laid  for  the  purpose  of  subsequent  salvaging 
or  closing  of  the  area.   Provision  of  a  large  number  of  motor 
launches  and  motor  boats  in  all  ports  is  to  be  undertaken  at 
once.   High  Command,  Navy/Naval  Staff,  Service  Division  will 
have  to  undertake  this  speedily  on  a  large  scale.   New 
distribution  and  setting-up  of  barrage  balloon  batteries  is 
to  be  investigated. 

Defense  of  the  submarine  exercise  area  and  of  the  Kiel  Canal 
merits  the  most  careful  consideration. 

In  view  of  the  enemy  use  of  aerial  mines,  Commander  in  Chief, 
Air  Force  has  ordered,  as  an  immediate  measure,  the  shifting 
of  concentration  for  light  anti-aircraft  batteries  to  the 
principal  points  in  danger. 

The  Navy's  most  important  task,  apart  from  eliminating  the 
danger  from  mines,  is  in  the  immediate  future  the  further 
safe  transportation  of  troops  and  material  to  Norway.   The 
danger  from  submarines,  severe  at  first,  has  decreased  noticeably 
through  large-scale  use  of  defense  and  submarine-chaser  forces 
and  through  the  adaptation  of  the  inexperienced  escort  service 
to  its  duties. 

The  accomplishment  as  planned  of  the  transports  to  Norway, 
with  relatively  small  losses,  and  of  the  comprehensive  supply 
service  must  be  judged  as  a  great  achievement  by  the  units 
participating.   These  have  so  far  successfully  fulfilled  the 

-256- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


24  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


tasks  set  them  in  all-out  operations,  facing  most  difficult 
demands  and  without  sufficient  rest  and  relief  facilities. 

The  following  tasks  have  now  been  set  for  further  German 
naval  warfare  in  the  near  future: 


Offensive  assignments; 


1.  Conduct  of  war  against  merchant0  shipping  by 
auxiliary  cruisers  in  foreign  waters. 

2.  War  against  merchant  shipping  by  submarines 
in  the  Atlantic.   The  solution  of  the 
torpedo  problem  is  of  decisive  importance 
for  successful  submarine  attacks. 

3.  Aerial  minelaying  operations  on  a  large 
scale  in  cooperation  with  the  operational 
Air  Force;   in  the  forefront  of  the  demands 
of  naval  warfare  are  the  complete  blocking' 
of  the  vital  port  of  London,  the  mining  of 
Scapa  Flow,  of  the  Clyde  and  of  Liverpool 
Bay. 


Defensive  assignments: 


4.  Defense  of  Baltic  shipping  and  of  ore  Imports 
from  Sweden  as  a  necessity  for  a  fairly  long 
war;   elimination  of  danger  from  mines, 
especially  from  ground  mines,  is  a  primary 
necessity  for  this. 

5.  Further  assurance  of  troop  and  material 
transports  to  Norway. 

6.  Defense  of  the  occupied  Norwegian  and  Danish 
bases  through  the  speedy  reinforcement  of  their 
defensive  power  by  all  available  means. 


-257- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


25  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Items  of  Political  Importance 
Norway; 


According  to 
Informed  the 


a  Stockholm  Radio  report,  the  King  of  Norway  has 
Oslo  Administrative  Committee  that  the  Norwegian 

Government  will  not  negotiate  with  the  Germans  on  any  other 

basis  than  that  of  complete  withdrawal  of  their  troops  from 

Norway, 

said  to 


(The  King's  present  whereabouts  are  unknown,  he  is 
have  withdrawn  to  Northern  Norway.) 


"The  Times"  and  Reuter  report  heavy  fighting  northeast  of 
Trondheim,   The  presence  of  vessels  of  the  German  Fleet  is 
a  great  advantage  for  the  Germans,  since  they  could  bring 
strong  combat  units  to  any  threatened  point,   German  bombers 
constitute  a  serious  danger.   So  far  it  has  twice  been 
necessary  to  move  the  position  of  the  Operations  Division  of 
the  British  forces  in  Norway,   Speedy  execution  of  Allied 
operational  plans  is  only  probable  if  great  efforts  are  made. 


Sweden; 

The  German  Ambassador  wires; 


"As  today1 s  radio  has  just  reported,  fishing  boats 
were  allegedly  fired  on  by  German  planes  inside 
Swedish  territorial  waters  near  Stroemstad.   One 
fisherman  was  wounded,   I  should  be  grateful  for 
immediate  investigation  and  correction,  for  since 
yesterday  suspicion  of  German  intentions  has  grown 
to  such  an  extent  that  I  consider  German-Swedish 
relations  seriously  endangered. 


If  we  increase  our  pres 
patience  even  further, 
will  be  serious.  I  see 
with  the  agreed  deliver 
conflict  would  definite 
ceasing  for  a  fairly  lo 
act  against  us  if  drive 
according  to  my  knowled 
character,  I  feel  that 
soon  arise." 


sure  and  test  Sweden's 

I  fear  that  the  consequences 

this  primarily  in  connection 
ies  of  ore,  since  armed 
ly  mean  these  deliveries 
ng  time.*  Sweden  will  only 
n  to  despair.   However, 
ge  of  the  Scandinavian 
this  state  of  affairs  might 


(See  also  Political  Review  No.  95,  para,  6.) 


-258- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


25  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Italy; 

Mussolini  Is  said  to  have  told  the  Fascist  leaders  two  days 
ago  that  it  was  only  a  question  of  weeks  until  Italy  entered 
the  war  on  Germany's  side. 

Sharp  speech  on  foreign  policy  in  the  Chamber  by  Deputy 
Giunta,in  the  presence  of  the  Duce, against  Great  Britain  and 
France • 

It  is  known  that  the  Western  Powers  have  lately  been  at  pains 
to  avoid  everything  which  could  increase  tension  with  Italy. 

With  reference  to  the  meeting  some  days  ago  of  the  Foreign 
Committee  of  the  French  Senate,  the  following  statement  by 
the  Prime  Minister  has  only  just  become  known: 

"Before  and  after  1  Sept.  the  French  Government 
Informed  Italy  that  it  was  ready  to  seek  a 
solution,  acceptable  to  both  powers,  of  out- 
standing questions  by  means  of  a  friendly 
exchange  of  opinions.   Italy  has  not  replied 
to  date.   This  in  no  way  alters  the  French 
Government's  intention  and  it  is  still  endeavoring 
to  effect  a  Mediterranean  entente  uninfluenced 
by  ideological  considerations •" 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 

Special  Items 

1.      Commander  in  Chief,  Air  Force  states  that  upon  the 
Fuehrer's  instructions  regarding  defense  of  the  Skagerrak 
against  raids  by  enemy  forces,  an  Air  Force  bomber  formation 
is  to  be  kept  in  constant  readiness  for  operations  in  the 
Skagerrak.   According  to  Commander  in  Chief,  Air  Force  a 
torpedo  squadron  is  to  be  kept  ready  for  the  same  purpose  by 
the  Naval  Air  Arm.   This  measure  cannot  be  carried  out,  since 
this  squadron  must  definitely  operate  offensively  against 
Great  Britain  as  an  aerial  mlnelaying  squadron.   Chief, 
Naval  Staff  will  inform  the  Fuehrer  of  this. 


-259- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


25  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


2.  The  following  torpedo  batteries  are  ready  for 
action  in  Norway: 

Trondheim:    2  triple  tubes. 
Bergen:       1  battery  with  3  tubes. 
Oslo:         2  batteries  with  6  tubes. 

Further  batteries  are  planned  to  block  the 
following  entrances: 

Kristiansund        Andalsnes  Nord  Fjord. 

Sogne  Fjord         Hardanger  Fjord 

Erection  of  the  last  two  batteries  is  planned  first. 
Reconnaissance  has  been  carried  out. 

3.  Chief,  Naval  Staff  has  ordered  speedy  establishment 
of  the  new  torpedoboats1  operational  readiness.   Four  or 
five  boats  are  to  be  ready  for  simple  assignments  in  the 
middle  of  May  (remaining  boats  June  -  2,  July  -  2,  August  -  2, 
October  -  1). 

4.  Chief,  Naval  Staff* s  decision: 

"Until  her  repairs  are  completed  (probably  about 
9  months)  the  LUETZOW  is  to  be  kept  in  commission 
with  a  diminished  crew  (25%   of  complement)." 

5.  Chief,  Naval  Staff  points  out  the  extraordinary 
urgency  of  the  following  measures  and  has  ordered  the  use  of 
all  available  means  to  attain  the  reauired  objective: 

a)  Expansion  of  our  anti-submarine  defense  and 
speeding-up  of  supplies  of  echo-ranging  sets. 

b)  Defense  against  enemy  use  of  aerial  mines. 

c)  Equipment  of  all  patrol  and  defense  vessels 
with  protection  against  mines  and  with  guns. 

d)  Ensuring  adequate  numbers  of  new  motor 
minesweepers  and  PT  boats. 


-260- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


25  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

At lant  ic/Medl te  rranean ; 

Great  Britain: 

Shipping  movements;   The  cruiser  EMERALD,  formerly  on  the 
Atlantic  route  or  in  Canada,  put  in  to  the  Clyde  at  noon  on 
25  April.   The  aircraft  carrier  HERMES  was  at  sea  in  the 
South  Atlantic  on  the  afternoon  of  24  April.   Exact  position 
unknown,  base  Freetown.   The  CORNWALL  plans  to  put  in  to 
Freetown  on  28  April  from  South  Africa;   the  SHROPSHIRE 
sailed  from  Freetown  on  the  evening  of  24  April. 

The  cruiser  LIVERPOOL  with  Commander,  4th  Cruiser  Squadron 

on  board,  formerly  stationed  in  the  East  Indies,  is  at  present 

proceeding  to  Aden,  where  she  will  arrive  on  29  April. 

Inquiries  in  Italy  and  Istanbul  gave  no  confirmation  of 
reports  emanating  from  Vienna  during  the  past  few  days  about 
movements  of  British  warships  or  troopships  in  the  direction 
of  the  Black  Sea. 

France; 

Several  French  vessels  returning  to  Brest  were  located  in 
the  Irish  Sea  in  the  evening.  A  vessel  detected  west  of 
Trondhelm  on  19  April  was  off  Brest. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters; 

Narvik  area; 

1  battleship,  1  heavy  cruiser  and  small  vessels  detected  off 
Harstad.   Several  destroyers  off  Narvik.   Harbor  bombarded. 

Namsos  area; 

Commander,  20th  Cruiser  Squadron,  on  board  the  cruiser 
CARLISLE,  is  proceeding  into  the  Namsos  area  to  relieve 
the  CALCUTTA.   Air  reconnaissance  sighted  1  heavy  and 
1  light  cruiser  off  Namsos.   No  new  reports  about  troop 
disembarkations  or  large  transports. 

-261- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


25  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Area  3outh  of  Trondhelm; 

It  Is  apparent  from  a  radiogram  from  the  Otta  area  that 
the  carrier  GLORIOUS  is  off  the  coast  in  the  Krist.iansund- 
Trondheim  area* 

Disembarkations  of  troops  and  material  in  Andalsnes  are 
completed  according  to  a  radiogram  from  the  Commander  there; 
two  cruisers  and  destroyers  sailed  after  completing  their 
assignment.   Destroyers,  freighters  and  steam  tankers  were 
detected  in  Romsda Is  Fjord,  Nordal  Fjord  and  Sjflrungs  Fjord 
and  successfully  attacked  by  the  Air  Force. 

Air  reconnaissance  sighted  enemy  forces  in  the  afternoon 
60  miles  northeast  of  Molde  Fjord,  consisting  of  4  heavy 
ships  (including  1  RENOWN)  and  4  cruisers  on  course  150°. 
Plans  not  identifiable. 

Home  area; 

The  battle  cruiser  HOOD  was  spotted  30  miles  northeast  of 
the  Shetlands  by  air  reconnaissance.   The  cruisers  GLASGOW 
and  GALATEA  in  the  Shetlands-Scapa  area. 

The  enemy  submarine  disposition  was  detected  to  a  great 
extent.   About  7  boats  are  thought  to  be  in  the  Skagerrak 
and  Kattegat,  5  on  return  passage,  5  outward  bound,  3  of 
the  latter  into  the  southern  North  Sea. 

Shipping  Losses: 

1  minesweeper  destroyed  by  a  bomb  hit  in  Romsdals Fjord, 
1  torpedoboat  damaged,  1  freighter  (2,000  tons)  beached 
in  Nordal  Fjord  after  a  bomb  hit,  1  steam  tanker  severely 
damaged  by  a  hit.   The  British  steamer  CREE  (4,800  tons) 
struck  a  mine  near  Smithes  Knoll. 


-262- 

CQNFIDENTIAL 


25  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Own  Situation 

Atlantic: 

Auxiliary  cruisers  were  informed  about  the  situation  in 
Norway,  the  enemy  situation  and  routing  of  enemy  shipping. 
(See  radiogram  1300.) 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters: 

Narvik: 

Close  patrol  by  enemy  destroyers.   In  the  morning 
bombardment  of  positions  at  the  eastern  entrance  to  Narvik, 
with  the  support'  of  the  cruiser  ENTERPRISE.   Group  Narvik 
requests  air  cover  and  dropping  of  snowshoes.   Unit  east 
of  Elvenes  carried  out  a  successful  attack  on  a  Norwegian 
unit. 

Trondhelm: 

Air  raid  on  Verres  airfield  and  seaplane  base  in  the  forenoon. 
Considerable  damage.   Hangar  and  4  Ju  87fs  destroyed,  2  He 
115 fs  overturned,  3  He  115  fs  damaged. 

Port  Commander  reports  that  it  is  not  possible  to  requisition 
Norwegian  ships  at  present  because  of  lack  of  personnel. 

Bergen: 

When  searching  steamers  the  1st  PT  Boat  Flotilla  and 
minesweeper  M  Hl"  were  subjected  to  heavy  machine-gunfire 
near  the  TJLVUC.   M  nlH  slightly  damaged.   One  ammunition 
steamer  was  captured.   The  ULVIK  was  set  on  fire. 

Army  operation  against  Voss  with  help  from  minesweeper  M  wl" 
as  planned. 

Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  also  requests  about  400  naval 
personnel  and  300  merchant  marine  personnel  for  manning  of 
Norwegian  ships  in  rapid  succession,  since  otherwise 
sabotage  and  losses  can  be  expected. 

Stavanger: 

Nothing  special  to  report. 


-263- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


25  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Southern  North  Sea: 

Mine  Situations 

Elbe  channel  again  open  after  unsuccessful  check  sweep. 

Group  West  sums  up  the  situation  in  the  estuaries  as 
follows: 

"Three  unexplained  explosions  in  all,  two  in  the 
Elbe  near  vessels •   Another  in  the  Ems.   In  the 
latter  case  a  second  explosion  followed  eight 
hours  later*   Sweeping  of  the  points  in  question 
with  remote  clearance  gear  with  linked  sweeps  and 
on  the  Elbe  also  with  a  mine-exploding  vessel 
with  magnet  gear  produced  no  results.   We  must 
therefore  expect  that  single  enemy  aerial  mines 
with  an  unknown  firing  principle  were  laid  or 
dropped  (magnetic  or  acoustic  firing).   Group 
West  plans  a  daily  sweep  of  the  estuaries  with 
remote  clearance  gear  and  linked  sweeps.   Hew 
buoying  of  the  secondary  channel  to  Emden. 
Endangered  areas  will  be  swept  systematically 
and  divers  sent  down  so  that  a  mine  may  be 
recovered  as  quickly  as  possible. n 

During  the  night  of  25  April  there  was  a  fresh  mine 
explosion  off  the  Western  Ems  near  patrol  boat  n802n. 

In  view  of  the  intensified  enemy  mine  warfare,  Station  North 
Sea  requests  the  provision  of  two  sets  of  remote  clearance 
gear  and  cable  remote  clearance  gear  each  for  the  Elbe, 
Weser,  Jade  and  Ems  and  the  provision  of  further  mine- 
exploding  vessel's,  also  equipment  of  all  important  naval  and 
merchant  vessels  with  degaussing* 


With  reference  to  Group  West's  coming  transport  operations 
to  Bergen,  concentration  of  suitable  defense  forces  under 
Group  West  is  indispensable.   Naval  Staff  has  therefore  put 
the  remaining  boats  of  the  5th  and  6th  Torpedoboat  Flotillas 


-264- 

CONFIDBNTIAL 


25  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


at  Group  West's  disposal  for  these  assignments.   Transfer 
or  time  when  they  go  into  operation  at  Group  West*s  discretion. 
While  the  boats  are  withdrawn  transport  and  escort  assignments 
of  Group  Baltic  must  suffer  some  delay* 

With  reference  to  the  latest  bombing  attack  on  Sylt,  Group 
West  reports  that  bombs  were  dropped  in  sticks,  which 
comprised  simultaneously  1  large  high  explosive  bomb,  1  bomb 
with  time  fuse  (5-8  hours),  1  bomb  with  an  even  longer  time 
fuse,  1  incendiary  bomb  and,  in  advance,  mostly  an  aircraft 
parachute  flare. 

The  dropping  of  time  fuse  bombs  has  already  been  observed 
elsewhere  and  their  handling  requires  special  care,  since  they 
are  at  first  thought  to  be  duds.   It  is  necessary  to  fence 
off  the  area  and  watch  the  bomb  until  it  is  exploded  or 
explodes » 

The  time  fuse  bomb  must  be  regarded  as  a  new,  very  effective 
weapon,  defense  against  which  will  offer  considerable 
difficulty.   When  dropped  at  important  places  (in  dockyards, 
factories,  traffic  junctions),  the  time  fuse  bomb  necessitates 
long  isolation  and  thereby  stoppage  of  the  part  of  the  factory 
affected,  which  may  lead  to  considerable  interruptions. 
Speedy  investigation  into  possibilities  of  defense  and 
protection  is  necessary. 

Skagerrak/Kattegat : 

In  order  to  simplify  instruction  about  movements  of  our  naval 
forces  during  operations,  the  following  definitions  of  sea 
areas  are  fixed  by  Group  Baltic: 

Eastern  limit  of  Skagerrak  declared 
area  up  to  the  line  Hirtshals-Risoer. 

From  this  line  around  Skagen  up  to 
the  line  Aalbeck-Vinga. 

South  of  this  line  up  to  the  northern 
entrance  to  the  Baltic  Sea  entrances. 


Area 

A: 

Area 

B: 

Area 

C: 

-265- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


25  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  first  deep  mine  barrage  in  the  Skagerrak  declared  area 
was  laid  as  planned  by  Commander,  PT  Boats. 

In  reply  to  a  query  from  Group  Baltic,  Naval  Staff  has  again 
Issued  instructions  that  defense  of  the  northern  passage 
through  the  Skagerrak  declared  area  is  a  matter  for  Group 
Baltic.   Mine  control  as  far  as  the  western  limit  of  our 
declared  area  along  the  coast  is  also  included.   The 
allocation  of  duties  ordered  seems  practical  because  of  the 
nearness  of  the  base  of  Kristiansand  which  comes  under  Group 
Baltic  (as  opposed  to  Thyboroen  or  Esbjerg). 


Submarine  Situation 

Submarines  were  detected  east  of «Skagen  and  east  of  Lasfl. 
Attacks  on  submarines  without  visible  result.   No  interruption 
to  transports. 


Mine  Situation 

The  5th  Motor  Minesweeper  Flotilla  succeeded  in  recovering  a 
British  aerial  mine  west  of  Samsfl.   A  most  significant  and 
gratifying  success,  which  within  the  shortest  possible  time 
after  the  first  enemy  use  of  aerial  mines  has  eliminated  the 
element  of  uncertainty  in  the  problem  of  combatting  the  aerial 
mine  and  thus  represents  the  first  step  towards  effective 
defense  against  it.   According  to  the  first  statements,  it 
is  a  ground  mine  with  about  500  kg.  of  explosive,  apparently 
magnetic  firing.   The  Minelaying  Experimental  Command  has 
commenced  further  investigations. 

Numerous  flights  by  enemy  planes  during  the  night  of  25  April 
over  Kiel  Bay,  North  Schleswig  Into  the  Fehmarn-Eutin  area 
and  Lubeck  Bay.   Minelaying  suspected.   Several  impacts  by 
bombs  or  mines  in  the  water  are  reported  from  the  Elbe  and 
Kiel  Canal. 


-266- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


25  April  194q  CONFIDENTIAL 


Locations  indicating  mines  were  obtained  by  echo-ranging 
sets  south  of  Anholt.   Check  sweeping  is  in  progress* 


Transport  Situation 

Transports  of  troops  and  personnel  continue  as  planned. 
2,500  men  taken  to  Larvlk,  900  to  Oslo.   Further  transports 
en  route  with  2,100  men. 


Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  reports  regarding  the  Norwegian 
naval  vessels  commissioned  for  German  use  and  on  vessels 
seized* 

Commissioned  with  German  crews: 

2  destroyers 

1  minelayer 

6  torpedo boat 8,  2nd  class 

1  old  minelayer 

2  minesweepers 
6  whalers 

2  auxiliary  vessels. 


Submarine  Situation 

Nothing  special  to  report. 

Returned  from  operations:  U  "26",  "62n. 

North  of  tfce  Shetlands:  U  n25" . 
Allocated  positions  northeast 

of  the  Shetlands:  U  "14",  "17",  ,,24!,. 


-267- 

CONFIDBNTIAL 


25  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


(For  brief  reports  from  U  "26",  "64",  "9",  "46",  "51", 
see  War  Diary,  Part  B,  Vol.  IV.) 


Air  Situation 


Concentration: 


Armed  reconnaissance  off  the  west  coast  of  Norway  and 
support  for  Army  operations. 

Successes  against  naval  forces: 

1  minesweeper       Destroyed  in  RomsdaQs  Fjord. 

1  torpedoboat       Hit  by  SD  50.    (Heavy  smoke.) 

1  battleship        Off  Molde  Fjord  in  the  morning, 

probably  1  hit  SC  250. 

(For  particulars  see  Air  Force  Events  of  the  Day.) 


Merchant  Shipping 

Group  Baltic  has  replied  to  a  query  from  the  Ministry  of 
Transportation  that  there  is  no  objection  to  German  ships 
returning  via  Swedish  territorial  waters  and  for  the  present 
through  the  Kogrund  Channel  or  north  of  Seeland  and  the 
Belts.   Shipping  companies  must  request  the  necessary 
Swedish  pilots  themselves. 


-268- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


r 


26  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

No  rway : 

During  the  Army*s  successful  battles  near  Lillehammer, 
most  important  documents  were  found  on  British  officers 
in  the  form  of  operational  orders  for  the  British  Norway 
operation,  from  which  it  is  clear  that  a  British  landing 
in  Norway  had  been  scheduled  for  about  the  same  date  as 
the  German  one.   Orders  bore  the  dates  2  April,  6  April 
and  7  April,   Operation  had  cover  name  "Stratford  Plan". 
Forces  participating  were  described  as  Stratforces. 
Landings  were  planned  in  Stavanger,  to  occupy  Sola  airfield, 
in  Bergen,  Trondheim  and  Narvik.   The  German  action  preceded 
the  British  plans  bf   a  few* hours.   After  the  German  landing 
in  Norway  British  forces  were  re-routed  in  that  Stavanger 
troops  were  disembarked  in  Andalsnes  and  Bergen  troops  In 
Namsos.   After  all  details  have  been  submitted,  the  Fuhrer 
intends  to  make  known  the  documents  discovered  to  the 
Diplomatic  Corps. 

According  to  a  report  from  Kirkenes,  a  kind  of  interim 
Government  has  been  set  up  in  Northern  Norway,  which  is 
organizing  resistance  there  in  agreement  with  the  old 
Norwegian  Government.   The  attitude  of  the  mostly  "Marxist" 
population  Is  absolutely  anti-German.   Officers  are 
fundamentally  pro-German  but  outwardly  adhere  to  the  King 
and  definitely  reject  the  Quisling  Government  because  it 
holds  the  confidence  of  no  class  of  the  people. 


The  British  Air  Ministry  announces  that  German  assertions 
that  Britain  has  commenced  unrestricted  aerial  warfare  are 
unfounded.   The  attack  on  Sylt  was  directed  against 
Westerland  airfield,  one  of  the  most  heavily  fortified 
spots  in  Germany.   No  attack  was  made  on  the  town  of  Heide. 
The  civilian  population  also  suffered  from  the  German  air 
raids  on  the  Orkneys. 


-269- 

CONFIDEMTIAL 


26  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Sweden: 

The  Naval  Attache  in  Stockholm  reports  that  there  are 
15,000  men  in  the  Swedish  ore  region  near  Kiruna  in  a 
very  heavily  fortified  position  with  strong  anti-aircraft 
defense •   Preparations  have  been  made  for  the  effective 
blowing-up  of  the  railroad  line. 

Swedish  Trade  Unions  have  issued  a  resolution  according  to 
which  they  are  determined  on  the  utmost  defensive  readiness 


Denmark; 

The  department  of  the  British  Ministry  of  Shipping  in 
New  York  stated  that  all  Danish  ships  on  the  high  seas 
which  had  not  transferred  to  the  Allied  flag  would  be 
seized  as  prizes  since  they  technically  represented  enemy 
tonnage.   Transfer  to  other  neutrals  would  not  be 
acknowledged.   The  Allies  are,  however,  ready  to  make 
agreements  on  the  chartering  of  such  ships* 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Danish  Shipping  Committee  in  New 
York  stated  that  Denmark  had  opposed  the  German  invasion. 
Germany  has  therefore  no  legal  rights  over  Danish  ships. 
The  British  assertion  that  these  ships  are  prizes  according 
to  International  Law  cannot  therefore  be  acknowledged. 
Endeavors  to  come  to  an  agreement  with  the  Allies  about  the 
routes  outside  the  European  war  zone  have  unfortunately 
failed. 

France : 

Reynaud  spoke  before  the  Foreign  Committee  of  the  Chamber. 
Investigation  of  the  German  threat  to  Sweden  and  possible 
eventualities.   The  Turkish  Governments  loyalty  was 
recognized.   France  wishes  an  exchange  of  opinion  in  her 
relations  with  Italy  and  is  not  responsible  for  its  previous 
failure  to  take  place. 


-270- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


26  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief ,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items 

1.  Chief,  Naval  Staff  again  ordered  the  speedy 
commencement  of  all  measures  to  combat  the  danger  of 
aerial  mines. 

According  to  fresh  reports  from  Group  Baltic  it  is  possible 
that  the  British  ground  mine  does  not  work  with  magnetic 
but  with  acoustic  firing.   If  this  assumption  is  confirmed, 
we  must  also  expect  that  the  British  torpedo  possesses  an 
acoustic  control.    (This  explains  various  torpedo  hits  on 
the  stern  as  e.g.  the  steamer  PRIEDENAU,  the  cruiser 
LUETZOW. ) 

2.  Chief,  Naval  Staff  considers  that  further  use  of 
submarines  off  the  Norwegian  coast  and  for  attacks  on  enemy 
naval  vessels  offers  little  prospect  of  success,,  in  view  of 
the  torpedo  difficulties  and  the  slight  chances  of  hitting 
fast-moving  warships,  and  considers  that  the  resumption  of 
war  against  merchant  shipping  In  the  Atlantic  as  soon  as 
possible  is  necessary  and  alone  promises  success. 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic; 

Further  reinforcement  of  Mediterranean  forces:  The  cruisers 
ORION,  NEPTUNE,  the  destroyers  DEFENDER,  DECOY  and  the 
repair  ship  RESOURCE  have  gone  on  eastward  from  Gibraltar-. 
The  submarine  depot  ship  MEDWAY  and  three  submarines  left 
Colombo  on  17  April  for  the  Mediterranean. 

Three  boats  of  the  2nd  Minesweeper  Flotilla,  previously 
stationed  in  Singapore,  passed  Port  Said  on  23  April 
proceeding  towards  the  Mediterranean. 


-271- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


26  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


North  Sea/Northern  Waters t 

Enemy  landings  in  the  Narvik  area  continue.   Off  HarstacL 
a  battle  cruiser,  a  heavy  cruiser,  other  cruisers,  destroyers 
and  troopships  as  well  as  a  large  number  of  armed  vessels 
were  sighted. 

Lively  activity  by  light  enemy  forces  and  transports  in  the 
Namsos-Andalsnes  area.   Various  cruisers  and  numerous 
destroyers  were  detected  in  Romsdals  Fjord,  off  Andalsnes, 
in  Molde  Fjord  and  in  fjords  adjoining  Trondheim  Fjord. 
Britis-h  destroyers  are  in  the  Frohavet  and  south  of  the 
island  of  Hitra  in  order  to  guard  the  entrance  to  Trondheim. 

Convoys  were  sighted  northwest  and  northeast  of  the  Frohavet 
and  west  of  Molde  Fjord  in  the  forenoon. 

A  cruiser  or  destroyer  in  Sogne  Fjord. 


Own  Situation 


Atlantic: 


Ships  "16"  and  ,f36,f  received  further  reports  on  the  enemy 
and  data  for  the  conduct  of  war  against  merchant  shipping. 
(See  radiogram  2143.) 

Narvik; 

Renewed  bombardment  of  port  and  defense  installations,  also 
of  Elvegaardsmoen  by  light  enemy  naval  forces. 

A  Norwegian  regiment  was  destroyed  by  a  German  counter- 
attack in  the  Elvenes  area,  with  severe  enemy  losses. 
Group  Narvik  requests  effective  increase  of  supplies  by  air 
for  Elvegaardsmoen,  especially  food  and  snowshoes. 

If  later  developments  render  it  necessary  for  Group  Narvik 
to  take  to  the  mountains,  it  is  planned  to  evacuate  the  bulk 
of  the  destroyer  crews,  wounded  and  prisoners  to  Sweden. 


-272- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


26  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


The  first  train  from  Sweden  has  arrived  at  the  frontier. 
Supplies,  however,  are  extremely  difficult,  since  the  ore 
railroad  is  partly  destroyed  and  without  current.   Supplies 
for  Narvik  are  therefore  not  assured  for  any  length  of  time. 

Trondheim: 

Because  of  the  enemy  situation  off  Trondheim,  Ships  M26w 
and  tt37",  carrying  howitzers  and  ammunition,  were  ordered  to 
postpone  putting  in  for  24  hours. 

Commander,  2nd  Destroyer  Flotilla  reports  that  the  JACOBI 
will  be  repaired  about  two  months  after  the  gear  parts  arrive, 
He  does  not  consider  return  passage  possible  until  the  sea 
and  air  situation  has  altered  fundamentally.   Armament  is  to 
be  dismantled,  as  far  as  necessary,  and  can  be  re-installed 
later. 

Bergen: 

Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  reports  stubborn  enemy 
resistance  near  Voss.   The  enemy  was  overcome  during  the 
day;  Voss  was  taken.   Reconnaissance  of  Hardanger  Fjord 
with  regard  to  torpedo  batteries  has  been  carried  out. 
Forces  passing  through  the  skerries  are  still  being  fired 
on  with  hand  arms  and  also  with  guns.   Because  of  numerous 
assignments  (pilot  service,  transport)  he  again  requests 
another  minesweeper,  motor  minesweepers  and  armed  patrol 
boats. 

Three  PT  boats  are  being  sent  out  against  the  British  cruiser 
reported  in  Sogne  Fjord.   Air  support  is  requested. 

Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  proposes  closing  of  Sogne  Fjord 
by  mlnelaylng  to  stop  supplies  for  British  landing  troops. 

Southern  North  Seat 

Because  of  enemy  mine laying  in  the  estuaries,  Station  North 
Sea  requests  the  inclusion  in  the  system  of  wartime  lights 
and  buoys  of  secondary  channels  not  so  far  included  and 
considerable  reinforcement  of  the  harbor  defense  flotillas 
for  the  Jade/Weser,  Elbe  and  Ems. 


-273- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


26  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Vessels  are  also  requested  for  remote  clearance  gear  and 
cable  remote  clearance  gear*  (See  radiogram  file,  1835 
and  1825.) 


Commanding  Admiral ,   Norway  has  been  ordered  by  High  Command, 
Navy  to  set  up  harbor  defense  units  in  every  base,  subdivided 
into  A  and  B  groups  with  the  same  duties  as  in  home  waters. 
(See  radiogram  0800.) 

Skagerrak /Kattegat : 

Decrease  in  danger  from  submarines  discernible  at  the  moment. 
Only  one  submarine  alarm  northeast  of  Anholt. 

Mine  Situation; 

Three  mine  barrages  were  located  30-40  miles  north  of  Skagen 
with  echo-ranging  sets;  they  were  probably  laid  by  the 
French  destroyers  which  penetrated  into  the  Skagerrak. 
The  area  endangered  by  mines  lies  in  the  20  mile-wide  strip 
declared  free  of  mines  by  Great  Britain  for  traffic  to 
Sweden • 

Group  Baltic  reports,  in  view  of  yesterday1 s  order,  that  mine 
control  of  the  northern  passage  through  the  Skagerrak  declared 
area  as  far  as  the  western  limit  is  not  possible  with  the 
forces  at  present  available.   Exploratory  sweeps  will  be 
carried  out  after  the  units  now  being  assembled  are  in 
operational  readiness. 

Ground  mines; 

At  noon  a  mine  exploded  on  the  west  side  of  the  channel  in 
the  outer  Kiel  Estuary  20  m.  away  from  IT  "99",  which  sustained 
only  slight  damage.   Aerial  mine.    (Numerous  enemy  flights 
over  Schleswig-Holsteln,  the  (Kiel)  Canal  and  western  Baltic 
tonight • ) 

Group  Baltic  has,  ordered  valuable  steamers  to  be  stopped, 
100#  searching  sweep  in  the  Kiel  Canal,  fixing  of  routes* 
check  sweeping  of  routes,  cessation  of  training  and  trials. 
(See  radiogram  file,  teletype  1150.) 

-274- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


26  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Effective  immediately,  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  forbids 
any  submarine  training  in  Kiel  and  Mecklenburg  Bays  from 
Kiel,  Neustadt,  Travemunde  and  Warnemunde.   Submarine 
navigation  and  firing  training  is  to  be  transferred  to  Gdynia 
as  quickly  as  possible.   Shore  training  remains  in  Neustadt. 


/ 


The  Swedish  Naval  Attache,  Forshell,  informs  us  that  foreign 
submarines  have  not  been  detected  in  Swedish  territorial 
waters.   Merchant  traffic  In  the  channels  along  the  west 
coast  of  Sweden  involves  difficulties,  Including  lack  of 
pilots. 


Transport  Situation: 

Transports  of  troops  and  material  continue  as  planned. 
About  2,000  men  have  arrived  in  Oslo  and  Larvik.   Empty 
steamers  on  return  trip  undisturbed. 


Submarine  Situation 

Returned  from  operations 

and  put  In  to  port:  U  "47",  "56",  "60". 

In  the  operational  area: 

North  Minoh  area: 

North  of  the  Shetlands: 

West  of  the  Shetlands: 

Northeast  of  the  Shetlands:     U  "14",  "17",  "23",  "24". 

In  the  Orkneys  area:  U  "13",  "57",  "58",  "59"; 


u 

"61", 

"30". 

TJ 

"25". 

U 

"65". 

U 

"14", 

"17", 

TJ 

"13", 

"57", 

-275- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


26  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


submarines  are  instructed  to 
take  up  their  old  operational 
areas  again  directly  off 
Pentland  Firth  according  to 
density  of  traffic  and 
defenses. 

On  return  passage:  U  "38",  "34",  "52". 

In  Trondheim:  U  "29", 

The  crew  of  U  "64"  has  returned  home  from  Narvik  via  Sweden 
(disguised  as  survivors  from  German  steamers). 

The  brief  reports  from  U  "64",  "46"  and  "51"  from  West  Fjord 
give  a  picture  of  the  extraordinary  difficulties  in  West 
Fjord  and  Ofot  Fjord  arising  from  the  length  of  the  days, 
strong  defenses  and  calm,  clear  water.    (See  Part  B,  Vol.  IV.) 


U  "23"  reports  a  double  miss  on  a  heavy  cruiser  20  miles 
east  of  the  Shetlands. 

U  "34"  reports  a  double  miss  on  the  20,000  ton  supply 
steamer  FRANCONIA  north  of  the  Hebrides. 


Air  Situation 

For  disposition  of  Air  Force  units  for  operations  in  Norway 
see  radiogram  file,  0800. 

Air  Force  operations  in  the  Narvik-Harstad  area,  Namsos 
Fjord  and  Andalsnes. 

Special  forces  have  been  provided  for  27  April  against  the 
aircraft  carrier  suspected  to  be  in  the  Namsos -Andalsnes 
area.   It  can  be  expected  that  at  daybreak  the  carrier 

-276- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


26  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


will  be  near  the  coast  to  start  Its  planes  and  will  then 
move  off  Into  the  open  sea. 

(For  particulars  see  Air  Force  fivents  of  the  Day.) 


Merchant  Shipping 

Of  the  altogether  185  vessels  (totaling  about  242,000  GRT) 
lying  in  Bergen  which  are  not  German,  contraband  goods  have 
been  discovered  so  far  on  27  ships  which  are  not  Norwegian. 
After  the  operation  against  Voss  is  over,  transfer  is  to  be 
begun,  since  there  are  no  escort  detachments  available  at 
present. 

The  Italian  Government  has  released  three  (five  according 
to  other  sources)  Norwegian  tankers  and  a  freighter, which 
had  at  first  been  held,  since  the  captains  raised  notarial 
protest  against  the  refusal  of  harbor  certificates. 

The  Italian  steamer  AMECIZIA,  which  had  been  held  south  of 
Bergen  with  a  cargo  of  wood  for  Great  Britain,  has  been 
brought  Into  Stavanger.   The  ship  is  to  be  released  after 
the  cargo  is  discharged. 

1500:     Conference  between  Chief,  Naval  Staff  and  the 
Fuhrer. 

Points  discussed: 

1.  Sortie  by  French  destroyers  into  the 
Skagerrak  on  23/24  April.   Possibilities 
of  defense  against  such  raids. 

2.  Naval  Staff1 s  deliberations  on  further 
submarine  warfare,  withdrawal  of  small 
submarines  for  the  schools,  submarine  war 
against  merchant  shipping  in  the  Atlantic. 

3.  Defense  of  bases  In  Norway. 

4.  Combatting  danger  of  aerial  mines. 


-277- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


26  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


5.  German  lack  of  freighters • 

6.  Land  situation  in  the  south  Norwegian  area 
has  been  cleared  up. 

The  projected  transport  operation  to  Bergen,  protected  by 
a  battleship  sortie,  can  therefore  be  canceled.   The  Fuhrer 
has  ordered  the  transports  to  be  re-routed  to  Oslo. 

(For  particulars  see  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy*s  memorandum 
of  conference  dated  26  April,  War  Diary,  Part  C,  Vol*  VII.) 

The  following  directive  has  been  issued  to  Groups  West, 
Baltic  and  Fleet,  in  view  of  the  Fuhrer 's  decision  to  abandon 
the  transport  operation  to  Bergen: 

1.  Group  West's  transport  assignment  is  canceled 
as  the  result  of  the  speedy  clearing  up  of  the 
land  situation  in  southern  Norway. 

2.  Transport  is  to  be  carried  out  to  Oslo  as  soon 
as  possible.   Steamers  are  lying  in  Stettin. 
Group  Baltic  will  report  plans. 

3.  Battleship  operation  is  abandoned  for  the 
present  because  of  the  necessity  of 
maintaining  destroyers  and  five  torpedoboats 
in  readiness. 

4.  Further  torpedoboats  again  at  the  disposal 
of  Group  Baltic. 

5.  Group  West  to  report  promptly  plans  for  any 
destroyer  and  torpedoboat  operations. 

Naval  Staff  I  op  790/40. 


-278- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


27  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

Norway; 

At  noon  in  the  Reich  Chancellery  Foreign  Minister  von 
Rlbbentrop,  before  the  Diplomatic  Corps  and  the  German 
and  foreign  press,  gave  a  statement  on  the  political 
situation  and  made  public  White  Paper  No.  4  containing 
the  diplomatic  and  military  documents  captured  in  Norway, 
from  which  the  Western  Powers'  plans  to  extend  the  war  to 
Scandinavia  and  the  old  Norwegian  Government's  guilt  in 
this  development  are  obvious. 

Naval  Staff's  information  from  the  enemy  situation  and 
reports  from  the  Radio  Monitoring  Service,  the  press  and 
agents  for  the  beginning  and  middle  of  March  (see  War 
Diary)  about  the  Allies'  plans  are  confirmed. 


The  Supreme  Commander  of  the  Norwegian  Army  issu«d  an 
order  of  the  day: 

"You  did  everything  In  your  power  to  stop  the 
enemy.   You  were  often  forced  back  and  thus 
had  to  leave  your  positions.   That  is 
disheartening  but  the  main  thing  was  to  gain 
time.   You  honorably  discharged  your  duty, 
for  which  I  thank  you.   This  withdrawal 
movement  is  now  at  an  end  and  I  exhort  you 
anew:  Be  of  good  courage  and  we  shall  be 
victorious." 


Sweden: 

The  Foreign  Office  is  at  present  trying  to  obtain  the 
Swedish  Government's  consent  to  the  carrying  of  survivors, 
wounded  and  prisoners  on  the  return  journey  of  the  trains 


-279- 

CONFIDMTIAL 


27  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


running  to  Group  Narvik.   This  measure  is  justified  as  an 
act  of  humanity.   Even  the  question  of  possible  internment 
"by  the  Swedish  Government  will  be  no  obstacle. 


Denmark: 

In  reply  to  the  blocking  of  Danish  assets  in  the  U.S.A., 
the  Danes  have  blocked  U.S.  assets  in  Denmark. 


( 


Italy: 

According  to  foreign  press  reports,  Ciano  is  said  to  have 
stated  in  reply  to  the  French  Ambassador,  Franco ls-Poncet, 
that  the  time  was  unpropltlous  for  discussing  the 
differences  of  opinion  between  *;he  two  countries. 


Portugal: 

The  Embassy  reports: 


nSalaz*ir  continues  to  resist  Allied  encroachments. 
He  told  the  British  Ambassador  that  by  their 
high-handed  treatment  of  Portugal  the  Allies  were 
doing  everything  to  destroy  sympathy  for  them." 


-280- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


• 


27  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Greece; 

The  British  Ambassador  is  said  to  have  submitted  four 
demands  to  Metaxas: 

1.  Cessation  of  deliveries  of  products  of 
military  importance  to  Germany* 

2.  Granting  of  the  right  to  establish  naval 
and  air  bases  in  Greek  territory. 

3.  Unrestricted  entry  for  personnel  of  the 
R.A.F.  and  Royal  Navy. 

4.  Adoption  of  a  pro-entente  tone  by  the 
Government  and  removal  of  pro-German 
persons  from  leading  positions. 

Metaxas  expressed  himself  sharply  against  this  and  stated 
that  he  would  not  permit  the  Western  Powers  to  intervene 
in  Greece  a  second  time. 


U.S.A. ; 

The  iEmb assy  in  Washington  reports: 

"The  effect  of  Grand  Admiral  Raeder's  statements 
to  the  press,  which  refuted  exaggerated  Allied 
victory  propaganda  in  the  U.S.  press  during  the 
past  few  days,  is  said  to  be  all  the  greater 
because  the  press  is  very  struck  by  the  swift 
advance  of  German  troops  in  Norway  and  is  now 
giving  prominence  to  German  military  reports." 

(See  also  appendix  to  Foreign  Press  (Naval  News  No.  100).) 


—281— 

CONFIDENTIAL 


27  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items; 

1.  The  situation  on  land  In  the  central  Norwegian  area 
is  judged  confidently  despite  certain  difficulties.   The 
Army  is  advancing  northwards  in  spite  of  very  difficult 
terrain.   Very  speedy  relief  of  Trondheim  is  hoped  for. 
Strong  enemy  forces  suspected  near  Andalsnes  and  Dombas. 

The  Trondheim  Group  is  advancing  southwards  on  Stflren,  in 
order  to  cut  the  enemy  off  from  the  north.   Situation 
cleared  up  in  Bergen;   enemy  beaten  near  Voss. 

In  view  of  the  efforts  of  Armed  Forces  High  Command, 
Operations  Staff  to  clear  up  the  land  situation  speedily. 
Chief,  Naval  Staff  considers  it  specially  important  that, 
with  regard  to  the  great  strain  on  defense  and  transport 
units,  overhasty  execution  of  transport  be  avoided  and  that 
safety  of  the  transports  be  the  primary  consideration. 
The  danger  from  submarines  and  mines  necessitates  observance 
of  all  necessary  defense  measures. 

2.  British  use  of  aerial  mines;  The  opinion  for  a 
while  that  the  British  aerial  mine  might  have  acoustic  or 
vibration  firing  is  contradicted  by  a  new  report  that  the 
firing  principle  is  based  on  induction.  Discoveries  to 
date  show  that  our  magnetic  sweeping  gear  is  probably  fully 
effective.  Chief,  Naval  Staff  has  ordered  tne  strictest 
secrecy  about  the  fact  that  a  mine  was  recovered. 

The  question  of  the  greatest  possible  speeding-up  of  the 
effectiveness  of  our  anti-mine  measures  was  again  discussed. 
A  large-scale  patrol  organization  for  the  detection  of  places 
where  mines  are  dropped  is  already  being  set  up;   requisitioning 
of  large  numbers  of  motor  boats  and  patrol  vessels  has  been 
started;   the  entire  Kiel  Canal  is  covered  by  visual 
observation.   The  Danes  are  to  be  induced  to  patrol  their 
coastal  areas  and  channels;   similar  measures  are  likewise 
to  be  suggested  to  the  Swedes. 

There  are  at  present  only  11  balloon  barrage  batteries 
In  all,  of  which  9  are  on  the  coast  (3  in  Hamburg,  6  in 
Group  West»s  area  in  Wilhelmshaven,  the  Jade,  Emden,  Borkum). 
Further  supplies  of  barrage  balloons  cannot  be  expected 
until  August.   Naval  Staff,  Operations  Division  proposes, 

-282- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


27  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


with  reference  to  the  urgency  of  combatting  aerial  mines, 
that  two  batteries  be  withdrawn  from  Group  West  and  placed 
at  the  disposal  of  Group  Baltic  for  the  defense  of  the 
Kiel  Canal  and  other  important  points. 

Chief,  Naval  Staff  agrees.   Orders  to  this  effect  have 
been  given. 

3.  Group  West  proposes  dispensing  with  minelaying 
measures  by  surface  forces  in  Operation  "Gelb". 

Reason;   The  larger  number  of  planes  holds  out  prospects 
of  effective  aerial  minelaying.   The  enemy1 s  greater 
preparedness  and  short,  bright  nights  make  unobtrusive 
execution  improbable.   Moreover,  very  undesirable  losses 
are  now  more  probably  in  view  of  the  slight  strength  of 
our  destroyer  and  torpedoboat  forces. 

Aerial  minelaying  in  Operation  "Gelb"  is  planned  within  the 
scope  of  the  scheduled  measures  HL,  IL,  6*L,  WL,  OL  and  also 
measure  "Dunkirk'* •   In  all  about  30  planes  are  scheduled 
to  drop  about  50  aerial  mines  with  the  first  wave. 

Chief,  Naval  Staff  agrees  fully  with  Group  West»s  proposal. 
Because  of  the  delay  in  Operation  "Gelb"  the  necessary 
conditions  for  operations  by  surface  forces  have  altered 
fundamentally.   The  shortness  and  brightness  of  the  nights 
forbid  any  surface  force  operations  in  the  area  constantly 
covered  by  the  enemy,  since  on  no  account  is  any  preliminary 
warning  to  be  given  by  naval  measures.   In  the  enemy's 
state  of  readiness  we  must  expect  immediate,  heavy  attacks, 
especially  by  the  enemy  Air  Force,  in  the  event  of  the 
slightest  suspicion.   If  the  element  of  surprise  is  lost 
the  whole  operation  would  unavoidably  be  greatly  endangered. 
The  small  number  of  our  light  forces  -  urgently  required 
for  defense  assignments  -  also  makes  it  necessary  that  the 
available  destroyers  and  torpedoboats  should  not  be  used 
for  assignments  in  which  losses  seem  probable  from  the 
start,  as  far  as  these  same  assignments,  as  in  the  present 
case,  can  also  be  fulfilled  very  effectively  by  the  aerial 
minelaying  formations  of  the  9th  Air  Division  meanwhile 
set  up. 

4.  Report  by  Captain  Bey  (Commander,  4th  Destroyer 
Flotill^,  who  flew  back  from  Narvik  on  High  Command,  Navy*s 


-283- 

CONFIDMTIAL 


27  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


order,  on  the  actions  off  Narvik  on  10  and  13  April  and 
the  present  situation. 

Fresh  confirmation  is  given  of  the  great  readiness  for 
action  of  the  destroyers  and  the  excellent  behavior  of  the 
crews,  who  knew  how  to  fight  and  die  in  the  traditional 
destroyer  spirit. 


Captain  Bey  was  appointed  Commander,  Destroyers  as  well 
as  Commander,  6th  Destroyer  Flotilla. 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Since  the  enemy  again  partially  changed  his  code  on  26  April, 
there  is  much  less  possibility  of  decoding  enemy  radio  traffic 
at  present. 

Atlantic; 

Portishead  coastal  radio  station  broadcast  the  following 
QQQQ  report: 

38°41»N,  39°22»W  (about  500  miles  west  of  the 
Azores)  the  tanker  DONNAX  (8,036  tons)  is  being 
chased.   Time  0948. 

At  1238  the  same  radio  station  sent  four  times: 

"QQQQ  DONNAX  canceled."   Time  1034. 

It  is  possible  that  Ship  "36"  was  the  originator  of  this 
alarm  report. 

The  possibility  arises  from  additional  data  that  there  are 


-284- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


27  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


three  battleships  (possibly  the  QUEEN  ELIZABETH,  MALAYA 
and  ROYAL  SOVEREIGN)  in  the  Mediterranean. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters; 

Narvik  area; 

Air  reconnaissance  sighted  one  cruiser  and  several  destroyers 
off  Harstad,  a  cruiser  and  destroyers  off 'Narvik,  ?  battle- 
ship and  destroyers  in  the  fjords  north  of  Narvik* 

Trondhelm  area; 

Eight  transports  and  2  cruisers  were  sighted  in  the  morning 
northwest  of  the  Frohavet  on  northeasterly  course.   One 
French  and  2  other  cruisers  on  course  350°  and  2  aircraft 
carriers  with  1  heavy  cruiser  and  destroyers  on  course  30° 
were  detected  west  and  northwest  of  the  island  of  Fr8ya  at 
a  distance  of  30-100  miles.   At  noon  there  were  2  destroyers 
in  Trondheim-Leden. 

A  cruiser  and  several  merchantmen  off  Molde  and  Andalsnes. 

From  the  home  areas 

Nothing  special  to  report. 

Evaluation  of  aerial  photographs  on  24  April  shows  that  the 

following  forces  were  lying  in  Scapa  Flow  on  that  day; 

1  battleship  each  of  the  NELSON,  RENOWN  and  REVENGE  class, 

1  cruiser  of  the  LONDON  class,  1  ENTERPRISE  class,  1  ship 

of  the  D  class;  aircraft  carrier  HERMES,  several  destroyers, 

tankers,  auxiliary  vessels. 

At  2000  on  26  April  Commander  in  Chief,  Home  Fleet  informed 
an  unidentified  vessel  that  two  German  trawlers  were  flying 
the  Dutch  flag.   Further  text  of  the  message  could  not  be 
made  out. 

This  obviously  concerns  Ships  n2Sn   and  w37w,  trawlers 
camouflaged  as  neutrals, which  were  then  Instructed  to  abandon 
Dutch  camouflage,  move  off  northward  and  separate. 


-285- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


27  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


There  is  -no  immediate  fear  that  the  two  vessels  have  been 
intercepted  and  sunk  by  the  enemy*   They  were  probably 
sighted  by  enemy  air  reconnaissance* 

Shipping  Losses: 

The  7,000  ton  tanker  SCOTTISH  AMERICAN  was  torpedoed  near 
Cape  Wrath,  (northern  entrance  to  the  Minch),  the  British 
steamer  PIZARRO  (1,367  tons)  "collision"  at  the  eastern 
side  of  the  North  Minch*   Ship  had  to  be  abandoned* 

10,000  ton  ship  and  1,500  ton  ship  damaged  by  bomb  hits 
off  Molde  Fjord. 


Own  Situation 

Narvik: 

Cruisers  and  destroyers  bombarded  defense  Installations 
and  quarters  near  Bjerkvik,  Laverget  and  Elvegaardsmoen* 
Great  material  damage*   Norwegian  planes  attacked  our 
troops  near  Elvenes*   Air  Force  intervention  is  requested. 
Great  difficulty  in  bringing  supplies  to  the  town  of  Narvik 
and  to  Elvegaardsmoen  because  of  the  destruction  of  the 
ore  railroad  on  Rombaken  Fjord  and  the  ferry,  as  well  as 
completely  snowed-up  supply  routes. 

Trondheim: 

Landing  parties  from  British  destroyers  reconnoitered  the 
islands  in  Kraagsvaags  Fjord  and  the  Oerlandet  Peninsula. 
Destroyers  were  unsuccessfully  attacked  by  the  506th 
Coastal  Patrol  Group. 

Vernes  airfield  is  reported  clear  for  landings  and  take-offs* 

Bergen: 

Voss  and  Boemoen  taken  by  the  Army;   enemy  withdrew  to 
Gudvanger-Frethe  im. 

-286- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


27  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


According  to  a  communication  from  Group  West,  the  proposal 
to  mine  Sogne  Fjord  by  surface  forces  cannot  be  carried  out 
from  home  waters  and  is  technically  impossible  with  submarines 
Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  therefore  plans  to  carry  out 
minelaying  after  about  1  May  if  suitable  vessels  are 
available  by  then. 

PT  boat  attacks  on  the  enemy  cruiser  (or  large  destroyer) 
reported  in  Sogne  Fjord  unsuccessful,  since  the  ship  had 
already  been  attacked  and  destroyed  by  the  Air  Force 
beforehand. 

Troopships  from  Stavanger  arrived*  in  Bergen  as  planned. 

Southern  North  Sea: 

In  reply  to  yesterday's  query  about  Group  West's  readiness 
for  action  -  destroyers  and  torpedoboats  -  the  Group  reports: 

Plan  to  use  available  destroyers  and  torpedoboats 
as  defense  for  minelaying  operation  by  four 
minelayers  north  of  the  declared  area.   Will 
probably  sail  early  on  29  April. 

Naval  Staff  agrees  to  Group  West's  plans.   The  Group  was 
informed  accordingly. 


Esbjerg  was  examined  by  the  Wilhelmshaven  Dockyard  Staff  as 
to  suitability  as  a  Fleet  base.   In  view  of  the  water- 
depth  and  the  great  strain  on  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses, 
North,  the  harbor  is  considered  suitable  only  for 
destroyers  and  for  these  only  to  a  certain  extent. 


-287- 

CONFIDMTIAL 


27  April  194^  CONFIDENTIAL 


Enemy  Mine  Situation: 

The  pilot  steamer  BODENWINKEL  struck  a  mine  and  sank  in 
the  Hubert  Gatt. 

Crew  saved.   The  Hubert  Gatt  is  closed  to  traffic. 

According  to  statements  by  the  captain  of  the  steamer  HANS 
SCHULTE  and  the  captain  of  the  pilot  vessel  EMDEN,  at  about 
0400  on  21  April  two  planes  with  lights  landed  on  the 
Hubert  Gatt,  near  the  spot  where  the  steamer  SAYN  later 
came  to  grief,  and  afterwards  took  off  again. 

The  steamer  SAYN  struck  a  mine  on  23  April.   It  is  possible 
that  mines  were  laid  here  by  a  plane  which  landed  on  the 
surface. 


Skagerrak/Kattegat; 

Submarine  alarm  south  of  Oslo  Fjord,  near  MaseskBr  and  off 
Prederikshavn.   Anti-submarine  action  unsuccessful. 

Mine  Situation; 

The  Danish  steamer  LUISE  struck  a  mine  600  m.  northwest  of 
Drogden  light.  The  German  steamer  OTTO  KORDS  was  beached 
off  Koldlng  Fjord  (probably  struck  a  mine). 

Near  Korsflr  mine-exploding  vessel  n4w  swept  a  ground  mine 
80  m.  away,  bearing  330°,  with  magnet  gear.   The  2nd  Motor 
Minesweeper  Flotilla  detected  the  east  wing  of  the  enemy 
mine  barrage  off  Prederikshavn.   Our  Fredericia  barrage 
has  been  cleared. 

A  formation  of  Commander,  Minesweepers  carried  out  a  check 
sweep  of  the  routes  in  Mecklenburg  and  Kiel  Bays.   Routes 
proceed  over  the  greatest  depths  of  water  possible. 
Routes  are  not  announced.   Traversed  at  present  only  by 
warships  and  valuable  steamers. 


-288- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


27  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAI 


Group  Baltic  requests  speedy  provision  of  Commander, 
Minesweeper's  units  with  gear  to  sweep  the  induction  mines, 
and  of  all  naval  vessels  and  important  -merchantmen  with 
degaussing  equipment.   The  Group  suggests  that  recourse 
be  had  to  copper  distance  high  tension  conduits  in  Norway, 
if  they  are  not  required  there  for  military  purposes,  in 
order  to  relieve  the  raw  material  situation  in  the 
construction  of  cables. 

Preparations  are  being  made  for  the  transfer  of  training 
and  trials  by  the  Schools  and  Inspectorates  to  the  central 
Baltic  east  of  Rugen  because  of  danger  of  aerial  mines. 
Torpedo  and  Submarine  branches  will  concentrate  in 
Gdynia-Pillau. 


Group  Baltic  plans  to  withdraw  the  cruiser  EMDEN  from  Oslo 
to  the  eastern  Baltic  under  close  escort,  utilizing  fast 
steamer  groups.   Will  probably  be  carried  out  on  30  April 
at  dawn.   The  Group  requests  agreement. 


Transport  Situation 

Transports  as  planned;  950  men  arrived  in  Oslo  both  in  the 
forenoon  and  afternoon,  also  material  carried  on  14  drifters 
and  2  tugs. 

Empty  transports  as  planned. 


-289- 

CONPIDENTIAL 


27  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Air  reconnaissance  reports  lively  steamer  traffic  along  the 
Swedish  coast  northward  and  southward  bound;  Swedish 
traffic  partly  in  the  form  of  convoys. 


Air  Situation 

Armed  reconnaissance  concentrated  on  the  Narvik  area,  attack 
on  transport  movements  and  disembarkations  in  the  Andalsnes- 
Trondheim  area.   Various  supply  steamers  damaged  by  bombs. 
One  cruiser  damaged  off  Andalsnes  and  one  north  of  Narvik 
(latter  1,000  kg.  direct  hit). 

(For  particulars  see  Air  Force  Events  of  the  Day.) 


Submarine  Situation 

Since  possibilities  of  success  off  the  Norwegian  coast  are 
estimated  as  slight  because  of  strong  patrols  in  the  fjords, 
difficulties  with  torpedoes  and  few  prospects  of  hitting 
fast-moving  targets,  Commanding  Admiral,  Submarines  has  been 
allocated  the  following  assignments  for  submarines, 
constituting  a  change  in  the  previous  order: 

1.  Constant  occupation  of  Orkneys-Minch  area. 

2.  As  strong  operations  as  possible  in  the 
Atlantic. 

3.  Further  transport  of  supplies  to  Trondheim 
for  the  time  being. 

4.  If  occasion  arises,  use  of  submarines  for 
Operation  "Gelb". 

5.  Submarine  training. 

-290- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


27  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Defense  assignments  in  the  Norwegian  coastal  area  lapse 
for  the  present* 


In  the  operational  area 
on  27  April: 


On  return  passage: 

Returned  from  operation: 

Sailed  with  supplies 
for  Trondheim: 


TJ  "13",  "14",  "23",  "24", 
"25",  "30",  "57",  "58", 
"59",    "61",    "65". 

U   "17",    "29",    "34",    "52". 

U  "38". 

U   "A",    "32". 


-291- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


28  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Items  of  Political  Importance 

For  first  reaction  abroad  to  Ribbentrop1 s  speech  and  the 
publication  of  the  Anglo-Norwegian  documents,  see  Foreign 
Press  Report, 

Denmark; 

Negotiations  are  in  progress  at  present  between  Coastal 
Defense  Commander,  Copenhagen  and  the  Danish  Navy  about  the 
use  of  Danish  naval  vessels  to  relieve  our  forces.   The  aim 
is  to  use  Danish  vessels  under  Danish  command  on  minesweeping 
duties,  for  patrol  and  observation  duties  as  well  as  for 
repairs  to  and  inspection  of  Danish  Mine  barrages.   If 
necessary  extra  German  signals  personnel  can  be  drafted  to 
Danish  ships.   Group  Baltic  will  control  all  operations  by 
the  Danish  Navy. 

Sweden: 

According  to  a  report  from  the  Naval  Attache*  in  Stockholm, 
the  Swedes  attach  particular  importance  to  the  continued 
existence  of  their  mine  barrages  in  the  Sdder-Kvarken  Strait. 
Naval  Staff  has  no  fundamental  objection  to  this  and  only 
requests  that  safe  passage  at  any  time  be  guaranteed  by 
clear  marking  of  the  channel  and  adequate,  speedy  provision 
of  pilots.   The  possibility  of  ships  going  aground  inside 
the  marked  channel  must  also  be  excluded.   The  Foreign 
Office  was  informed  of  this  and  requested  to  desist  from 
Naval  Staff1 s  earlier  request  to  have  Sweden  remove  the 
mine  barrage. 

U.S.S.R. : 


The  Soviet  Government  has 
new  Base  North. 


suggested  Yokanya  Bay  as  the 


Italy: 

Ansaldo 
address 


(director  of  the  ^elegrafd1)  states  in  a  radio 
to  the  Italian  Armed  Forces: 


"It  Is  not  possible  for  a  country  such  as  Italy 
to  remain  outside  a  conflict  like  the  present 
one  for  the  duration.   This  was  established 
today  with  the  greatest  authority  in  the  Fascist 


-292- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


28  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Chamber  and  the  Corporations  by  the  most 
important  statements  of  Grandi  and  Buffarini. 
Only  one  thing  remains  to  be  done:   to  be  ready 
for  the  order  which  will  come.   The  words 
Tbe  ready'  comprehend  the  fate  of  Italy  and 
the  fate  of  us  all." 


Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items 

1.        Combatting  British  aerial  mines;   All  offices  have 
been  informed  of  the  great  difficulties  arising  from  the 
British  use  of  aerial  mines  and  of  the  urgency  of  solving 
the  problem  of  effective  defense  and  they  are  working 
towards  this  end  with  all  the  means  in  their  power. 

The  attention  of  subordinate  offices  will  be  drawn  to  the 
necessity  of  maintaining  special  secrecy  with  regard  to  all 
reports  about  actual  or  possible  further  recovery  of  enemy 
aerial  mines  as  well  as  hits  on  mines,  especially  also  by 
merchant  ships,  and  to  all  sweeping  results.   All  information 
must  be  transmitted  so  that  the  enemy  radio  monitoring 
service  can  gain  no  insight. 

For  an  appreciation  of  enemy  and  of  our  own  minelaying 
operations  it  is  necessary  to  ascertain  soon  how  far  the  aerial 
mine  as  such  is  finished  in  construction  by  the  enemy  and 
scheduled  for  large-scale  use.   It  Is  essential  to  discover 
particularly  whether  our  own  use  of  aerial  mines  decided  the 
development  of  the  present  British  aerial  mine  or  whether  it 
was  developed  independently  by  the  British.   It  must  be 
stated  already  that  the  British  have  shown  themselves  to  be 
masters  of  improvisation  in  the  use  of  aerial  mines  and 
defense  against  them  and  have  with  simple  means,  probably 
without  very  exact  scientific  investigations,  quite  obviously 
developed  both  a  most  useful  offensive  weapon  in  their  aerial 
mine  and  a  useful  self-defense  and  sweeping  gear.   We  must 
acknowledge  that  their  success  in  doing  this  within  a  very 
short  space  of  time  is  a  very  remarkable  achievement. 


-293- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


28  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


It  is  now  to  be  seen  that  the  highly  skilled  Royal  Air  Force 
brings  the  aerial  mines  to  our  waters  in  darkness  and  in 
almost  every  kind  of  weather,  and  that  it  has  so  far 
succeeded  in  carrying  the  mines  almost  unmolested  over 
Schleswig  Holstein  to  the  Baltic  ports,  while  our  own  aerial 
mine  formations  -  thanks  to  the  enemy  defenses  and  their  own 
lack  of  training  -  have  so  far  not  been  in  a  position  to  drop 
the  aerial  mines  in  Scapa,  in  the  Clyde  or  over  Liverpool  Bay. 

This  discovery  forces  us,  on  the  one  hand,  to  make  every 
endeavor  to  build  up  our  anti-mine  defense  organization  and, 
on  the  other  hand,  to  make  an  urgent  request  to  the  operational 
Air  Force  that  it  should  now  speedily  make  widespread  attacks 
by  carrying  the  aerial  mine  to  London,  to  Scapa  and  over  the 
British  mainland  to  Liverpool  and  the  Clyde. 

Group  West  objects  greatly  to  the  withdrawal  of  two  barrage 
balloon  batteries  from  the  North  Sea  area  for  defense  of  the 
Kiel  Canal  and  western  Baltic,  since  it  considers  any  weakening 
of  the  Wilhe Iras haven  and  Jade  defenses  insupportable.   In 
Naval  Staff's  opinion,  however,  the  danger  to  the  Kiel  Canal  and 
Kiel  Bay  is  judged  to  be  just  as  grave. 

The  main  effect  of  the  balloon  barrages  is  psychological. 
The  withdrawal  of  some  balloons  from  the  North  Sea  defense 
areas  will  not  diminish  the  deterrent  effect  of  the  batteries 
still  remaining,  but  will  considerably  increase  defense  for 
the  Kiel  Canal  and  Kiel  Bay. 

Naval  Staff's  order  therefore  remains  in  force. 

2.       Further  Construction  of  the  Aircraft  Carrier  GRAF 
ZEPPELIN :  Naval  Staff  denies  the  necessity  of  continuing 
construction,  particularly  since  there  will  not  be  the 
necessary  military  and  armament  prerequisites  for  the  use  of 
the  ship  in  the  near  future.   The  whole  anti-aircraft 
armament  is  at  present  being  used  for  urgent  military  tasks 
at  other  points.   It  is  not  possible  to  provide  it  for  the 
carrier  again  without  severe  military  disadvantages. 
Complete  armament  cannot  be  installed  until  about  one  year 
after  completion,  i.e.  the  end  of  1941.   The  problem  of 
skilled  workers  offers  very  great  difficulty.   Naval  Staff 
is  therefore  abandoning  further  construction  work  on  the 
carrier. 


-294- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


28  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters: 

Troopship  movements:   According  to  an  intelligence  report, 
five  battalions  of  French  Chasseurs  Alpins,  the  43rd  Colonial 
Infantry  Regiment  and  one  battalion  of  the  Foreign  Legion 
passed  through  the  Channel  on  26  April  on  the  way  to  Norway. 
An  agent  reported  from  Paris  on  20  April  that  intensive  work 
was  being  carried  out  on  the  formation  of  a  new  Expeditionary 
Corps,  to  consist  of  special  troops.   Ports  of  departure  Le 
Havre,  Boulogne,  for  material  Rouen.   Transports  are  to 
leave  for  Norway  about  the  end  of  April/beginning  of  May. 

Narvik  area: 

Air  reconnaissance  reported  1  battleship,  2  cruisers,  several 
destroyers  off  Harstad,  several  transports  and  destroyers  in 
Ofot  Fjord,  3  destroyers  off  Narvik.   Landings  near  Bogen. 

Namsos  area: 

Two  light  cruisers,  several  destroyers,  transports  and 
auxiliary  vessels  were  detected  in  Folda  Fjord  and  Namsos 
Fjord;   1  battleship  and  1  cruiser  in  the  area  off  Namsos. 
No  large-scale  troop  movements  observed  ashore. 

Andalsnes  area: 

Enemy  reports  further  successful  landings  in  Andalsnes  by  radio. 

Air  reconnaissance  spotted  a  cruiser,  destroyers  and  several 
transports  in  Romsda  Is  Fjord,  further  cruisers  and  destroyers 
off  Trondhelm  Fjord,  a  large  number  of  freighters  and  transports 
in  the  fjords  to  the  south.   In  the  afternoon  a  plane  contacted 
an  enemy  formation,  with  which  there  were  probably  1  or  2 
aircraft  carriers,  70  miles  northwest  of  Molde  Fjord.   Strong 
fighter  defense. 

Reconnaissance  and  attacks  by  our  bomber  units  is  reflected 
in  enemy  radio  traffic. 


-295- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


28  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Reconnaissance  reports  give  the  Impression  that  enemy  landings 
are  mostly  completed  for  the  present.   Imminent  attacks  by 
the  troops  landed  north  and  south  of  Trondheim  against 
Trondheim,  with  support  from  the  enemy  carrier-borne  planes, 
must  be  expected.   Destruction  of  the  enemy  aircraft 
carriers  therefore  assumes  decisive  importance  and  is  being 
striven  after  by  the  5th  Air  Force  with  all  the  means  in 
its  power. 

Reconnaissance  activity  off  Trondheim  by  enemy  destroyers 
leads  us  to  expect  landings  and  a  footing  on  the  islands 
off  Trondheim  Fjord. 

Severe  blows  were  struck  against  today's  enemy  operations  by 
our  Air  Force  attacks,  which  scored  several  hits  on  cruisers 
as  well  as  great  successes  against  enemy  merchant  ships  and 
transports.    (See  own  Air  Situation.)  (~f 


Own  Situation 


Narvik: 


At  0430  the  Uroup  reported  heavy  bombardment  of  Elvegaardsmoen 
by  warships.   Lively  scouting  activity  indicates  offensive 
action  soon  by  the  superior  enemy. 

The  Naval  Communications  Officer  reports  very  difficult 
conditions,  both  technical  and  regarding  personnel,  in  the 
development  of  radio  traffic  since  all  communication  between 
units  of  Group  Narvik  is  possible  only  in  Code  M  (machine 
code)  with  naval  radio  operators  and  the  radio  station,  in 
an  exposed  position,  suffers  daily  bombardment.   Very  great 
strain  on  personnel. 

Supplies  of  food  for  the  civilian  population  of  Narvik  and 
the  hinterland  will  be  seriously  endangered  after  Norwegian 
stocks  are  exhausted.   Commander  requests  help  via  Sweden. 

Trondhe  im ; 

Commander,  2nd  Destroyer  Flotilla  has  been  instructed  to 
endeavor  to  restore  his  destroyers1  readiness  to  proceed, 

-296- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


28  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


both  regarding  personnel  and  engines,  with  all  the  means 
in  his  power. 

Enemy  carrier-borne  planes  attacked  Trondheim  at  dawn. 
Hits  on  transmitter,  village  and  airfield. 

Because  of  Armed  Forces  High  Command's  information  that 
Trondheim  is  adequately  supplied  with  Army  guns  through 
those  captured,  Ships  "26"  and  "37"  (carrying  field  howitzers 
to  Trondheim)  have  been  diverted  and  ordered  to  pvt  in  to 
Bergen  separately  in  favorable  weather. 

No  news  from  either  ship. 

Bergen; 

Operation  to  set  up  torpedo  batteries  in  Hardanger  Fjord 
has  commenced. 

Stavanger: 

Stavanger  15  cm.  battery  will  probably  be  ready  for  action 
with  two  guns  on  1  May.   Two  more  guns  have  arrived  on  the 
steamers  ALSTERUFER  and  ALSTERTOR. 

Because  of  the  importance  of  Stavanger,  Admiral,  West 
Norwegian  Coast  requests  that  a  regular  Captain,  with  Staff, 
be  appointed  Port  Commander,  Stavanger.   Previous  Port 
Commander  to  Haugesund.   High  Command,  Navy  agrees  to  the 
proposal.   Captain  Fricke  (Otto)  has  been  appointed  Port 
Commander. 

Skagerrak /Kattegat ; 

Several  submarine  sighting  and  location  reports  .point  to 
fresh  intensification  of  the  danger  from  submarines.  • 
Attacks  on  submarines  without  visible  result. 

No  further  mines  detected.   Minesweeping  to  detect  and  mark 
the  British  barrages  off  Frederikshavn  continues.   Check 
sweeping  of  various  areas  in  the  Kattegat  fruitless. 

The  17  cm.  batteries  "Schill"  and  "Raule"  in  Tyboroen  and 
Hanstholm  are  temporarily  ready  for  action  with  four  guns. 


-297- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


28  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Transport  Situation; 

Transport  of  troops  and  material  proceeded  according  to  plan 
under  escort  by  units  of  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses, 
Baltic  and  constant  air  cover  by  Commander,  Naval  Air, 
Baltic.   Fast  troopships  took  780  men  to  Larvik.   Further 
transports  arrived  in  Oslo  with  men  and  material.   The  first 
party  of  the  2nd  Mountain  Division  was  transported. 
Material  carried  on  drifters,  so  far  unmolested.   Empty 
steamers  in  the  area  as  planned. 


Submarine  Situation 

Unchanged.    (For  TJ  n47,?,s  bri-ef  report  see  War  Diary, 
Part  B,  Vol.  IV. ) 


Air  Situation 

Very  successful  Air  Force  attacks  on  naval  forces  and 
transports  (merchantmen)  in  the  area  Namsos-Molde-Andalsnes; 
against  harbor  installations  in  Namsos,  Kristiansand,  Molde 
and  Andalsnes,  and  in  support  of  the  Army's  advance. 

4  transports  or  freighters  sunk 

1  steamer  destroyed,  3  beached 

3  transports  or  supply  steamers  severely  damaged. 

1  light  cruiser  -  250  kg.  bomb  on  stern 

1  light  cruiser  -  250  kg.  bomb  on  forecastle 

(For  particulars  see  Air  Force  Events  of  the  Day.) 

The  5th  Air  Force  has  been  directed  to  transfer  a  dive- 
bomber  group  to  Trondheim  as  soon  as  possible. 


-298- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


28  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Merchant  Shipping 

War  againgt  Merchant  Shipping:   Since  the  Fuhrer's  decree 
of  24  April  1940  established  the  .existence  of  a  state  of 
war  with  Norway,  Norwegian  merchantmen  and  their  cargoes 
will  he  fundament  ally  treated  as  enemy  in  accordance  with 
Prize  Regulations,  Article  10  onwards. 

After  consultation  with  Reich  Commissar  Gauleiter  Terboven, 
who  reserves  rights  regarding  treatment  of  Norwegian 
shipping  in  Norwegian  ports  for  the  purpose  of  centralized 
control  of  the  whole  economic  area,  Commanding  Admiral, 
NoBway  has  issued  the  following  directive  to  offices  in 
Norway: 

"Treat  neutral  ships  carrying  contraband, 
according  to  Prize  Law»   For  Norwegian  ships 
I  shall  issue,  in  agreement  with  the  Reich 
Commissar,  individual  instructions  in  every 
case.   Former  ruling  stands  for  use  as 
auxiliary  vessels." 

Naval  Staff  explains  the  order  in  that  requests  by  the  Navy 
for  shipping,  including  tankers,  for  military  purposes  are 
fulfilled  in  every  case  and  that  in  these  cases  an  agreement 
with  Reich  Commissar  Terboven  is  only  necessary  on  whether 
they  are  to  be  confiscated  according  to  Prize  Law  without 
compensation  or  merely  requisitioned  while  remaining  the 
property  of  the  shipping  company. 

Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  was  informed  to  this  effect. 
It  is  also  necessary  to  clarify  with  the  Commissar  how  far 
Norwegian  cargoes  on  Norwegian  ships  are  to  be  rejected  by 
Prize  Law.   This  always  seems  advisable  if  the  cargo  was 
destined  for  enemy  powers.   Commanding  Admiral,  Norway  has 
been  instructed  to  inform  Oslo  Naval  Office  in  good  time, 
as  the  representative  of  the  Reich  Commissar  at  the  Prize 
Court  in  Hamburg,  of  all  seizures  under  Prize  Law. 


The  treatment  of  foreign  shipping  and  cargoes  in  Denmark  has 
not  yet  been  cleared  up.  Negotiations  are  in  progress  with 
the  Foreign  Office. 


-299- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


29  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political^ Importance 

1.  Norway: 

Reports  from  Norway  give  the  following  picture  of  the 
situation  in  the  entourage  of  the  King  of  Norway: 
(dated  19  April) 

King  Haakon,  completely  broken,  in  Northern 
Norway.   His  entourage  split  in  two  directions. 
Foreign  Minister  Koht  and  General  Ruge, 
commanding  the  central  Norwegian  forces,  are 
said  to  be  ready  to  come  to  an  agreement  with 
Germany  (?)•   Prime  Minister  Nygaardsvold  and 
General  Laaka  are  sharply  opposed  to  any 
agreement.   Great  despondency  in  the  Norwegian 
High  Command.   The  troops  themselves  are  still 
resolved  to  resist  outside  the  battle  zone  as 
the  result  of  British  propaganda. 

2.  For  reaction  abroad  to  the  Foreign  Minister's 
statement,  especially  the  official  counter  statement  by  the 
British  Government,  see  Political  Review  No.  98. 

3.  Sweden : 

The  Swedish  Military  Attache'  in  Berlin  again  stated  Sweden's 
unconditional  desire  to  remain  neutral  and  to  be  as 
benevolent  towards  Germany  as  possible.   Swedish  measures 
have  rendered  surprise  landings  in  ports  or  on  airfields 
impossible.   Violations  of  the  frontier  near  Kiruna  would 
bring  about  the  demolitions  prepared,  so  that  any  despatch 
of  ore  would  be  impossible  for  at  least  two  years. 

4.  U.S.A. : 

The  German  Charge  df Affaires  in  Washington  reports  as  follows 
on  the  attitude  taken  up  by  U.S.  public  opinion  towards  the 
Norway  operation: 

1.   The  operation  has  proved  that  widespread  and 
willingly  believed  reports  about  a  state  of 
exhaustion  in  Germany  were  false. 


-300- 

CONFIDSNTIAL 


29  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


2. 


3. 


4. 


5. 


Geamany  was  forced  to  take  counter 
measures  "by  the  British  violation  of 
neutrality. 

Great  Britain  has  been  forced  to  use 
strong  troop  formations  in  Norv/ay  for 
strategic  and  propaganda  reasons. 

If  Great  Britain  does  not  succeed  in  doing 
away  with  the  German  occupation  of  Norway 
she  runs  the  risk  of  losing  ftae  war. 

All  other  neutrals,  including  Turkey,  have 
received  a  lesson  and  a  warning. 


There  are  many  negative  reactions  opposed  to  the  positive 
ones: 


1. 


Feeling  towards  Germany  has 
extraordinarily,  especially 
West,  which  Is  settled  to  a 
by  Scandinavians. 


deteriorated 
in  the  Middle 
great  extent 


2. 


The  American  people  have  reached  a  state 
of  excitement  in  which  the  interventionists 
have  an  easy  game.   The  U.S.A.  could 
influence  the  result  of  the  war  decisively 
without  using  their  own  troops,  by  increased 
deliveries  and  by  the  removal  of  the  credit 
blockade. 

In  conclusion,  the  Charge  d' Affaires  states: 

"While  the  election  campaign  is  on,  important 
decisions  regarding  foreign  policy  can  only  be 
expected  under  exceptional  circumstances.   Such 
circumstances  would  arise  if  Sweden  or  Holland 
were  attacked.   The  situation  in  the  Pacific 
would  preclude  full  U.S.  support  for  the  Allies. 
The  U.S.A.'s  entry  Into  the  war  would  necessitate 
complete  military  and  economic  mobilization,  for 
which  the  organizational  and  financial  basis  is 
at  present  still  lacking.   The  prospects  of 
Roosevelt's  re-election  have  increased 


considerably. 


it 


-301- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


29  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Conference  on  the  Situation  with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 
Special  Items 

!•        The  supply  ship  NORDMARK  reports  her  position  as 
79°N,  2.5°E  and  requests  permission  for  privateer  warfare 
in  northern  waters.   Group  West  has  granted  the  request 
and  suggests  that  the  ship  operate  first  in  northern  waters 
and  then  in  the  Atlantic  on  cruiser  warfare,  since  there 
are  no  other  assignments  for  her  at  present. 

Naval  Staff  thinks  otherwise  and  cannot  agree  to  the  Group's 

proposal.   Use  in  cruiser  warfare  for  which  the  ship,  as  a 

tanker  and  supply  ship,  is  in  no  way  specially  suitable, 

does  not  correspond  to  the  main  assignments  scheduled  for 

her.    She  should  only  be  considered  for  cruiser  warfare 

when  she  has  fulfilled  her  task  as  a  supply  ship  or  is  C\£ 

released  from  it.   Naval  Staff  is  making  every  endeavor  to 

send  the  battleships  on  sorties  into  the  northern  North  Sea 

as  soon  as  possible.   If  this  plan  has  so  far  not  been 

practicable,  the  reason  is  the  deficient  readiness  of  the 

destroyers,  a  minimum  number  of  which  must  assume  protection 

of  the  battleships.   As  long  as  we  are  still  considering 

operations  in  northern  waters  in  the  immediate  future  the 

readiness  of  the  NORDMARK  in  the  northern  area  may  be  of 

great  importance.   Group  West  has  been  informed  of  Naval 

Staff's  viewpoint  and  instructed  that  the  NORDMARK  is  to 

be  held  in  readiness  away  from  all  traffic.   The  ship's 

subsequent  transfer  to  Base  North  is  planned. 

2.        The  Fuhrer  has  learned  of  Naval  Staff's  plan  to 
withdraw  the  cruiser  EMDEN  from  Oslo.   Because  of  the 
slight  anti-aircraft  defenses  of  Oslo  harbor,  the  Fuhrer 
has  decreed  that  the  EMDEN  is  to  remain  in  Oslo  until 
sufficient  anti-aircraft  defense  has  been  ensured. 

The  Fuhrer  also  fears  an  undesirable  withdrawal  of  defense 
forces  from  present,  very  urgent  transport  operations. 
Naval  Staff  sees  a  specially  favorable  opportunity  for  the 
return  of  the  EMDEN  at  present,  since  there  are  still 
sufficient  fast  defense  vessels  available  for  anti-submarine 
escort  in  the  Skagerrak  and  Kattegat.    The  EMDEN 's  return 
would  not  cause  any  delay  to  transports. 

In  accordance  with  the  Fuhrer' s  wishes,  Chief,  Naval  Staff 
has  ordered  that  the  EMDEN  remain  in  Oslo  for  the  present. 
He  will  discuss  the  matter  with  the  Fuhrer. 

-302- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


29  April.  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


3.  The  Submarine  School  units  (torpedo  recovery 
vessels,  anti-submarine  unit)  should  return  to  the  School 
on  1  May,  since  their  presence  there  is  urgently  necessary 
for  the  training  of  officers  and  crews.   Naval  Staff  does 
not  fail  to  appreciate  the  difficulties  of  training,  but 
does  not  feel  in  a  position  to  withdraw  the  vessels  now  In 
view  of  the  great  urgency  of  transport,  especially  of  the 
2nd  Mountain  Division.   Group  Baltic  hes  therefore  been 
ordered  to  retain  the  units  temporarily  and  keep  them  on 
transport  duty. 

4.  The  Commander  of  the  cruiser  LUETZOW  has  suggested 
that,  for  the  speedy  re-establishment  of  the  shlp^  war 
readiness  after  repairs  are  completed,  the  officers  and  crew 
should  not  now  be  completely  separated  or  should  anyway  be 
re-assembled  In  good  time  so  that  the  experiences  gained 
during  the  first  months  of  the  war  msy  on  no  account  be  lost. 

With  regard  to  the  availability  of  two  pocket  battleships  at 
the  end  of  1940,  the  Commander  of  the  LUETZOW  also  suggests 
investigation  of  the  question  whether  combined  operations  by 
the  two  ships  in  close  tactical  conjunction  V'ould  not  be  a 
better  guarantee  for  the  greatest  possible  success  than 
separate  operations.   He  Is  thinking  of  combined  appearance 
in  the  North  and  South  Atlantic,  then  simultaneous  appearance 
singly  In  the  Indian  Ocean,  Gulf  of  Bengal  and  Arabian  Sea. 

Naval  Staff  completely  agrees  on  the  subject  of  maintaining 
or  ensuring  the  personnel  of  the  crew. 

According  to  previous  Information  from  Naval  (Ship) 
Construction  Division,  repairs  to  the  ship  will  require  about 
nine  months.   We  can  therefore  expect  readiness  to  proceed 
and  commissioning  again  about  the  end  of  December  1940/ 
beginning  of  January  1941. 

So  that  the  LUETZOW  can  be  in  operational  readiness  as  soon 
as  possible  after  commissioning  but  at  latest  by  a  date  which 
still  offers  favorable  conditions  for  the  break-through  into 
the  Atlantic  In  the  winter  months  1940/1941  (i.e.  end  of 
February  to  end  of  March  1941  at  the  latest),  also  so  that 
the  experiences  gained  during  the  first  Atlantic  operation 
and  during  the  period  of  preparation  for  the  second  (planned) 
operation  should  not  be  lost,  the  ship  must  be  re commissioned 
by  the  personnel  of  the  old  crew.   Prompt  readiness  for 
action  for  long-range  operations  cannot  be  expected  otherwise. 


-303- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


29  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Instructions  to  this  effect  have  been  sent  to  Naval  Staff, 
Service  Division,  Bureau  of  Naval  Administration  and 
Officer  Personnel  Department, 

The  combined  use  of  both  pocket  battleships  in  the  Atlantic, 
proposed  by  the  LUETZOVl^,  can  only  be  considered  if  both  ships 
are  ready  for  operations  at  the  same  time.   As  far  as  can 
be  seen,  the  ADMIRAL  SCHEER  will  be  ready  for  operations 
about  October  1940,  the  LUETZOW  about  the  end  of  February 
to  March  1941,  so  that  the  possibility  of  combined  use  cannot 
be  counted  upon. 

If,  however,  through  unforeseen  circumstances  the  ships  should 
become  ready  at  the  same  time,  the  question  of  combined  or 
separate  action,  in  accordance  with  the  strategic  situation, 
and  of  the  objective  to  be  achieved  by  use  of  the  pocket 
battleships  in  the  Atlantic  will  have  to  be  reviewed. 

Since  the  pocket  battleships'  assignment  is  not  action, 
but  attainment  of  a  strong  diversionary  effect,  it  is  true 
that  close  tactical  connection  would  force  the  enemy  to 
appear  in  greater  strength;  he  would,  however,  have  only 
one  area  and  one  task  force  to  take  into  account. 

In  principle  it  therefore  seems  practical  to  separate  the 
two  pocket  battleships,  but  to  have  Naval  Staff  bring  them 
together  for  a  combined  operation  on  occasion. 

Naval  Staff  is  keeping  in  mind  the  question  of  operations 
against  the  British-Norwegian  whaling  fleets  during  the 
winter  of  1940/41.   The  pocket  battleship  ADMIRAL  SCHEER 
and  the  auxiliary  cruisers  then  in  readiness  would  come 
into  question  for  such  an  operation. 


Survey  of  the  Situation 
Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 
Atlantic/Mediterranean: 
Great  Britain; 
Scheveningen  radio  announces: 

-304- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


29  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


"It  Is  forbidden  to  anchor  in  the  Straits  of 
Dover  north  of  the  line  connecting  Dungeness 
and  Cap  d'Alprech,  with  the  exception  of  the 
Downs." 

Forces  in  the  Mediterranean; 

The  MALAYA  and  ROYAL  SOVEREIGN  in  the  western  Mediterranean, 
apparently  en  route  for  Malta.   A  "C"  class  cruiser  is  in 
the  Rhodes  area,  single  auxiliary  cruisers  in  the  Lemnos  area. 

The  submarines  already  In  the  Mediterranean,  USIRIS,  ORPHEUS, 
OTUS  and  OTWAY,  and  the  submarines  proceeding  from  East  Asia 
to  the  Mediterranean,  PROTHEUS,  PARTHIAN,  PHOENIX,  OLYMPUS 
and  ODI,  which  were  in  the  Red  Sea  on  27  April,  are  to  form 
the  1st  Submarine  Flotilla  in  the  Mediterranean. 

France: 

Patrol  service  in  the  eastern  Channel  and  merchant  control 
off  the  Scheldt  estuary. 

Mediterranean : 

The  BRETAGNE,  LORAINE,  and  PROVENCE,  also  two  destroyers, 
put  in  to  Algiers  on  28  April.   The  ships  were  last  detected 
on  18  April  in  Oran. 

North , Sea/Northern  Waters; 

Admiralty  announcement: 

"Mines  laid  in  West  Fjord  as  far  as  north  of  the 
line  stretching  towards  12°E,  i.e.  from  Vaer8v 
Island  light,  67°39'N,  12°45»E  as  far  as  the 
mainland.   Mines  likewise  laid  in  the  channels 
northeast  and  south  of  Steinvaer  Island,  SQQIO'N, 
16035'E.   Ships  traversing  these  areas  without 
obtaining  instructions  from  the  local  British 
or  the  Norwegian  authorities,  do  so  at  their 
own  risk." 

Narvik  area: 

Customary  warship  activity  off  Narvik.  Air  reconnaissance 
reported  six  destroyers  off  Narvik  and  cruisers,  destroyers 
and  transports  off  Harstad. 


-305- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


29  April  19,40  CONFIDENTIAL 


Namso3  area; 

Two  cruisers,  several  destroyers  and  transports,  also  three 
auxiliary  vessels  off  Namsos  and  in  Namsen  Fjord.    The  town, 
railroad  station  and  harbor  installations  of  Namsos  were 
destroyed  in  an  air  raid. 

Molde  Fjord-Andalsnes: 

One  cruiser,  several  transports  sighted  by  air  reconnaissance. 
Successful  air  attacks  on  transports  and  supply  steamers, 
three  of  which  were  sunk  and  several  damaged.   No  unloading 
was  observed. 

Home  area: 

The  aircraft  carrier  GLORIOUS,  with  destroyer  escort,  and  the 
cruiser  ARETHUSA  planned  to  put  in  to  Scapa  on  28  April. 

Losses : 

The  Admiralty  announces  the  loss  of  two  trawlers  through  bomb 
hits.   It  appears  from  radio  deciphering  that  the  anti- 
aircraft cruiser  CURACAO  was  damaged  on  24  April  by  a  bomb 
hit  in  the  engine  and  boiler  room. 

The  Admiralty  denies  the  sinking  or  damaging*  of  5  steamers 
and  13  transports  reported  by  Germany. 


Own  Situation  ( 

Situation  on  lan^.: 

Group  Narvik  reports  reinforcement  of  the  enemy  who  attacked 
our  defenses  near  Elvenes  with  superior  forces.   Defenses 
had  to  be  withdrawn.   Own  situation  is  judged  to  be  serious 
if  the  Air  Force  does  not  succeed  in  bringing  considerable 
relief.   Narvik  reports  successful  intervention  of  planes 
so  far  in  action;   apparently  great  effect  on  enemy. 


-306- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


29  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Trondheim  Group  advanced  as  far  as  Stflren  from  the  north. 
The  most  forward  units  of  the  196th  Division,  coming  from 
the  south,  are  near  Ullsberg  45  km.  before  StBren. 
Greatest  difficulty  in  advancing,  since  all  the  bridges 
are  blown  up  and  the  enemy  is  firmly  entrenched.    The 
east  group  encountered  strong  resistance  near  Rflros. 
Situation  completely  cleared  up  in  south  Norwegian  area; 
Bergen  unit  advancing  quickly. 

With  regard  to  the  situation  in  the  Trondheim  area,  Armed 

Forces  High  Command,  Operations  Staff  requests  that  the 

2nd  Mountain  Division  be  brought  over  very  quickly.  It 

is  hoped  that  transportation  will  be  completed  by  8  May. 
(16,000  men,  4,000  horses.) 


Situation  at  Sea: 


Narvik: 


No  defense  from  land  possible  against  the  constant  warship 
activity  off  Narvik. 

Trondheim: 

Nothing  special  to  report. 

Bergen: 

Unsuccessful  bombing  attacks  were  made  on  a  STINNES  steamer 
off  Eide  and  on  the  tank  installations  near  Grimstad  Fjord. 
Sixty  men  from  the  crews  of  the  steamer  AFRIKA  and  a  STINNES 
steamer  were  freed  in  Voss.   Discharging  of  the  "export" 
steamer  BAERENFELS  continues. 

Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  reports  that  the  Hardanger 
Fjord  torpedo  battery  is  ready  for  action. 

The  torpedo  battery  in  Sogne  Fjord  will  probably  be  in 
readiness  by  the  end  of  the  week. 

The  #4  cm.  battery  at  Sandvigen  has  had  firing  trials  and 
is  ready  for  action. 


-307- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


29  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  plans  to  mine  Sogne  Fjord 
with  captured  Norwegian  mines  during  the  night  of  30  April, 


In  view  of, 
Submarines 
Monitoring 
points  out 
Bergen. 


instructions  from  the  British  Commanding  Admiral, 
to  a  boat  in  Bjorne  Fjord,  picked  up  by  the  Radio 
Service,  Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  again 
the  danger  from  submarines  in  the  fjords  off 


Southern  North  Sea: 


A  minelaying  formation  of  Commander,  PT  Boats  sailed  as 
planned  to  reinforce  the  Skagerrak  mine  barrage  against 
submarines  by  mines  with  antenna  firing. 

Mine  Situation: 

Entrance  to  the  Ems  still  endangered  by  mines.   North  Sea 
Station  requests  the  immediate  provision  of  the  vessels 
requested  for  use  of  cable  remote  clearance  gear,  since 
remote  clearance  gear  can  only  be  streamed  up  to  wind 
strength  3. 


Transport  traffic  from  and  to  Stavanger  has  so  far  proceeded 
as  planned.   According  to  course  instructions  from  Group 
West,  the  steamers  proceed,  according  to  their  speed,  west 
of  the  Skagerrak  or  along  the  coast  to  cross  the  Skagerrak 
by  the  shortest  route.   Escort  is  provided  by  PT  boats 
and  the  Naval  Air  Arm. 


Skagerrak/Kattegat : 

Attacks  on  submarines  north  of  Skagen,  south  of  Oslo  Fjord, 
east  of  LHs8.    Submarine-chase  probably  successful  in  two 
cases  (5th  Submarine-Chaser  Group  and  17th  Submarine-Chaser 
Flotilla),  one  submarine  very  probably  being  destroyed 
east  of  Lflsfl. 


-308- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Mine  situation  unchanged.   Planned  minesweeping  and  clearing 
delayed  by  the  weather.   Laying  of  net  barrage  near 
Seelands  Rev  continues. 


Transport  Situation: 

Transport  movements  continue  as  planned  under  the  protection 
of  units  of  Commanding  Admiral,  Defenses,  Baltic  and  Commander, 
Naval  Air,  Baltic.   Fast  troopships  to  Oslo  (2,100  men)  and 
Larvik  (780  men).    Transport  of  material  on  drifters  and 
return  voyage  of  empty  steamers  unmolested. 


Situation  in  Denmark: 

Group  Baltic  has  been  ordered  to  commence  negotiations 
through  Coastal  Defense  Commander,  Denmark  with  the  Danish 
Navy  about  the  use  of  Danish  naval  vessels  for  tasks  In 
Danish  waters. 

The  aim  of  the  agreement  ia  the  Inclusion  of  Danish  forces 
in  the  execution  of  assignments  concerning  both  Navies. 
Danish  sovereignty  will  be  fully  maintained.    Tasks  for 
the  Danish  formations  to  be  used  are  to  be  assigned  by  the 
Danish  Navy;   we  control  and  supervise  activity  In  agreement 
with  the  Danish  Naval  Staff. 

The  following  tasks  are  planned: 

1,  Minesweeping  in  Danish  waters  and  also, 
according  to  Group  Baltic,  in  areas  of  the 
entrances  to  the  Baltic,  along  the  Danish 
coast  and  on  certain  shipping  routes. 

2.  Patrol  in  Danish  waters  and  in  areas 
allocated  by  Group  Baltic.   Harbor  defense 
tasks,  patrol  of  Danish  mine  barrages,  anti- 

-309- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


29  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


mine  and  anti-aircraft  escort  service 
for  merchant  traffic  are  concerned. 

3.  Observation  service  against  enemy 
minelaying  planes. 

4.  Repair  and  maintenance  of  Danish  mine 
barrages. 


Group  Baltic  has  been  instructed  to  reach  agreement  about 
the  vessels  to  be  used  and  kept  in  commission  for  these 
tasks  and  if  necessary  also  the  seizure  of  mine-exploding 
vessels  by  the  Danish  Navy 
communications  personnel, 
be  left  to  the  Danish  Navy 
vessels  with  sweeping  gear 
be  mentioned  to  the  Danes 


and  possible  drafting  of  German 
The  question  of  flags  is  to 
The  equipment  of  Danish 
against  ground  mines  is  not  to 
at  present. 


Situation  in  the  Atlantic: 

Ship  "36"  has  been  ordered  to  appear  again  in  the  North 
Atlantic,  in  case  the  QQQQ  report  from  the  tanker  DONNAa 
originated  from  her.    If  necessary  she  is  to  change  her 
operational  area,  since  Naval  Staff  has  the  Impression 
that  the  enemy  has  not  yet  recognized  the  presence  of  a 
merchant  raider  in  the  North  Atlantic. 


Submarine  Situation 


Returned  from  operation: 

On  return  passage: 

In  the  operational  area: 


Proceeding  to  Trondheim: 


u 

"52". 

u 

"29", 

"34",    "17", 

"23". 

u 

"25", 

"65",    "61", 

"30", 

"13", 

"57",    "58", 

"59", 

"14", 

"24". 

u 

"32", 

U   "A". 

-310- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


> 


29  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Air  Situation 

Air  Force  operations  concentrated  on  aid  for  Narvik  and 
armed  reconnaissance  in  the  Andalsnes-Namsos  area. 

Two  transports  damaged  off  Andalsnes.    Six  transports 
and  freighters  sunk  or  destroyed  in  Molde  Fjord  and 
Trondheim  Fjord.    Two  steamers  damaged  in  Namsos  Fjord. 
Air  reconnaissance  gained  the  impression  that  the  enemy 
is  evacuating  Namsos. 

(For  particulars  see  Air  Situation  2400.) 


Merchant  Shipping 

Scandinavian  Shipping; 

The  Spanish  Government  has  made  a  proposal  to  the  Norwegian 
Government  to  take  over  the  Norwegian  ships  now  in  Spanish 
ports,  together  with  cargo. 

Reports  come  from  the  U.S.A.  of  representations  made  by 
U.S.  trade  circles  to  the  State  Department  for  unimpeded   • 
traffic  by  Danish  and  Norwegian  ships  lying  in  neutral  ports 
or  transfer  of  their  cargo. 

According  to  a  communication  from  the  head  of  the  transport 
department  of  the  people fs  commissariat  for  foreign  trade, 
there  are  no  Danish  and  Norwegian  ships  in  U.S.S.R.  waters. 

It  is  reported  from  Chile  that  the  Danish  ships  are 
remaining,  while  the  Norwegians  are  putting  out. 


-311- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


29  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Supplement  to  29  April 

1530:     Conference  between  Commander  in  Chief,  Navy 
and  the  Fuhrer. 

Points  discussed; 

1.  Further  construction  on  the  aircraft 

carrier  GRAF  ZEPPELIN. 

Fuhrer  agrees  to  construction  being 
stopped. 

2.  The  EMDEN  is  to  remain  a  further  two 
weeks  or  so  in  Oslo,  until  anti- 
aircraft defense  of  the  port  is 
sufficiently  assured. 

3.  Carrying  out  troop  transports  to 
Norway. 


(For  particulars  see  Commander  in  Chief's  memorandum, 
War  Diary,  Part  C,  Vol.  VII.) 


-312- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


30  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 

Items  of  Political  Importance 

1.  Norway: 

The  Norwegian  Government  has  issued  en  official  statement 
from  its  unknown  headquarters.   It  says: 

"The  Norwegian  Government  has  learnt  from  the 
radio  of  the  German  Government » a  statement  on 
26  April  that  it  was  at  war  with  Norway.   It 
must  confirm  that  it  has  had  knowledge  of  a 
state  of  war  already  since  the  night  of 
8  April." 

Otherwise  "the  statement  is  directed  against  German 
operations  and  ends  with  the  words: 

"The  fight  for  freedom  and  independence  goes  on." 

Foreign  Minister  Koht  gave  his  opinion  on  Ribbentrop's 
declarations  and  maintained  that  they  represented  a 
complete  distortion  of  the  facts. 

2.  Italy: 

According  to  the  report  of  an  authoritative  Italian,  a 
change  of  mood  has  actually  taken  place  in  wide  circles  of 
the  population  since  the  Brenner  conference  and  Ribbentrop's 
visit.   There  has  been  a  return  to  the  Axis,  even  though  a 
section  of  the  population  is  still  not  convinced  of  the 
necessity  for  Italian  participation  in  the  war.    It  is 
still  important,  however,  he  states,  that  the  Church  also 
should  not  conduct  itself  in  an  inactive  or  reluctant 
manner  in  such  an  event  but  take  up  some  definite  attitude 
\  to  the  question. 

3.  Tangier: 

Diplomatic  circles  wish  to  ascertain  whether  Tangier  will 
immediately  be  occupied  by  the  Western  Powers  if  there  is 
conflict  in  the  Mediterranean. 


-313- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


30  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


4.        U.S.A. ; 

The  B.B.C.  announces  that  the  U.S.A.  have  released  the 
latest  models  in  tanks  and  guns  for  sale  abroad. 


Survey  of  the  Situation 

Special  Reports  on  the  Enemy 

Atlantic/Mediterranean; 

Great  Britain:  , 


Intelligence  Center,  Spain  confirms  that  the  MALAYA  ana 
RESOLUTION  sailed  to  the  east  from  Gibraltar  on  28  April. 
At  1100  on  the  same  day,  Admiral,  Gibraltar  ordered  all 
warships  and  merchant   ships  lying  in  the  harbor  to  be 
ready  to  sail  at  four  hours'  notice. 

France: 

French  radio  traffic  in  the  Mediterranean  indicates  greater 
activity  by  the  forces  there.   The  Admiralty  was  informed 
of  the  sailing  at  noon  of  four  vessels  from  Blzerta, 
including  at  least  one  cruiser.   The  formation  is  probably 
proceeding  into  the  western  Mediterranean. 

Neutrals: 

An  intelligence  report  from  Constanta  dated  25  April: 

"Crews  of  Italian  ships  are  said  to  have  stated 
that  their  ships  have  orders  to  return  to  Italy 
by  the  quickest  route." 

North  Sea/Northern  Norway: 

Intelligence  Center,  Belgium  reports  departure  of  a  French 
Expeditionary  Corps,  in  the  strength  of  a  division,  from 
Rouen  and  Le  Havre.    The  Expeditionary  Corps  is  said  to 
consist  of  mountain  artillery,  a  battalion  of  Chasseurs 

-514- 

CONFIDFNTIAL 


30  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Alpins,  four  batteries  of  field  artillery,  engineers  and 
one  infantry  regiment.   British  troops  are  also  said  to 
have  left  the  port  of  Falmouth  in  the  direction  of  Namsos 
on  29  April  (steamers  HIGHLAND  CASTLE,  EMPRESS  OF  BRITAIN, 
MOORLAND ) . 

Northern  Norway; 

Several  naval  vessels  and  transports  in  Gratangen  Fjord 
north  of  Narvik.   Further  troop  disembarkations.    Group 
Narvik  expects  enemy  attacks  by  greatly  superior  forces. 

Central  Norway; 

Enemy  vessels  in  the  area  of  Namsos,  Molde  and  Kristiansund. 
One  cruiser  end  destroyers  in  Namsos  Fjord.    Successful 
attacks  by  our  Air  Force.   Air  reconnaissance  reported  2 
cruisers  with  2  destroyers  on  northeasterly  course  70  miles 
west-northwest  of  Stadtlandet  and  2  cruisers  on  southwesterly 
course  30  miles  north  of  this  group. 

Southern  Norway; 

The  submarine  TRITON  received  a  radio  message  in  which  she 
was  informed  of  the  appearance  of  mines  south  of  Skudesnes 
inside  the  100  fathom  line  and  in  which  the  entrance  to 
Skudesnes  Fjord  west  of  Hvidings6*y  was  described  as  mine-free. 

Home  area; 

The  aircraft  carrier  GLORIOUS  put  in  to  Scapa  on  28  April 
with  six  destroyers.   The  anti-aircraft  cruiser  CURLEW  at 
Scapa  on  30  April.   The  anti-aircraft  cruiser  CURACAO, 
which  was  damaged  by  a  bomb  hit  near  Aalesund,  plans  to 
proceed  to  the  Nore  base.   The  cruiser  PENELOPE  in  the 
area  Shetlands-Norway. 

The  Admiralty  announces  the  loss  of  the  submarines  TARPON 
(1,090  tons)  and  STARLET  (690  tons),  also  of  the  trawlers 
BRADMAN  and  CAPE  SIERETKO. 


-315- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


30  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Own  Situation 

Atlantic : 

Nothing  to  report.   Enemy  shipping  routes  passed  on  to 
the  auxiliary  cruisers  (see  radiogram  1100).    The  supply 
ship  NORDMARK  was  instructed  not  to  conduct  cruiser  warfare 
but  to  stand  on  and  off  in  northern  waters. 

North  Sea/Northern  Waters; 

Narvik; 

Light  enemy  forces  bombarded  roads  on  Herjfings  Fjord, 
Enemy  attack  is  expected  on  Elvenes  with  simultaneous  advance 
from  the  southwest  from  Bogen.   Air  Force  support  urgently 
requested. 

The  Staff  of  Group  Narvik  is  in  Sildvlk. 

Nav8l  and  Air  Force  radio  station  in  Narvik. 

Trondheim; 

Nothing  special  to  report. 

Bergen; 

Minelaying  operation  in  Sogne  Fjord  commenced  by  minelayers 
ULLER  and  TYR.    The  15  cm.  Army  guns  which  were  salvaged 
from  the  steamer  BAERENFELS  have  been  put  at  the  disposal 
of  Admiral,  West  Norwegian  Coast  by  the  Army  for  the 
purpose  of  coastal  defense.   Army  personnel  is  being  sent 
from  Germany. 

Single  prize  steamers  were  despatched  to  home  waters  from 
Bergen  via  Stavanger. 

Southern  North  Sea; 

Since  the  remote  clearance  gear  is  only  capable  of  limited 
use  in  wide  North  Sea  estuaries  because  of  the  prevailing 
weather,  Group  West  requests  an  increased  allocation  of 
cable  remote  clearance  gear  with  addition  for  shallow 
water.    Increase  in  production  is  considered  urgently 
necessary  in  view  of  losses  of  gear.    Allocation  of 
further  mine-exploding  vessels  is  requested. 


-316- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


( 


30  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Everything  is  being  done  by  High  Command,  Navy  (Naval  Staff, 
Service  Division  and  Naval  Ordnance  Division,  Underwater 
Obstacles  Branch)  speedily  to  bring  the  Groups'  equipment  of 
clearance  gear  against  magnetic  mines  to  a  satisfactory 
status. 


Ship  "40"  confirms  the  destruction  of  an  enemy  submarine 
west  of  Tyboroen  on  the  morning  of  10  April  by  subsequent 
appearance  of  pieces  of  wreckage  and  other  objects. 


Skagerrak/Kattegat ; 

The  minelaying  operation  by  Commander,  PT  Boats,  West  to 
extend  the  North  Sea  West  Wall  went  as  planned.   Because 
controls  broke  down  on  the  LEOPARD  the  boat  was  rammed  by 
the  minelayer  PRET7SSEN  and  sank.   The  crew  was  saved 
except  for  one  officer. 

The  barrage  lies;   from  57020. 5»N,  5°3.5'E 

to    57°38.3'N,  4°54»  E. 

482  EMD  mines  without  contact  setting, 
depth-setting  3m., 
1,119  explosive  floats,  type  D, 
depth-setting  6  m. 


Submarine  warning  northeast  and  east  of  Lasc*.    Results  of 
attack  questionable.    Air  attack  on  submarine  west  of 
Skagen  on  29  April  was  very  probably  successful  according 
to  observations  subsequently  reported. 


-317- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


30  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Mine  Situation: 


Unchanged, 


Group  Baltic  suggests  closing  the  northern  entrance  to  the 
Sound  "by  a  double  net  barrage.    Gap  in  barrage  off  the 
coast  of  Seeland  at  10  nw  depth  in  order  to  mske  possible 
Swedish  traffic  from  Malmfl  to  Gothenburg  even  for  the 
largest  steamers.    No  pilot  service,  gap  in  barrage  well 
marked,  barrage  patrol. 

Transport  Situation: 

Transports  of  troops  and  material  as  planned. 

Mine  Defense  in  the  Baltic: 

Group  West  requests  the  setting  up  of  new  harbor  defense 
groups  in  all  important  ports  on  the  Baltic  and  Danish  coast 
because  of  increasing  threat  from  mines.    (See  radiogram  2017. 


Submarine  Situation 

Put  in  to  port: 

In  the  operational  area 


Proceeding  to  Trondheim; 
U  "A"  is  carrying: 


U  "101"  is  carrying; 


On  return  passage: 


U  "34". 

U  "25",  "65",  "61",  "30", 
"13",  "57",  "58",  "59", 
"14"   "24" 

U  "A",'"32"/"101". 

185  cbm.  aviation  gasoline. 

15  tons  lubricating  oil. 

2  x  8.8  cm.  anti-aircraft  guns. 

16  x  250  kg.  bombs. 

60  cbm.  aviation  gasoline. 
1  x  8.8  cm.  gun. 
8  x  250  kg.  bombs. 

U  "29",  "17",  "23". 


-318- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


30  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


Air  Situation 

See  Air  Force  Events  of  the  Day. 

During  the  attacks  in  the  Namsos-Andalsnes  area  a  cruiser 
(flotilla  leader)  was  severely  damaged  by  two  250  kg.  hits 
and  sank.   Another  cruiser  damaged  by  a  250  kg.  hit. 
Several  transports  and  freighters  damaged,  one  steamer  sunk. 

The  9th  Air  Division  carried  out  an  aerial  minelaying 
operation  on  the  east  coast  of  Britain;   23  aerial  mines  were 
laid.   Attack  from  Dunkirk  to  Blyth.   Fighter  and  anti- 
aircraft defense  in  Dunkirk.   Barrage  balloons  on  barges 
500  m.  south  of  the  southern  mole  on  the  Tyne  estuary. 


Enemy  air  raid  on  Oslo  during  the  night  of  29  April. 
Attacks  in  waves  on  Stavanger  in  the  afternoon;   8  British 
planes  shot  down  so  far;   4  of  our  fighters  lost. 


Merchant  Shipping 

The  following  ships  are  reported  as  under  construction  in 
Danish  yards  for  foreign  or  Danish  account: 

a) 


Launched: 

British  motor 

ve  s  s  e  1 

9,100  GRT 

rt      tt 

rt 

11,000  GRT 

Norwegian  " 

tt 

3,100  GRT 
(Refrigerating 
chambers) 

Danish    " 

ft 

1,836  GRT 

• 

(Passenger  ship) 

n      ft 

tt 

9,900  GRT 

also 

British   " 

tt 

9,100  GRT 
(Steam  tanker) 
43,936  GRT 
(Roughly  completed). 

-319- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


30  April  1940 


CONFIDENTIAL 


b) 


Keel  laid  down: 


For  France 
n      U.S.A. 
"  Chile 
"  Norway 
"  Denmark 

1  ship         10,700  GRT 
1   "            9,400  GRT 
1   w            3,300  GRT 
5  ships  about   38,000  GRT 
7  ships  about   46,000  GRT 

107,400  GfcV 

Conference  on  the  Situation 

with  Chief,  Naval  Staff 

Special  Items 

i 


1.        Fleet  Command  requests  (in  gkdos  764  A3)  a  longer 
period  of  training  for  the  battleships,  HIPPER  and  also  the 
destroyers  in  the  Baltic,  since  the  present  state  of  training 
is  judged  to  be  quite  insufficient. 

For  operational  reasons  Group  West  adopts  a  negative 
attitude  to  the  request. 

Naval  Staff  agrees  with  the  Group  Command's  opinion  and 
has  come  to  the  following  decision: 

"The  special  situation  which  has  arisen  from  the 
Norwegian  assignment  and  can  still  be  regarded 
as  by  no  means  settled  and  the  new  tasks  for 
the  Navy  expected  to  arise  from  Operation 
"Gelb"  require  that  a  special  standard  be  applied 
to  the  points  raised  by  Commanding  Admiral, 
Fleet. rt 

It  is  known  that  training  in  the  sense  of  a  systematic 
peacetime  training  cannot  be  carried  out  to  the  desired 
extent;  on  the  other  hand  the  forces  in  action  have  so  far 
done  full  justice  to  the  demands  made  on  them.   A  certain 
amount  of  training  in  operations  themselves  must  be  taken 
into  account. 

The  operational  situation  does  not  at  the  present  time 
permit  us  to  dispense  with  the  battleships.   Widespread 
use  of  the  ships  is  still  to  be  one  of  our  endeavors. 


-320- 


CONFIDENTIAL 


30  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Operations  which  take  place  must,  however,  make  allowance 
for  the  material  state  of  readiness  of  the  ships.   A  14-day 
training  period  in  the  Baltic  Sea,  i.e.  away  from  the 
operational  base  line  of  the  Heligoland  Bight,  also  cannot 
be  granted  at  present;   its  possibility  will  depend  on  the 
development  of  the  situation. 

A  decision  to  commence  a  10-week  dockyard  period  is 
likewise  still  impossible^. 

When  listing  the  necessary  work  all  possibilities  must  be 
exhausted  and*  only  the  essentials  worked  out,  in  an  attempt 
to  shorten  the  dockyard  period. 

Destroyers;   A  dockyard  overhaul  of  the  destroyers  SCHOEMANN, 
BEITZEN  and  HEINEMANN,  at  present  still  able  to  proceed, 
seems  unavoidable.    It  is  to  be  commenced  when  the 
destroyers  at  present  In  dock  have  attained  full  readiness 
for  action.    The  latter  are  to  commence  a  training  period 
of  14  calendar  days  at  most  in  the  North  Sea,  if  necessary 
also  in  the  Baltic,  after  completion  of  the  dockyard  period. 
It  must  be  possible  to  have  recourse  to  them  for  operational 
use  at  any  time. 

It  remains  to  be  seen  whether  the  operational  situation  will 
permit  the  full  execution  of  such  training  (especially  in 
the  Baltic). 

The  new  torpedoboats  are  not  to  be  included  in  calculations 
of  light  forces  ready  for  use.   Their  final  readiness  for 
action  is  still  a  matter  of  complete  uncertainty. 

The  fundamental  evil  with  regard  to  the  complaints  about 
lack  of  training  is  the  constant  change  of  personnel. 
Every  endeavor  must  be  made,  in  certain  circumstances  even 
accepting  disadvantages  for  the  individual  or  abandoning 
certain  conditions  of  promotion,  to  limit  drafting  to  a 
minimum. 

2.        The  Fuhrer  has  decreed  Investigation  of  the  question 
as  to  whether  transport  of  the  2nd  Mountain  Division  to  Norway 
can  be  speeded  up  by  the  use  of  the  East  Asia  steamers 
GNEISENAU  and  POTSDAM.   The  investigation  has  shown  that  in 
practice  there  would  be  no  speeding-up  but  rather  a  delay  as 
against  normal  transport  in  view  of  the  four  or  five  days 
required  to  fit  up  the  ships  and  their  poor  facilities  f6r 
carrying  horses  and  gear. 

-321- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


30  April  1940  CONFIDENTIAL 


Chief,  Naval  Staff  has  therefore  decided: 

2nd  Mountain  Division  is  not  to  be  carried  on 
the  GNEISENAU/POTSDAM  but  by  previous  transport 
facilities.    The  GNEISENAU  and  POTSDAM  are, 
however,  in  any  case  to  be  fitted  up  as  troop- 
ships in  case  fast  transports  are  necessary- 
later  on. 

3.        Chief,  Naval  Staff  has  ordered  the  formation  of 
numerous  motor  boat  flotillas  for  use  on  defense  and 
reconnaissance  tasks  in  the  Norwegian  fjords.   Consideration 
is  to  be  paid  to  defense  of  the  bases,  especially  Bergen  and 
Trondheim,  against  attacks  by  enemy  PT  boats.    (Creation  of 
boom  defenses,  if  necessary  quick-firing  barrage  batteries, 
advance  defense  and  patrol  positions.) 


G 


4.        Report  on  the  Situation  on  Land; 

The  unit  in  the  Gudbrand  Valley  advancing  in  pursuit  of  the 
retreating  enemy  reached  the  railroad  and  road  junction  of 
Dombaas.   Land  communication  with  Trondheim  via  Ullsberg- 
Stflren  was  established.    The  main  railroad  line  from  Oslo 
to  Trondheim  also  fell  into  our  hands  through  the  occupation 
of  Opdal.    Strong  Norwegian  units  surrendered. 

The  Western  Powers'  attempt  to  oppose  Germany's  occupation 
of  southern  Norway  and  to  encircle  Trondheim  can  thus  be 
regarded  as  a  failure.   Southern  Norway  as  far  as  north  of 
Trondheim  is  now  safely  in  German  hands.   The  situation  of 
the  Allied  troops  landed  south  of  Trondheim  can  be  described 
as  hopeless.   We  can  expect  speedy  and  complete  pacification 
of  the  occupied  area. 


-322- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


CONFIDENTIAL 
GLOSSARY 


"Bremen" 

Cover  name  for  Bergen. 
"Detmold" 

Cover  name  for  Trondheim. 
EMC 

Standard  mine,  type  C;   a  contact  mine  against 
surface  vessels. 

EMD 

Plummet  sinker  mine  with  contact  firing  (old  model). 
"Gelb" 

Cover  name  for  planned  invasion  of  the  Low  Countries 
"Kassel" 

Cover  name  for  Copenhagen. 
"Nienburg" 

Cover  name  for  Narvik. 
SC  (250,500) 

Thin-shell  high-explosive  bombs. 
SD  (50) 

Thick-shell  high-explosive  bombs. 
" We s e rue bung" 

Cover  name  for  planned  invasion  of  Norway. 
"Weseruebung  Sued" 

Cover  name  for  planned  invasion  of  Denmark. 


-323- 

CONFIDENTIAL 


Q 


» 


CONFIDENTIAL 


CONFIDENTIAL